10. 《合诵经》的注释显示巴利原文
10. Saṅgītisuttavaṇṇanā
296 “如是我闻”即指《合诵经》。此中对前文词语的解释如下——“游行”指常行游化。当时,世尊在一万轮围世界中张布智网观察世间,看见住在波婆城的末罗王族,便思惟:“这些王族皆在我一切知智网之内,究竟为何?”他观察道:“这些王族建造了一座集会堂,待我到达时,他们将请人诵吉祥,我为他们宣说吉祥并作教诫后,将对比丘僧团说‘你说法吧’,我便会指派舍利弗。舍利弗以三藏审察后,以超出十四问的五千问为之庄严,将为比丘僧团宣说名为《合诵经》的法。随念此经之后,五百位比丘将连同无碍解证得阿拉汉果。”世尊预见此义后,便出发游行。故言:“在末罗族中游行巡化”。显示巴利原文
296.Evaṃme sutanti saṅgītisuttaṃ. Tatrāyamapubbapadavaṇṇanā – cārikaṃ caramānoti nibaddhacārikaṃ caramāno. Tadā kira satthā dasasahassacakkavāḷe ñāṇajālaṃ pattharitvā lokaṃ volokayamāno pāvānagaravāsino mallarājāno disvā ime rājāno mayhaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇajālassa anto paññāyanti, kiṃ nu khoti āvajjanto ‘‘rājāno ekaṃ sandhāgāraṃ kāresuṃ, mayi gate maṅgalaṃ bhaṇāpessanti, ahaṃ tesaṃ maṅgalaṃ vatvā uyyojetvā ‘bhikkhusaṅghassa dhammakathaṃ kathehī’ti sāriputtaṃ vakkhāmi, sāriputto tīhi piṭakehi sammasitvā cuddasapañhādhikena pañhasahassena paṭimaṇḍetvā bhikkhusaṅghassa saṅgītisuttaṃ nāma kathessati, suttantaṃ āvajjetvā pañca bhikkhusatāni saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇissantī’’ti imamatthaṃ disvā cārikaṃ pakkanto. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘mallesu cārikaṃ caramāno’’ti.
关于“乌跋他咖新会堂”的注释显示巴利原文
Ubbhatakanavasandhāgāravaṇṇanā
297 “乌跋他咖”:这是其名称,或因高耸而得此名。“会堂”:即城中央的会堂大厅。关于“与沙门或”,此处因天神们在人们占取地基之时便已取得各自住处,故不说“与天人或”,而说“与沙门或婆罗门或任何人”。他们往诣世尊之处:听说世尊到来,心想:“世尊并非由我们前往恭请而来,也非派遣使者召请,而是亲率大比丘僧团来到我们的住处。我们又建造了会堂。我们应请十力者到此,请他宣说吉祥。”作是念已,便前往迎接。显示巴利原文
297.Ubbhatakanti tassa nāmaṃ, uccattā vā evaṃ vuttaṃ. Sandhāgāranti nagaramajjhe sandhāgārasālā. Samaṇena vāti ettha yasmā gharavatthupariggahakāleyeva devatā attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gaṇhanti. Tasmā devena vāti avatvā ‘‘samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti bhagavato āgamanaṃ sutvā ‘‘amhehi gantvāpi na bhagavā ānīto, dūtaṃ pesetvāpi na pakkosāpito, sayameva pana mahābhikkhusaṅghaparivāro amhākaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ sampatto, amhehi ca sandhāgārasālā kāritā, ettha mayaṃ dasabalaṃ ānetvā maṅgalaṃ bhaṇāpessāmā’’ti cintetvā upasaṅkamiṃsu.
298 “他们前往会堂”:那天,会堂中的彩绘刚刚完工,横梁尚湿。而诸佛乐住山林,以山林为喜,他们是否会住在村落中呢?因此,末罗王们心想:“应先得知世尊的心意,再作招待。”于是便往见世尊。如今既已得到允许,他们为了表示招待,便前往会堂。“遍铺一切”:即如通常的方式遍铺铺设具。当时,那些末罗王把会堂整理好,将街道也清扫洁净,竖起幢幡,于每户门前放置满瓶与芭蕉,用灯火等将整座城庄严得犹如繁星散落。他们让哺乳的婴儿吃饱,让年幼的童子早早用餐入睡,并叮嘱道:“勿许高声,今晚导师将住于城内,诸佛以寂静为乐。”他们一面击鼓宣告,一面自己手持火炬,走向世尊之处。显示巴利原文
298.Yena sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti taṃ divasaṃ kira sandhāgāre cittakammaṃ niṭṭhapetvā aṭṭakā muttamattā honti, buddhā ca nāma araññajjhāsayā araññārāmā, antogāme vaseyyuṃ vā no vā. Tasmā bhagavato manaṃ jānitvāva paṭijaggissāmāti cintetvā te bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu. Idāni pana manaṃ labhitvā paṭijaggitukāmā yena sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu . Sabbasantharinti yathā sabbaṃ santhataṃ hoti, evaṃ. Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti ettha pana te mallarājāno sandhāgāraṃ paṭijaggitvā nagaravīthiyopi sammajjāpetvā dhaje ussāpetvā gehadvāresu puṇṇaghaṭe ca kadaliyo ca ṭhapāpetvā sakalanagaraṃ dīpamālādīhi vippakiṇṇatārakaṃ viya katvā khīrapāyake dārake khīraṃ pāyyetha, dahare kumāre lahuṃ lahuṃ bhojāpetvā sayāpetha, uccāsaddaṃ mā karittha, ajja ekarattiṃ satthā antogāme vasissati, buddhā nāma appasaddakāmā hontīti bheriṃ carāpetvā sayaṃ daṇḍadīpikaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu.
299 「以世尊为首」:即让世尊走在前面。其时,世尊坐于比丘与优婆塞之间,极尽殊妙庄严,金色晃耀,端严悦目。从前身放出金色光芒,遍照八十肘;从后身放出金色光芒,亦遍八十肘;从右手放出金色光芒,亦遍八十肘;从左手放出金色光芒,亦遍八十肘。所有发旋向上放出孔雀颈色的光芒,于虚空中达八十肘;从足底向下放出珊瑚色的光芒,于地下亦达八十肘。如此,周遭八十肘的范围内,六色佛光闪耀、放射、颤动。一切方所犹如遍洒金色占巴花,又如从金罐倾泻的金液流注,如铺展开的金布所覆盖,又如旷野风拂起的甄叔迦花与咖尼咖拉花粉弥漫,绽放光明。显示巴利原文
299.Bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvāti bhagavantaṃ purato katvā. Tattha bhagavā bhikkhūnañceva upāsakānañca majjhe nisinno ativiya virocati, samantapāsādiko suvaṇṇavaṇṇo abhirūpo dassanīyo. Purimakāyato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti. Pacchimakāyato. Dakkhiṇahatthato. Vāmahatthato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti. Upari kesantato paṭṭhāya sabbakesāvaṭṭehi moragīvavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā gaganatale asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti. Heṭṭhā pādatalehi pavāḷavaṇṇā rasmi uṭṭhahitvā ghanapathaviyaṃ asītihatthaṃ ṭhānaṃ gaṇhāti. Evaṃ samantā asīti hatthamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ chabbaṇṇā buddharasmiyo vijjotamānā vipphandamānā vidhāvanti. Sabbe disābhāgā suvaṇṇacampakapupphehi vikiriyamānā viya suvaṇṇaghaṭato nikkhantasuvaṇṇarasadhārāhi siñcamānā viya pasāritasuvaṇṇapaṭaparikkhittā viya verambhavātasamuṭṭhitakiṃsukakaṇikārapupphacuṇṇasamākiṇṇā viya ca vippakāsanti.
世尊之身,具足八十种好、一寻光明与三十二相,焕发辉光,宛如群星升起时璀璨的虚空,又如盛开的莲花林,一如百由旬高的波利质多罗树花满全开;三十二轮明月、三十二轮太阳、三十二位转轮王、三十二位天王、三十二位大梵天的光辉,悉数被它盖过而闪耀。围绕而坐的比丘众,皆是少欲知足、远离愦闹、不混居、精进、堪能说法、耐斥问而呵恶法、戒具足、定具足、慧具足、解脱具足、解脱知见具足者。为这些比丘所围绕的世尊,犹如被红毯裹绕的金柱,又如红莲丛中的金舟,亦如珊瑚栏楯围绕的金殿,放大光明。显示巴利原文
Bhagavatopi asītianubyañjanabyāmappabhādvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇasamujjalaṃ sarīraṃ samuggatatārakaṃ viya gaganatalaṃ, vikasitamiva padumavanaṃ , sabbapāliphullo viya yojanasatiko pāricchattako paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitānaṃ dvattiṃsacandānaṃ dvattiṃsasūriyānaṃ dvattiṃsacakkavattirājānaṃ dvattiṃsadevarājānaṃ dvattiṃsamahābrahmānaṃ siriyā siriṃ abhibhavamānaṃ viya virocati. Parivāretvā nisinnā bhikkhūpi sabbeva appicchā santuṭṭhā pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā āraddhavīriyā vattāro vacanakkhamā codakā pāpagarahino sīlasampannā samādhisampannā paññāvimutti vimuttiñāṇadassanasampannā. Tehi parivārito bhagavā rattakambalaparikkhitto viya suvaṇṇakkhandho , rattapadumavanasaṇḍamajjhagatā viya suvaṇṇanāvā, pavāḷavedikāparikkhitto viya suvaṇṇapāsādo virocittha.
八十位大长老亦身着云色的粪扫衣,宛如披上宝甲的大龙象一般,环护世尊。他们皆已离欲、已破烦恼、已解纠结、已断系缚,于家于众无所贪着。如是,世尊自己离贪,而被离贪者所围绕;离嗔,而被离嗔者所围绕;离痴,而被离痴者所围绕;无渴爱,而被无渴爱者所围绕;无烦恼,而被无烦恼者所围绕;自己成佛,而为多闻的觉者所围绕。犹如狮子为狮群所围绕,犹如莲芯为花瓣所围绕,犹如六牙象王为八千头象所围绕,犹如持国鹅王为九万只鹅所围绕,犹如转轮王为四军众所围绕,犹如帝释天王为天众所围绕,犹如大梵天为梵众所围绕。以无与伦比的佛相、无量的佛威仪,坐于会众之中,以法谈开示巴瓦城的末罗人,近一整夜,然后遣散了他们。显示巴利原文
Asītimahātherāpi naṃ meghavaṇṇaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ pārupitvā maṇivammavammitā viya mahānāgā parivārayiṃsu vantarāgā bhinnakilesā vijaṭitajaṭā chinnabandhanā kule vā gaṇe vā alaggā. Iti bhagavā sayaṃ vītarāgo vītarāgehi, vītadoso vītadosehi, vītamoho vītamohehi, nittaṇho nittaṇhehi, nikkileso nikkilesehi, sayaṃ buddho bahussutabuddhehi parivārito pattaparivāritaṃ viya kesaraṃ, kesaraparivāritā viya kaṇṇikā, aṭṭhanāgasahassaparivārito viya chaddanto nāgarājā, navutihaṃsasahassaparivārito viya dhataraṭṭho haṃsarājā, senaṅgaparivārito viya cakkavattirājā, marugaṇaparivārito viya sakko devarājā, brahmagaṇaparivārito viya hārito mahābrahmā, asamena buddhavesena aparimāṇena buddhavilāsena tassaṃ parisati nisinno pāveyyake malle bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā uyyojesi.
在此,所谓“法谈”应理解为与会堂、随喜、赞颂相关的杂谈。当时,世尊如同让恒河从天空倾泻,如同汲取大地之乳,如同抓住大阎浮树的树顶摇晃,如同用轮榨机压榨一由旬长的蜜团来饮蜜那样,为波婆城的末罗族宣说了带来利益与安乐的杂谈。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca dhammikathā nāma sandhāgāraanumodanappaṭisaṃyuttā pakiṇṇakakathā veditabbā. Tadā hi bhagavā ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viya pathavojaṃ ākaḍḍhanto viya mahājambuṃ matthake gahetvā cālento viya yojaniyamadhugaṇḍaṃ cakkayantena pīḷetvā madhupānaṃ pāyamāno viya ca pāveyyakānaṃ mallānaṃ hitasukhāvahaṃ pakiṇṇakakathaṃ kathesi.
300 “默然、默然”:无论世尊看向哪个方向,那儿都只是默然。如此观看之后,他用肉眼和天眼这两种眼,向四处观看。他以肉眼观察他们的外在威仪。那儿没有一位比丘有手足的躁扰,没有人抬头,没有人交谈,没有人坐着打瞌睡。所有比丘都修学三学,如同无风处的灯焰一般,一动不动地坐着。就这样,他以肉眼了知了他们的这些外在威仪。接着,他增长光明,以天眼观照心色,见到了内在的戒。他见到数百位比丘内在的戒,就像在缸中燃烧的灯火那样,导向阿拉汉果。因为那些比丘都已着手修观。如此见到他们的戒之后,世尊心想:‘这些比丘与我相称,我也与这些比丘相称。’他将这番景象留在眼底,又观察了比丘僧团之后,对尊者舍利弗说:‘我的背痛。’为什么痛呢?因为世尊在六年勤修大精进时,身体承受了极大的苦。后来到了老年,便出现了背风。显示巴利原文
300.Tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūtanti yaṃ yaṃ disaṃ anuviloketi, tattha tattha tuṇhībhūtameva. Anuviloketvāti maṃsacakkhunā dibbacakkhunāti dvīhi cakkhūhi tato tato viloketvā. Maṃsacakkhunā hi nesaṃ bahiddhā iriyāpathaṃ pariggahesi. Tattha ekabhikkhussāpi neva hatthakukkuccaṃ na pādakukkuccaṃ ahosi, na koci sīsamukkhipi, na kathaṃ kathesi, na niddāyanto nisīdi. Sabbepi tīhi sikkhāhi sikkhitā nivāte padīpasikhā viya niccalā nisīdiṃsu. Iti nesaṃ imaṃ iriyāpathaṃ maṃsacakkhunā pariggahesi. Ālokaṃ pana vaḍḍhayitvā dibbacakkhunā hadayarūpaṃ disvā abbhantaragataṃ sīlaṃ olokesi. So anekasatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ antokumbhiyaṃ jalamānaṃ padīpaṃ viya arahattupagaṃ sīlaṃ addasa. Āraddhavipassakā hi te bhikkhū. Iti nesaṃ sīlaṃ disvā ‘‘imepi bhikkhū mayhaṃ anucchavikā, ahampi imesaṃ anucchaviko’’ti cakkhutalesu nimittaṃ ṭhapetvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ oloketvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi ‘‘piṭṭhi me āgilāyatī’’ti. Kasmā āgilāyati? Bhagavato hi chabbassāni mahāpadhānaṃ padahantassa mahantaṃ kāyadukkhaṃ ahosi. Athassa aparabhāge mahallakakāle piṭṭhivāto uppajji.
“铺设僧伽梨衣”:据说在集会堂的一边,那些国王铺设了适宜的卧床,心想:‘或许世尊会躺下。’世尊也想到:‘以四威仪受用此床,能对这些国王有大果报。’于是就在那里铺好僧伽梨衣,躺卧下来。显示巴利原文
Saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpetvāti sandhāgārassa kira ekapasse te rājāno kappiyamañcakaṃ paññapesuṃ ‘‘appeva nāma satthā nipajjeyyā’’ti. Satthāpi catūhi iriyāpathehi paribhuttaṃ imesaṃ mahapphalaṃ bhavissatīti tattha saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpetvā nipajji.
尼干陀被破事的注释显示巴利原文
Bhinnanigaṇṭhavatthuvaṇṇanā
301 在“当他命终时”等句中所应说的内容,前面全都已经说过了。显示巴利原文
301.Tassa kālaṅkiriyāyātiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ sabbaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva.
302 “他呼唤”:为了平息诤论等事,渴望宣说善说之法,故而呼唤。显示巴利原文
302.Āmantesīti bhaṇḍanādivūpasamakaraṃ svākhyātaṃ dhammaṃ desetukāmo āmantesi.
303 “在那里”:即于彼法中。“应合诵”:应由和合众一同诵出,以统一之言、无违之语而宣说。“不应争论”:不应在义理或文句上起诤论。“一法”:为了通过一法、二法、三法等种种方式显示和合之味,故先说出“一法”。“一切众生”:即在欲有、色有、无色有等一切有中安住的一切众生。“依食而住”:指他们依食而得存续。以此表明:一切众生得以存续之因——名为“食”的这一法,已被我们的导师如实了知并清晰宣说,诸位贤友啊!显示巴利原文
303.Tatthāti tasmiṃ dhamme. Saṅgāyitabbanti samaggehi gāyitabbaṃ, ekavacanehi aviruddhavacanehi bhaṇitabbaṃ. Na vivaditabbanti atthe vā byañjane vā vivādo na kātabbo. Eko dhammoti ekakadukatikādivasena bahudhā sāmaggirasaṃ dassetukāmo paṭhamaṃ tāva ‘‘eko dhammo’’ti āha. Sabbe sattāti kāmabhavādīsu saññābhavādīsu ekavokārabhavādīsu ca sabbabhavesu sabbe sattā. Āhāraṭṭhitikāti āhārato ṭhiti etesanti āhāraṭṭhitikā. Iti sabbasattānaṃ ṭhiti hetu āhāro nāma eko dhammo amhākaṃ satthārā yāthāvato ñatvā sammadakkhāto āvusoti dīpeti.
这难道不与‘无想有情天是无因、无食、无触的’(《分别论》1017)这一说法相矛盾吗?其实并不矛盾,因为他们的禅那即是食。即便有人又引述:‘比丘们,有这四种食,为了已生众生的存续,或为了将生众生的资助。哪四种?团食(或粗或细),触为第二,意思为第三,识为第四’(《相应部》2.11),这不也矛盾吗?这也不矛盾。在那部经中,是就非间接的(严格)意义,把具有食相的法才称为食;而在此处,则是就间接的意义,把缘称为食。因为一切法都能得到缘,而那个缘,若产生什么果,便可以说它‘带来’那种果,因此称为食。所以佛陀说:‘比丘们,我说无明也是有食的,并非无食。什么是无明的食呢?应当说就是五盖。比丘们,我说五盖也是有食的,并非无食。什么是五盖的食呢?应当说就是不如理作意’(《增支部》10.61)。这即是此处所指之义。显示巴利原文
Nanu ca evaṃ sante yaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘asaññasattā devā ahetukā anāhārā aphassakā’’tiādi, (vibha. 1017) taṃ vacanaṃ virujjhatīti, na virujjhati. Tesañhi jhānaṃ āhāro hoti. Evaṃ santepi ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, āhārā bhūtānaṃ vā sattānaṃ ṭhitiyā sambhavesīnaṃ vā anuggahāya. Katame cattāro? Kabaḷīkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṃ catuttha’’nti (saṃ. ni. 2.11) idampi virujjhatīti, idampi na virujjhati. Etasmiñhi sutte nippariyāyena āhāralakkhaṇāva dhammā āhārāti vuttā. Idha pana pariyāyena paccayo āhāroti vutto. Sabbadhammānañhi paccayo laddhuṃ vaṭṭati. So ca yaṃ yaṃ phalaṃ janeti, taṃ taṃ āharati nāma, tasmā āhāroti vuccati. Tenevāha ‘‘avijjampāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. Ko ca, bhikkhave, avijjāya āhāro? Pañcanīvaraṇātissa vacanīyaṃ. Pañcanīvaraṇepāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāre vadāmi, no anāhāre. Ko ca, bhikkhave, pañcannaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ āhāro? Ayonisomanasikārotissa vacanīya’’nti (a. ni. 10.61). Ayaṃ idha adhippeto.
当把握了这种「缘食」时,间接食和直接食也就全部被把握了。其中,在无想有中,是存在「缘食」的。因为在佛陀尚未出现时,有人在外道处出家,以风遍为业处修习,证得第四禅,从禅那出定后,他心想:‘心是应受呵责的,真是可呵责的心!对心来说,名色不存在才是善的。因为正是依于心的缘故,才有砍杀、捆绑等苦产生。如果没有心,就没有这些苦了。’于是他生起了忍可与意乐,在禅那不衰退的情况下命终,投生于无想有。他于人间时所惯熟的身体姿势,就以那种姿势出生,或站、或坐、或卧,住留五百劫。像这样的众生,也能够得到「缘食」。因为他们正是修习了这种禅那而投生的,那禅那就是他们的缘。好比依靠弓的弹力射出的箭,只要弓的弹力还在,箭就继续飞行;同样地,只要禅那之缘还存在,他们就安住。当这缘耗尽时,就如同弹力耗尽的箭一样坠落。还有那些被称为‘既不靠劳动成果活命,也不靠福德成果活命’的地狱众生,他们的食是什么呢?他们的业就是他们的食。如果问:‘那么是否存在五种食呢?’答:‘既然说五种,就不应该说“不是五种”。’前面不是说过‘缘即是食’吗?因此,他们是以何种业往生地狱,那业就是他们存续的缘,所以成为「食」。正是基于这个意思,才说:‘只要那恶业还没有消尽,他并不会死去’(《中部》3.250)。显示巴利原文
Etasmiñhi paccayāhāre gahite pariyāyāhāropi nippariyāyāhāropi sabbo gahitova hoti. Tattha asaññabhave paccayāhāro labbhati. Anuppanne hi buddhe titthāyatane pabbajitā vāyokasiṇe parikammaṃ katvā catutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā tato vuṭṭhāya dhī cittaṃ, dhibbatetaṃ cittaṃ cittassa nāma abhāvoyeva sādhu, cittañhi nissāyeva vadhabandhādipaccayaṃ dukkhaṃ uppajjati. Citte asati natthetanti khantiṃ ruciṃ uppādetvā aparihīnajjhānā kālaṅkatvā asaññabhave nibbattanti. Yo yassa iriyāpatho manussaloke paṇihito ahosi, so tena iriyāpathena nibbattitvā pañca kappasatāni ṭhito vā nisinno vā nipanno vā hoti. Evarūpānampi sattānaṃ paccayāhāro labbhati. Te hi yaṃ jhānaṃ bhāvetvā nibbattā, tadeva nesaṃ paccayo hoti. Yathā jiyāvegena khittasaro yāva jiyāvego atthi, tāva gacchati, evaṃ yāva jhānapaccayo atthi, tāva tiṭṭhanti. Tasmiṃ niṭṭhite khīṇavego saro viya patanti. Ye pana te nerayikā neva uṭṭhānaphalūpajīvī na puññaphalūpajīvīti vuttā, tesaṃ ko āhāroti ? Tesaṃ kammameva āhāro. Kiṃ pañca āhārā atthīti ce. Pañca, na pañcāti idaṃ na vattabbaṃ. Nanu paccayo āhāroti vuttametaṃ. Tasmā yena kammena te niraye nibbattā, tadeva tesaṃ ṭhitipaccayattā āhāro hoti. Yaṃ sandhāya idaṃ vuttaṃ ‘‘na ca tāva kālaṅkaroti, yāva na taṃ pāpakammaṃ byantī hotī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.250).
在此,不应该就「团食」引发争论。因为即便是口腔中产生的唾液,对他们也能完成食的作用。在地狱中,唾液会成为苦受之缘;在天界,则成为乐受之缘。如是,在欲有中,严格地说有四种食。在色有、无色有中,除了无想有以外,其余的存在有三种食。无想有及其余的一切,则以缘为食。通过这样以食的说法,解释了“一切众生依食而住”这个问题后,既没有作“贤友,这即是”这样的结答,也没有再提出“贤友,是存在的”这样的回问,就直接解答了第二个问题:“一切众生依行而住”。显示巴利原文
Kabaḷīkāraṃ āhāraṃ ārabbha cettha vivādo na kātabbo. Mukhe uppanno kheḷopi hi tesaṃ āhārakiccaṃ sādheti. Kheḷopi hi niraye dukkhavedaniyo hutvā paccayo hoti, sagge sukhavedaniyo. Iti kāmabhave nippariyāyena cattāro āhārā. Rūpārūpabhavesu ṭhapetvā asaññaṃ sesānaṃ tayo. Asaññānañceva avasesānañca paccayāhāroti iminā āhārena ‘‘sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā’’ti etaṃ pañhaṃ kathetvā ‘‘ayaṃ kho āvuso’’ti evaṃ niyyātanampi ‘‘atthi kho āvuso’’ti puna uddharaṇampi akatvā ‘‘sabbe sattā saṅkhāraṭṭhitikā’’ti dutiyapañhaṃ vissajjesi.
为何不作结答,亦不逐一回问?若于每一处皆作结答与回问,则学习与讲说皆成难事,是故将二者连为一体而作解答。此解答中所说的,正是前文所说之缘,因其造作自果,故称“行”。如此,前文说的是食缘,此处说的是行缘——此即二者相对前文之别。大西瓦长老言:“若能如是把握:前文所举为直接食,此处所举为间接食,其差别便会明显,然他们未能如此把握。”因为缘可存在于有根与无根之一切事物,无有缘者,任何事物皆不能成立。其中,于无根者,如草、树、藤蔓等,地味与水味即是其缘。若天不降雨,草木等便会枯萎;若降下雨水,则转为青翠。是故,其地味与水味即是缘。于有根者,无明、爱、业、食等则是其缘。因此,前文说食即是缘,此处说行即是缘。这便是二者之间的差别。显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana na niyyātesi na uddharittha? Tattha tattha niyyātiyamānepi uddhariyamānepi pariyāpuṇituṃ vācetuṃ dukkhaṃ hoti, tasmā dve ekābaddhe katvā vissajjesi. Imasmimpi vissajjane heṭṭhā vuttapaccayova attano phalassa saṅkharaṇato saṅkhāroti vutto. Iti heṭṭhā āhārapaccayo kathito, idha saṅkhārapaccayoti ayamettha heṭṭhimato viseso. ‘‘Heṭṭhā nippariyāyāhāro gahito, idha pariyāyāhāroti evaṃ gahite viseso pākaṭo bhaveyya, no ca gaṇhiṃsū’ti mahāsīvatthero āha. Indriyabaddhassapi hi anindriyabaddhassapi paccayo laddhuṃ vaṭṭati. Vinā paccayena dhammo nāma natthi. Tattha anindriyabaddhassa tiṇarukkhalatādino pathavīraso āporaso ca paccayo hoti. Deve avassante hi tiṇādīni milāyanti, vassante ca pana haritāni honti. Iti tesaṃ pathavīraso āporaso ca paccayo hoti. Indriyabaddhassa avijjā taṇhā kammaṃ āhāroti evamādayo paccayā, iti heṭṭhā paccayoyeva āhāroti kathito, idha saṅkhāroti. Ayamevettha viseso.
“这即是,贤友”:贤友,此乃我等之师坐于大菩提道场,亲自以一切知智证得后所宣说之一法。于此一法,汝等皆应和合诵出,不应起诤。“以使此梵行得以久住”:为令正在合诵之汝等,此教法梵行能够长久安住。当有一位比丘说:“贤友,确有一法被善巧宣说。何等为那一法?一切众生依食而住。一切众生依行而住。”闻其说法后,另一位比丘将接着宣说,一位之后复有另一位,以此辗转次第的说法,为包含天神在内的一切世间之利益与福祉,此一梵行将能长久住立。法将舍利弗长老以“一法”的方式,显示了和合之味。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃkho, āvusoti āvuso amhākaṃ satthārā mahābodhimaṇḍe nisīditvā sayaṃ sabbaññutaññāṇena sacchikatvā ayaṃ ekadhammo desito. Tattha ekadhamme tumhehi sabbeheva saṅgāyitabbaṃ na vivaditabbaṃ. Yathayidaṃ brahmacariyanti yathā saṅgāyamānānaṃ tumhākaṃ idaṃ sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa. Ekena hi bhikkhunā ‘‘atthi, kho āvuso, eko dhammo sammadakkhāto. Katamo eko dhammo? Sabbe sattā āhāraṭṭhitikā. Sabbe sattā saṅkhāraṭṭhitikā’’ti kathite tassa kathaṃ sutvā añño kathessati. Tassapi aññoti evaṃ paramparakathāniyamena idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ ciraṃ tiṭṭhamānaṃ sadevakassa lokassa atthāya hitāya bhavissatīti ekakavasena dhammasenāpati sāriputtatthero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
304 如此,以“一法”的方式显示了和合之味后,现今为以“二法”的方式显示,又开始了教说。其中,于“名色”这一对法中,所谓“名”,是指四种无色蕴及涅槃。其中,四种蕴因“令转向”之义而称为名。“令转向”之义,即是施设名称之义。正如因受大众共同认可,大选出便获得了“大选出”之名;又如父母为儿子安立假名,说:“让他名叫提舍,让他名叫弗沙”;或者如同“说法者”、“持律者”这样,由功德而获名。然而,受等并非如此。因为受等如同大地等一般,在其生起时,名称即自成。当它们生起时,其名称已然生起。实际上,当受生起时,并无人说:“你应叫作受”;它亦无需任何理由来执取名字,犹如大地生起时,无需执取名字说“你应叫作大地”;当轮围山、须弥山、日月、星辰生起时,亦无需执取名字说:“你应叫作轮围山,你应叫作星辰”,名称是自然生起的,如同化生之施设直接降临一般。同样,当受生起时,并不需执取名字说“你应叫作受”,在它生起之当下,“受”这个名字已然生起。对于想等,亦是同理。显示巴利原文
304. Iti ekakavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni dukavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha nāmarūpaduke nāmanti cattāro arūpino khandhā nibbānañca. Tattha cattāro khandhā nāmanaṭṭhena nāmaṃ. Nāmanaṭṭhenāti nāmakaraṇaṭṭhena. Yathā hi mahājanasammatattā mahāsammatassa ‘‘mahāsammato’’ti nāmaṃ ahosi, yathā mātāpitaro ‘‘ayaṃ tisso nāma hotu, phusso nāma hotū’’ti evaṃ puttassa kittimanāmaṃ karonti, yathā vā ‘‘dhammakathiko vinayadharo’’ti guṇato nāmaṃ āgacchati, na evaṃ vedanādīnaṃ. Vedanādayo hi mahāpathavīādayo viya attano nāmaṃ karontāva uppajjanti. Tesu uppannesu tesaṃ nāmaṃ uppannameva hoti. Na hi vedanaṃ uppannaṃ ‘‘tvaṃ vedanā nāma hohī’’ti, koci bhaṇati, na cassā yena kenaci kāraṇena nāmaggahaṇakiccaṃ atthi, yathā pathaviyā uppannāya ‘‘tvaṃ pathavī nāma hohī’’ti nāmaggahaṇakiccaṃ natthi, cakkavāḷasinerumhi candimasūriyanakkhattesu uppannesu ‘‘tvaṃ cakkavāḷaṃ nāma, tvaṃ nakkhattaṃ nāma hohī’’ti nāmaggahaṇakiccaṃ natthi, nāmaṃ uppannameva hoti, opapātikā paññatti nipatati, evaṃ vedanāya uppannāya ‘‘tvaṃ vedanā nāma hohī’’ti nāmaggahaṇakiccaṃ natthi, tāya uppannāya vedanāti nāmaṃ uppannameva hoti. Saññādīsupi eseva nayo atītepi hi vedanā vedanāyeva. Saññā. Saṅkhārā. Viññāṇaṃ viññāṇameva. Anāgatepi. Paccuppannepi. Nibbānaṃ pana sadāpi nibbānamevāti. Nāmanaṭṭhena nāmaṃ. Namanaṭṭhenāpi cettha cattāro khandhā nāmaṃ. Te hi ārammaṇābhimukhaṃ namanti. Nāmanaṭṭhena sabbampi nāmaṃ. Cattāro hi khandhā ārammaṇe aññamaññaṃ nāmenti , nibbānaṃ ārammaṇādhipatipaccayatāya attani anavajjadhamme nāmeti.
色:指四大种与由四大种所造之色,这一切皆因‘变坏、被破坏’之义而名为色。其详细解说,应依《清净道论》中所说的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
Rūpanti cattāro ca mahābhūtā catunnañca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpaṃ, taṃ sabbampi ruppanaṭṭhena rūpaṃ. Tassa vitthārakathā visuddhimagge vuttanayeneva veditabbā.
无明:指对苦等道理的无知。此在《清净道论》中亦有详细阐述。有爱:是对生存的希求。正如所说:‘其中,何谓有爱?即对诸有的渴望与贪着’(《法集论》1319)等等。显示巴利原文
Avijjāti dukkhādīsu aññāṇaṃ. Ayampi vitthārato visuddhimagge kathitāyeva. Bhavataṇhāti bhavapatthanā. Yathāha ‘‘tattha katamā bhavataṇhā? Yo bhavesu bhavacchando’’tiādi (dha. sa. 1319).
有见:这里的‘有’指常见,即依常见而生起的见解。它在阿毗达摩中被详细解释为:‘其中,何谓有见?即“我与世界将会存在”——这样的见、恶见’(《法集论》1320)等。非有见:此处的‘非有’指断灭,即依断见而生起的见解。同样在阿毗达摩中也有详细解释:‘其中,何谓非有见?即“我与世界将不会存在”——这样的见、恶见’(《法集论》1321)等。显示巴利原文
Bhavadiṭṭhīti bhavo vuccati sassataṃ, sassatavasena uppajjanakadiṭṭhi. Sā ‘‘tattha katamā bhavadiṭṭhi? ‘Bhavissati attā ca loko cā’ti yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigata’’ntiādinā (dha. sa. 1320) nayena abhidhamme vitthāritā. Vibhavadiṭṭhīti vibhavo vuccati ucchedaṃ, ucchedavasena uppajjanakadiṭṭhi. Sāpi ‘‘tattha katamā vibhavadiṭṭhi? ‘Na bhavissati attā ca loko cā’ti (dha. sa. 285). Yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigata’’ntiādinā (dha. sa. 1321) nayena tattheva vitthāritā.
「无惭」:即“对于应羞耻之事而不感到羞耻”(《法集论》1328)——这样详细说明的无羞耻状态。「无愧」:即“对于应畏惧之事而不感到畏惧”(《法集论》1329)——这样详细说明的无畏惧心态。显示巴利原文
Ahirikanti ‘‘yaṃ na hirīyati hirīyitabbenā’’ti (dha. sa. 1328) evaṃ vitthāritā nillajjatā. Anottappanti ‘‘yaṃ na ottappati ottappitabbenā’’ti (dha. sa. 1329) evaṃ vitthārito abhāyanakaākāro.
「惭与愧」:即“对于应羞耻之事感到羞耻,对于应畏惧之事感到畏惧”(《法集论》1330-31)——这样详细说明的惭与愧。此外,在此处,惭由内而生,愧由外而生;惭以自我为主,愧以世间为主;惭的本质是羞耻,愧的本质是畏惧。这些详细内容,《清净道论》已从各方面作了说明。显示巴利原文
Hirī ca ottappañcāti ‘‘yaṃ hirīyati hirīyitabbena, ottappati ottappitabbenā’’ti (dha. sa. 1330-31) evaṃ vitthāritāni hiriottappāni. Api cettha ajjhattasamuṭṭhānā hirī, bahiddhāsamuṭṭhānaṃ ottappaṃ. Attādhipateyyā hirī, lokādhipateyyaṃ ottappaṃ. Lajjāsabhāvasaṇṭhitā hirī, bhayasabhāvasaṇṭhitaṃ ottappaṃ. Vitthārakathā panettha sabbākārena visuddhimagge vuttā.
「恶语性」:那种抵触、喜唱反调、不敬重的人,难以用言语教导,称为“难教者”;他的这种行为称为“恶语”,此状态即“恶语性”。详细来说,阿毗达摩中说:“此中,什么是恶语性?当以如法之语劝告时,所表现出的难以教导的状态。”(《法集论》1332)从本质上说,它即是行蕴。也有论师说:“这是对以那种方式运作的四个蕴(受、想、行、识)的增语(别称)。”「恶友性」:那些无信等品质的恶人,是他的朋友,即称为“恶友”,此状态即“恶友性”。详细来说,阿毗达摩中说:“此中,什么是恶友性?即那些无信、破戒、寡闻、悭吝、恶慧的人;亲近、交往、深交、同处、密切共处、敬重、倾向于他们。”(《法集论》1333)从本质上说,亦应如恶语性一般看待。显示巴利原文
Dovacassatāti dukkhaṃ vaco etasmiṃ vippaṭikūlagāhimhi vipaccanīkasāte anādare puggaleti dubbaco, tassa kammaṃ dovacassaṃ, tassa bhāvo dovacassatā. Vitthārato panesā ‘‘tattha katamā dovacassatā? Sahadhammike vuccamāne dovacassāya’’nti (dha. sa. 1332) abhidhamme āgatā. Sā atthato saṅkhārakkhandho hoti. ‘‘Catunnañca khandhānaṃ etenākārena pavattānaṃ etaṃ adhivacana’’nti vadanti. Pāpamittatāti pāpā assaddhādayo puggalā etassa mittāti pāpamitto, tassa bhāvo pāpamittatā. Vitthārato panesā – ‘‘tattha katamā pāpamittatā? Ye te puggalā assaddhā dussīlā appassutā maccharino duppaññā. Yā tesaṃ sevanā nisevanā saṃsevanā bhajanā saṃbhajanā bhatti saṃbhatti taṃsampavaṅkatā’’ti (dha. sa. 1333) evaṃ āgatā. Sāpi atthato dovacassatā viya daṭṭhabbā.
「顺从性」与「善知识性」应依前文所说相反之义来理解。不过,此二者在此处是被说为世间与出世间相混合的。显示巴利原文
Sovacassatā ca kalyāṇamittatā ca vuttappaṭipakkhanayena veditabbā. Ubhopi panetā idha lokiyalokuttaramissakā kathitā.
「罪善巧性」:即如《法集论》(1336)所说:“五篇罪是罪,七聚罪亦是罪。于那些罪中,罪之善巧、慧、了知。”如此所说,即是善巧于罪之义。显示巴利原文
Āpattikusalatāti ‘‘pañcapi āpattikkhandhā āpattiyo, sattapi āpattikkhandhā āpattiyo. Yā tāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ āpattikusalatā paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1336) evaṃ vutto āpattikusalabhāvo.
「出罪善巧性」:即如《法集论》(1337)所说:“于彼诸罪中,出罪之善巧、慧、了知。”此为连同甘马语,了知出罪之分际的智慧。显示巴利原文
Āpattivuṭṭhānakusalatāti ‘‘yā tāhi āpattīhi vuṭṭhānakusalatā paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1337) evaṃ vuttā saha kammavācāya āpattīhi vuṭṭhānaparicchedajānanā paññā.
「定善巧」:如《法集论》(1338)所说:“有有寻有伺之定,有无寻唯伺之定,有无寻无伺之定。于此诸定善巧之慧、了知”,即连同前行、了知安止界限之慧。「定出定善巧」:如《法集论》(1339)所说:“从这些定而出定善巧之慧、了知”,即能依所预定时限从定中出起,如决意“当日影移动如许时,我当出定”而预定时限之慧。显示巴利原文
Samāpattikusalatāti ‘‘atthi savitakkasavicārā samāpatti, atthi avitakkavicāramattā samāpatti, atthi avitakkaavicārā samāpatti. Yā tāsaṃ samāpattīnaṃ kusalatā paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1338) evaṃ vuttā saha parikammena appanāparicchedajānanā paññā. Samāpattivuṭṭhānakusalatāti ‘‘yā tāhi samāpattīhi vuṭṭhānakusalatā paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1339) evaṃ vuttā yathāparicchinnasamayavaseneva samāpattito vuṭṭhānasamatthā ‘‘ettakaṃ gate sūriye uṭṭhahissāmī’’ti vuṭṭhānakālaparicchedakā paññā.
「界善巧」:如《法集论》(1340)所说:“十八界:眼界……乃至……意识界。于此诸界善巧之慧、了知”,即对十八界自性差别,由闻、持、思惟、通达而了知之慧。「作意善巧」:如《法集论》(1341)所说:“于此诸界作意善巧之慧、了知”,即对此诸界,由思惟、通达、观察而了知之慧。显示巴利原文
Dhātukusalatāti ‘‘aṭṭhārasa dhātuyo cakkhudhātu…pe… manoviññāṇadhātu. Yā tāsaṃ dhātūnaṃ kusalatā paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1340) evaṃ vuttā aṭṭhārasannaṃ dhātūnaṃ sabhāvaparicchedakā savanadhāraṇasammasanapaṭivedhapaññā. Manasikārakusalatāti ‘‘yā tāsaṃ dhātūnaṃ manasikārakusalatā paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1341) evaṃ vuttā tāsaṃyeva dhātūnaṃ sammasanapaṭivedhapaccavekkhaṇapaññā.
「处善巧」:如《法集论》(1342)所说:“十二处:眼处……乃至……法处。于此诸处处善巧之慧、了知”,即对十二处,由掌握、作意、了知之慧。又,界善巧亦摄于掌握、作意、闻、思惟、通达及观察;作意善巧与处善巧亦然。其中差别唯在:闻、掌握、观察是世间的,通达是出世间的,思惟、作意则是世间与出世间交杂的。「缘起善巧」:如《法集论》(1343)所说:“无明缘行……乃至……集起,于此中,其慧、了知”,即由掌握等门径,于十二缘起支生起之慧。显示巴利原文
Āyatanakusalatāti ‘‘dvādasāyatanāni cakkhāyatanaṃ…pe… dhammāyatanaṃ. Yā tesaṃ āyatanānaṃ āyatanakusalatā paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1342) evaṃ vuttā dvādasannaṃ āyatanānaṃ uggahamanasikārapajānanā paññā. Apica dhātukusalatāpi uggahamanasikārasavanasammasanapaṭivedhapaccavekkhaṇesu vattati manasikārakusalatāpi āyatanakusalatāpi. Ayaṃ panettha viseso, savanauggahapaccavekkhaṇā lokiyā, paṭivedho lokuttaro, sammasanamanasikārā lokiyalokuttaramissakā. Paṭiccasamuppādakusalatāti ‘‘avijjāpaccayā saṅkhārā…pe… samudayo hotīti yā tattha paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1343) evaṃ vuttā dvādasannaṃ paccayākārānaṃ uggahādivasena pavattā paññā.
「处善巧」:如《法集论》(1344)所说:“某些法为某些法之因、缘而生起,彼即是处,于此中所有之慧、了知”,即能决断“以眼为依处、以色为所缘而生起的眼识,眼与色既是处,亦是因”这样的慧。「非处善巧」:如《法集论》(1345)所说:“某些法非某些法之因、非缘而生起,彼即是非处,于此中所有之慧、了知”,即能决断“以眼为依处、以色为所缘,耳识等不生起,是故于他们而言,眼与色既非处亦非因”这样的慧。此外,于此双论之中,还应依如下经文了知其义:“尊者,云何名为比丘是处非处善巧?阿难,此处,比丘如是了知:‘此是无处、无有是处,即见具足者可能执任何行为常,无有是处。’复如是了知:‘此是有处,即凡夫可能执任何行为常,有是处。’”显示巴利原文
Ṭhānakusalatāti ‘‘ye ye dhammā yesaṃ yesaṃ dhammānaṃ hetupaccayā uppādāya taṃ taṃ ṭhānanti yā tattha paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1344) evaṃ vuttā ‘‘cakkhuṃ vatthuṃ katvā rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannassa cakkhuviññāṇassa cakkhurūpaṃ (dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1344) ṭhānañceva kāraṇañcā’’ti evaṃ ṭhānaparicchindanasamatthā paññā. Aṭṭhānakusalatāti ‘‘ye ye dhammā yesaṃ yesaṃ dhammānaṃ na hetū na paccayā uppādāya taṃ taṃ aṭṭhānanti yā tattha paññā pajānanā’’ti (dha. sa. 1345) evaṃ vuttā ‘‘cakkhuṃ vatthuṃ katvā rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā sotaviññāṇādīni nuppajjanti, tasmā tesaṃ cakkhurūpaṃ na ṭhānaṃ na kāraṇa’’nti evaṃ aṭṭhānaparicchindanasamatthā paññā apica etasmiṃ duke ‘‘kittāvatā pana, bhante, ṭhānāṭhānakusalo bhikkhūti alaṃ vacanāyāti. Idhānanda, bhikkhu aṭṭhānametaṃ anavakāso, yaṃ diṭṭhisampanno puggalo kañci saṅkhāraṃ niccato upagaccheyya, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatīti pajānāti. Ṭhānañca kho etaṃ vijjati, yaṃ puthujjano kañci saṅkhāraṃ niccato upagaccheyyā’’ti (ma. ni. 3.127) imināpi suttena attho veditabbo.
「正直」:有三种不正直——牛尿弯曲、月弯曲、犁头弯曲。有一类比丘,于初龄(二十一岁时)行于六种邪命与六种非行处,而于中龄与后龄则成为有惭、有悔、乐学戒者,此名为牛尿弯曲。另一类,于初龄及后龄皆圆满四遍清净戒,成为有惭、有悔、乐学戒者,于中龄却行如故态,此名为月弯曲。又有一类,于初龄及中龄皆圆满四遍清净戒,成为有惭、有悔、乐学戒者,于后龄却行如故态,此名为犁头弯曲。更有一类,悉皆断除这些一切弯曲,于三时龄皆可敬爱、有惭、有悔、乐学戒者,那样的正直状态,即名为正直。于《阿毗达摩》中亦云:“其中,云何为正直?即彼正直性、不斜性、不弯曲性、不扭曲性,是名正直。”「惭」:“其中,云何为惭?即因应惭之事而生惭,因成就恶不善法而生惭,是名为惭。”此即所说的惭之状态。显示巴利原文
Ajjavanti gomuttavaṅkatā candavaṅkatā naṅgalakoṭivaṅkatāti tayo anajjavā. Ekacco hi bhikkhu paṭhamavaye ekavīsatiyā anesanāsu chasu ca agocaresu carati, majjhimapacchimavayesu lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo hoti, ayaṃ gomuttavaṅkatā nāma. Eko paṭhamavayepi pacchimavayepi catupārisuddhisīlaṃ pūreti, lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo hoti, majjhimavaye purimasadiso, ayaṃ candavaṅkatā nāma. Eko paṭhamavayepi majjhimavayepi catupārisuddhisīlaṃ pūreti, lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo hoti, pacchimavaye purimasadiso ayaṃ naṅgalakoṭivaṅkatā nāma. Eko sabbametaṃ vaṅkataṃ pahāya tīsupi vayesu pesalo lajjī kukkuccako sikkhākāmo hoti. Tassa yo so ujubhāvo, idaṃ ajjavaṃ nāma. Abhidhammepi vuttaṃ – ‘‘tattha katamo ajjavo. Yā ajjavatā ajimhatā avaṅkatā akuṭilatā, ayaṃ vuccati ajjavo’’ti (dha. sa. 1346). Lajjavanti ‘‘tattha katamo lajjavo? Yo hirīyati hirīyitabbena hirīyati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. Ayaṃ vuccati lajjavo’’ti evaṃ vutto lajjībhāvo.
「忍」:如《法集论》(1348)所说:“其中,云何为忍?即彼忍、能忍、安受、无粗暴、无怒、心欢喜”,此即安忍。「柔和」:如《法集论》(1349)所说:“其中,云何为柔和?即身不违犯、语不违犯、身语不违犯,是名柔和。一切戒防护亦是柔和。”这便是所说的柔和之状态。显示巴利原文
Khantīti ‘‘tattha katamā khanti? Yā khanti khamanatā adhivāsanatā acaṇḍikkaṃ anassuropo attamanatā cittassā’’ti (dha. sa. 1348) evaṃ vuttā adhivāsanakhanti. Soraccanti ‘‘tattha katamaṃ soraccaṃ? Yo kāyiko avītikkamo, vācasiko avītikkamo, kāyikavācasiko avītikkamo. Idaṃ vuccati soraccaṃ. Sabbopi sīlasaṃvaro soracca’’nti (dha. sa. 1349) evaṃ vutto suratabhāvo.
「善柔」:如《法集论》(1350)所说:“其中,什么是善柔?即那粗恶、苛刻、刺伤他人、接近嗔怒、不导向定的言语——舍弃这样的言语后,说那种无过失、悦耳、令人喜爱、深入人心、优雅、众人喜爱、众人乐意的言语。其中,那种柔和语性、温顺语性、不粗暴性,这称为善柔。”这是就所说的欢喜柔和状态而言。「款待」:此世间以财与法两种共住而有缺陷,为了令其缺陷不显现,犹如以坐垫覆盖座椅一般,以财与法来款待。《法集论》中也说:“其中,什么是款待?即财款待与法款待。在此,有人以财款待或法款待而行款待,这称为款待。”(《法集论》1351)此处,以财摄受称为财款待。作此款待时,对于父母、前来之比丘、服务者、国王、盗贼,纵使不给予最上等之物,也应稍作给予。若因接触而后给予,国王与盗贼会作出无义之事,乃至断送性命;若不接触而给予,他们便会欢喜。此处应讲说盗贼龙象等故事,这些在《一切善见》律注中已有广说。恭敬地授予教诫、本母解释、说法等,如此以法摄受,即称为法款待。显示巴利原文
Sākhalyanti ‘‘tattha katamaṃ sākhalyaṃ? Yā sā vācā aṇḍakā kakkasā parakaṭukā parābhisajjanī kodhasāmantā asamādhisaṃvattanikā, tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ pahāya yā sā vācā neḷā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā, tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti. Yā tattha saṇhavācatā sakhilavācatā apharusavācatā. Idaṃ vuccati sākhalya’’nti (dha. sa. 1350) evaṃ vutto sammodakamudukabhāvo. Paṭisanthāroti ayaṃ lokasannivāso āmisena dhammena cāti dvīhi chiddo, tassa taṃ chiddaṃ yathā na paññāyati, evaṃ pīṭhassa viya paccattharaṇena āmisena dhammena ca paṭisantharaṇaṃ. Abhidhammepi vuttaṃ ‘‘tattha katamo paṭisanthāro ? Āmisapaṭisanthāro ca dhammapaṭisanthāro ca. Idhekacco paṭisanthārako hoti āmisapaṭisanthārena vā dhammapaṭisanthārena vā. Ayaṃ vuccati paṭisanthāro’’ti (dha. sa. 1351). Ettha ca āmisena saṅgaho āmisapaṭisanthāro nāma. Taṃ karontena mātāpitūnaṃ bhikkhugatikassa veyyāvaccakarassa rañño corānañca aggaṃ aggahetvāpi dātuṃ vaṭṭati. Āmasitvā dinne hi rājāno ca corā ca anatthampi karonti jīvitakkhayampi pāpenti, anāmasitvā dinne attamanā honti. Coranāgavatthuādīni cettha vatthūni kathetabbāni. Tāni samantapāsādikāya vinayaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (pāci. aṭṭha. 185-7) vitthāritāni. Sakkaccaṃ uddesadānaṃ pāḷivaṇṇanā dhammakathākathananti evaṃ dhammena saṅgaho dhammapaṭisanthāro nāma.
「无害」:指悲悯以及悲悯的前行。经中也有说:“其中,什么是无害?即对众生的悲悯、悲悯的行为、悲悯的状态、悲悯心解脱,这称为无害。”「清净」:指由于慈以及慈的前行而具有的清净性。经中也说:“其中,什么是清净?即对众生的慈、慈的行为、慈的状态、慈心解脱,这称为清净。”显示巴利原文
Avihiṃsāti karuṇāpi karuṇāpubbabhāgopi. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘tattha katamā avihiṃsā? Yā sattesu karuṇā karuṇāyanā karuṇāyitattaṃ karuṇācetovimutti, ayaṃ vuccati avihiṃsā’’ti. Soceyyanti mettāya ca mettāpubbabhāgassa ca vasena sucibhāvo. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ soceyyaṃ? Yā sattesu metti mettāyanā mettāyitattaṃ mettācetovimutti, idaṃ vuccati soceyya’’nti.
「失念」:指念的丧失,正如经中所说:“其中,什么是失念?即无念、不随念、不忆念、忘失、不能记持、覆藏、完全遗忘,这称为失念。”「无正知」:正如经中说:“其中,什么是无正知?即无知、无见、被无明所缠、痴、不善根”,这所指的正是无明。念本身即是念。正知即是智。显示巴利原文
Muṭṭhassaccanti sativippavāso, yathāha ‘‘tattha katamaṃ muṭṭhassaccaṃ? Yā asati ananussati appaṭissati assaraṇatā adhāraṇatā pilāpanatā sammussanatā, idaṃ vuccati muṭṭhassaccaṃ’’ (dha. sa. 1356). Asampajaññanti, ‘‘tattha katamaṃ asampajaññaṃ? Yaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ avijjālaṅgī moho akusalamūla’’nti evaṃ vuttā avijjāyeva. Sati satiyeva. Sampajaññaṃ ñāṇaṃ.
「不守护诸根门」:如所说:「其中,什么是不守护诸根门?在此,有人以眼见色后,执取于相……」等,即依此广说破坏根律仪的情形。「于食不知量」:如所说:「其中,什么是于食不知量?在此,有人不如理省察、不如理作意而受用饮食,为嬉戏、为憍慢、为装饰、为严饰。其中所有的不满足、不知量、不如理省察,即称为于食不知量。」此即于食不知量的状态。而与之相对的二种善法,应依前文所述的对立方式去理解。显示巴利原文
Indriyesu aguttadvāratāti ‘‘tattha katamā indriyesu aguttadvāratā? Idhekacco cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā nimittaggāhī hotī’’tiādinā (dha. sa. 1352) nayena vitthārito indriyasaṃvarabhedo. Bhojane amattaññutāti ‘‘tattha katamā bhojane amattaññutā? Idhekacco appaṭisaṅkhā ayoniso āhāraṃ āhāreti davāya madāya maṇḍanāya vibhūsanāya. Yā tattha asantuṭṭhitā amattaññutā appaṭisaṅkhā bhojane’’ti evaṃ āgato bhojane amattaññubhāvo. Anantaraduko vuttappaṭipakkhanayena veditabbo.
「思择力」:如所说:「其中,什么是思择力?即慧、了知……」等广说,此即不为不如理省察所动之智。「修习力」:于修习者所生起之力。约义而言,即以精进觉支为首的七觉支。此亦如经说:「其中,什么是修习力?即对诸善法的修习、培育、多作,这称为修习力。七觉支即是修习力。」显示巴利原文
Paṭisaṅkhānabalanti ‘‘tattha katamaṃ paṭisaṅkhānabalaṃ? Yā paññā pajānanā’’ti evaṃ vitthāritaṃ appaṭisaṅkhāya akampanañāṇaṃ. Bhāvanābalanti bhāventassa uppannaṃ balaṃ. Atthato vīriyasambojjhaṅgasīsena satta bojjhaṅgā honti. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ bhāvanābalaṃ? Yā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ āsevanā bhāvanā bahulīkammaṃ, idaṃ vuccati bhāvanābalaṃ. Sattabojjhaṅgā bhāvanābala’’nti.
「念力」:即不为失念所动之念。「定力」:即不为掉举所动之定。止即是定,观即是慧。所言止相者,取止之行相后,为使止再度转起,而以止之相为缘;策励相者,理亦同此。策励即精进,不散乱即一境性。以此六对——即念与正知、思择力与修习力、念力与定力、止与观、止相与策励相、策励与不散乱,复加此后之戒成就与见成就一对,即显示世间与出世间之混合法。显示巴利原文
Satibalanti assatiyā akampanavasena satiyeva. Samādhibalanti uddhacce akampanavasena samādhiyeva. Samatho samādhi. Vipassanā paññā. Samathova taṃ ākāraṃ gahetvā puna pavattetabbassa samathassa nimittavasena samathanimittaṃ paggāhanimittepi eseva nayo. Paggāho vīriyaṃ. Avikkhepo ekaggatā. Imehi pana sati ca sampajaññañca paṭisaṅkhānabalañca bhāvanābalañca satibalañca samādhibalañca samatho ca vippassanā ca samathanimittañca paggāhanimittañca paggāho ca avikkhepo cāti chahi dukehi parato sīladiṭṭhisampadādukena ca lokiyalokuttaramissakā dhammā kathitā.
「戒失坏」:如所说:『其中,何为戒失坏?即身之违犯……乃至……一切恶戒皆为戒失坏。』此即毁坏于戒的不律仪。
「见失坏」:如所说:『其中,何为见失坏?即「无布施,无供养……」等。』此即毁坏正见的邪见。显示巴利原文
Sīlavipattīti ‘‘tattha katamā sīlavipatti? Kāyiko vītikkamo…pe… sabbampi dussīlyaṃ sīlavipattī’’ti evaṃ vutto sīlavināsako asaṃvaro. Diṭṭhivipattīti ‘‘tattha katamā diṭṭhivipatti? Natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭha’’nti evaṃ āgatā sammādiṭṭhivināsikā micchādiṭṭhi.
「戒成就」:如所说:『其中,何为戒成就?即身之不违犯……』等,将前所说的「勤策性」,由戒之具足与圆满,故称「戒成就」。其中,「一切戒律仪皆为戒成就」此语,是为将意业亦涵盖在内而说。
「见成就」:如所说:『其中,何为见成就?即「有布施,有供养……乃至……自作证而宣说」,有如这些之慧、了知……』此即见圆满所成就的智慧。显示巴利原文
Sīlasampadāti ‘‘tattha katamā sīlasampadā? Kāyiko avītikkamo’’ti evaṃ pubbe vuttasoraccameva sīlassa sampādanato paripūraṇato ‘‘sīlasampadā’’ti vuttaṃ. Ettha ca ‘‘sabbopi sīlasaṃvaro sīlasampadā’’ti idaṃ mānasikapariyādānatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Diṭṭhisampadāti ‘‘tattha katamā diṭṭhisampadā? Atthi dinnaṃ atthi yiṭṭhaṃ…pe… sacchikatvā pavedentīti yā evarūpā paññā pajānanā’’ti evaṃ āgataṃ diṭṭhipāripūribhūtaṃ ñāṇaṃ.
「戒清净」:指能令达至清净的戒。然于阿毗达摩中,如此分别:『其中,何为戒清净?即身不违犯、语不违犯、身语不违犯,此名为戒清净。』
「见清净」:指能令达至清净的见。而于阿毗达摩中,如此说:『其中,何为见清净?即业自属智、谛随顺智、具道者智、具果者智。』此处,三种恶行,无论自作或他作,因破坏真实之利,故不称「自属」;善行则因能生起真实之利,故称「自属」。如此了知,即名业自属智。安住于此智者,累积诸多趣向轮回之业,从乐至乐而证阿拉汉果者,数不胜数。而观智既随顺世间言说之谛,亦不违胜义之谛,故称谛随顺智。显示巴利原文
Sīlavisuddhīti visuddhiṃ pāpetuṃ samatthaṃ sīlaṃ. Abhidhamme panāyaṃ ‘‘tattha katamā sīlavisuddhi? Kāyiko avītikkamo vācasiko avītikkamo kāyikavācasiko avītikkamo, ayaṃ vuccati sīlavisuddhī’’ti evaṃ vibhattā. Diṭṭhivisuddhīti visuddhiṃ pāpetuṃ samatthaṃ dassanaṃ. Abhidhamme panāyaṃ ‘‘tattha katamā diṭṭhivisuddhi? Kammassakatañāṇaṃ saccānulomikañāṇaṃ maggasamaṅgissañāṇaṃ phalasamaṅgissañāṇa’’nti evaṃ vuttā. Ettha ca tividhaṃ duccaritaṃ attanā katampi parena katampi sakaṃ nāma na hoti atthabhañjanato. Sucaritaṃ sakaṃ nāma atthajananatoti evaṃ jānanaṃ kammassakatañāṇaṃ nāma. Tasmiṃ ṭhatvā bahuṃ vaṭṭagāmikammaṃ āyūhitvā sukhato sukheneva arahattaṃ pattā gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā. Vipassanāñāṇaṃ pana vacīsaccañca anulometi, paramatthasaccañca na vilometīti saccānulomikaṃ ñāṇanti vuttaṃ.
“而见清净即是如见者的精勤”一句中,“见清净”指智见。“如见者的精勤”即与该见相应的精进。或者,前句指四种道智,后句指与它相应的精进。然而在阿毗达摩中,这对术语是这样区分的:“‘而见清净’就是慧、了知、不痴、择法、正见。‘如见者的精勤’就是心所层面的策励、精进,也就是正精进。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Diṭṭhivisuddhi kho pana yathādiṭṭhissa ca padhāna’’nti ettha diṭṭhivisuddhīti ñāṇadassanaṃ kathitaṃ. Yathādiṭṭhissa ca padhānanti taṃsampayuttameva vīriyaṃ. Api ca purimapadena catumaggañāṇaṃ. Pacchimapadena taṃsampayuttaṃ vīriyaṃ. Abhidhamme pana ‘‘diṭṭhivisuddhi kho panāti yā paññā pajānanā amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi. Yathādiṭṭhissa ca padhānanti yo cetasiko vīriyārambho sammāvāyāmo’’ti evaṃ ayaṃ duko vibhatto.
“于应生悚惧之处而生悚惧”一句中,“悚惧”指从生、老、病、死中见到怖畏的智慧,正如这样的说法:“悚惧,就是对生有怖畏、对老有怖畏、对病有怖畏、对死有怖畏。”“应生悚惧之处”即生、老、病、死。因为这四种——生是苦、老是苦、病是苦、死是苦——正是令人生起悚惧的原因,故名为应生悚惧之处。“对于已生悚惧者,如理精勤”是指,对于已经生起悚惧的人,应修习如理的精勤。这正是经中所说“比丘为使未生的恶、不善法不生,而发起欲……”等精勤之词的同义语。显示巴利原文
‘‘Saṃvego ca saṃvejanīyesu ṭhānesū’’ti ettha ‘‘saṃvegoti jātibhayaṃ jarābhayaṃ byādhibhayaṃ maraṇabhaya’’nti evaṃ jātiādīni bhayato dassanañāṇaṃ. Saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānanti jātijarābyādhimaraṇaṃ. Etāni hi cattāri jāti dukkhā, jarā dukkhā, byādhi dukkho, maraṇaṃ dukkhanti evaṃ saṃveguppattikāraṇattā saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānanti vuttāni. Saṃviggassa ca yoniso padhānanti evaṃ saṃvegajātassa upāyapadhānaṃ. ‘‘Idha bhikkhu anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya chandaṃ janetī’’ti evaṃ āgatavīriyassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
“于善法不知足”:指对诸善法的修习不知满足,而欲求更多。具足这种心态的人,圆满戒后便生起禅那;得禅那后便开始修观;开始修观者,若不证得阿拉汉果,便不会中途止步。“于精勤不退转”:指如所说的“对诸善法的修习,恭敬而作、持续而作、坚定而作、不退缩、不舍弃欲、不弃担,亲近、修习、多作”,并于一日一夜六时之中,以警寤精勤而行,对所发起的精勤,不证得阿拉汉果,便不退转。显示巴利原文
Asantuṭṭhitā ca kusalesu dhammesūti yā kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya asantuṭṭhassa bhiyyokamyatā, tāya hi samaṅgībhūto puggalo sīlaṃ pūretvā jhānaṃ uppādeti. Jhānaṃ labhitvā vipassanaṃ ārabhati. Āraddhavipassako arahattaṃ agahetvā antarā vosānaṃ nāpajjati. Appaṭivānitā ca padhānasminti ‘‘kusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ bhāvanāya sakkaccakiriyatā sātaccakiriyatā aṭṭhitakiriyatā anolīnavuttitā anikkhittachandatā anikkhittadhuratā āsevanā bhāvanā bahulīkamma’’nti evaṃ vuttā rattindivaṃ cha koṭṭhāse katvā jāgariyānuyogavasena āraddhe padhānasmiṃ arahattaṃ apatvā anivattanatā.
「明」即三明。「解脱」指二种解脱:心胜解与涅槃。其中,八等至因从五盖等中善得解脱,故称胜解;涅槃因从一切有为法中解脱,应知为解脱。显示巴利原文
Vijjāti tisso vijjā. Vimuttīti dve vimuttiyo, cittassa ca adhimutti, nibbānañca. Ettha ca aṭṭha samāpattiyo nīvaraṇādīhi suṭṭhu muttattā adhimutti nāma. Nibbānaṃ sabbasaṅkhatato muttattā vimuttīti veditabbaṃ.
「尽智」:能灭尽烦恼的圣道智。「无生智」:于结生已尽时,或各道所断烦恼之无生终尽时,在圣果上生起的智。故说:「尽智是具道者之智,无生智是具果者之智。」「朋友们,这些……」等语,应如前文一法中所说方式配合理会。如是,长老以三十五对法宣示了和合之味。显示巴利原文
Khaye ñāṇanti kilesakkhayakare ariyamagge ñāṇaṃ. Anuppāde ñāṇanti paṭisandhivasena anuppādabhūte taṃtaṃmaggavajjhakilesānaṃ vā anuppādapariyosāne uppanne ariyaphale ñāṇaṃ. Tenevāha ‘‘khaye ñāṇanti maggasamaṅgissa ñāṇaṃ. Anuppāde ñāṇanti phalasamaṅgissa ñāṇa’’nti. Ime kho, āvusotiādi ekake vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti pañcatiṃsāya dukānaṃ vasena thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
305 如上以二法宣示和合之味已,今为以三法宣示,复次开演。其中,贪(lobha):因其贪着,故称为贪。此是不善,亦是根,或为诸不善之根,故称不善根。嗔(dosa):因其损害,故称为嗔。痴(moha):因其迷惑,故称为痴。与这些相对者,应知即是无贪等。显示巴利原文
305. Iti dukavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni tikavasena dassetuṃ puna ārabhi. Tattha lubbhatīti lobho. Akusalañca taṃ mūlañca, akusalānaṃ vā mūlanti akusalamūlaṃ. Dussatīti doso. Muyhatīti moho. Tesaṃ paṭipakkhanayena alobhādayo veditabbā.
「恶行」:指恶劣的行为,或丑陋的行为。「身恶行」:指由身体所造作的恶行,或从身体生起的恶行。对于语恶行、意恶行等,也是同样的道理。「善行」:指善妙的行为,或美好的行为。这两类各三种法,应依施设或依业处来解说。先依施设而论:在身门违犯世尊所制定的学处,即是身恶行;不违犯,即是身善行。在语门违犯所制定的学处,即是语恶行;不违犯,即是语善行。在意门——包含身、语二门的意门——违犯所制定的学处,即是意恶行;不违犯,即是意善行。这是依施设的解说。再依业处而论:杀生等三种思,不论在身门或语门生起,都属于身恶行。妄语等四种思,属于语恶行。贪欲、嗔恨、邪见这三种与思相伴而起的法,属于意恶行。反之,远离杀生等时,所生起的三种思及离,属于身善行;远离妄语等时,所生起的四种思及离,属于语善行;无贪、无嗔、正见这三种与思相伴而起的法,属于意善行。这是依业处的解说。显示巴利原文
Duṭṭhu caritāni, virūpāni vā caritānīti duccaritāni. Kāyena duccaritaṃ, kāyato vā pavattaṃ duccaritanti kāyaduccaritaṃ. Sesesupi eseva nayo. Suṭṭhu caritāni, sundarāni vā caritānīti sucaritāni. Dvepi cete tikā paṇṇattiyā vā kammapathehi vā kathetabbā. Paññattiyā tāva kāyadvāre paññattasikkhāpadassa vītikkamo kāyaduccaritaṃ. Avītikkamo kāyasucaritaṃ. Vacīdvāre paññattasikkhāpadassa vītikkamo vacīduccaritaṃ, avītikkamo vacīsucaritaṃ. Ubhayattha paññattassa sikkhāpadassa vītikkamova manoduccaritaṃ, avītikkamo manosucaritaṃ. Ayaṃ paṇṇattikathā. Pāṇātipātādayo pana tisso cetanā kāyadvārepi vacīdvārepi uppannā kāyaduccaritaṃ. Catasso musāvādādicetanā vacīduccaritaṃ. Abhijjhā byāpādo micchādiṭṭhīti tayo cetanāsampayuttadhammā manoduccaritaṃ. Pāṇātipātādīhi viramantassa uppannā tisso cetanāpi viratiyopi kāyasucaritaṃ. Musāvādādīhi viramantassa catasso cetanāpi viratiyopi vacīsucaritaṃ. Anabhijjhā abyāpādo sammādiṭṭhīti tayo cetanāsampayuttadhammā manosucaritanti ayaṃ kammapathakathā.
「欲寻」:指与欲相应的寻。当思惟可爱、可意的有情或行时,此种寻便会生起。「嗔寻」:指与嗔相应的寻。从对不可爱、不可意的有情或行心生嗔怒、怒视的那一刻起,乃至意欲加以消灭为止,此种寻都可能生起。「害寻」:指与害相应的寻。此种寻不会在行中生起,因为行并不存在被伤害之事;而当内心生起“让这些有情被杀、被断绝、被毁灭,或根本不存在”的念头时,害寻便在有情中生起。在这三种寻当中,前两种——欲寻与嗔寻——既可在有情中生起,也可在行中生起。显示巴利原文
Kāmapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko kāmavitakko. Byāpādapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko byāpādavitakko. Vihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyutto vitakko vihiṃsāvitakko. Tesu dve sattesupi saṅkhāresupi uppajjanti. Kāmavitakko hi piye manāpe satte vā saṅkhāre vā vitakkentassa uppajjati. Byāpādavitakko appiye amanāpe satte vā saṅkhāre vā kujjhitvā olokanakālato paṭṭhāya yāva vināsanā uppajjati. Vihiṃsāvitakko saṅkhāresu nuppajjati. Saṅkhāro hi dukkhāpetabbo nāma natthi. Ime sattā haññantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinassantu vā mā vā ahesunti cintanakāle pana sattesu uppajjati.
「出离寻」:指与出离相应的寻。处于不净观的前分阶段时,它属于欲界;证得不净禅那时,属于色界;若以此禅那为基础而证得道果时,则属于出世间。「无嗔寻」:指与无嗔相应的寻。处于慈心的前分阶段时,它属于欲界;证得慈心禅那时,属于色界;若以此禅那为基础而证得道果时,则属于出世间。「无害寻」:指与无害相应的寻。处于悲心的前分阶段时,它属于欲界;证得悲心禅那时,属于色界;若以此禅那为基础而证得道果时,则属于出世间。当无贪为首时,其余两者便成为随从;当慈为首时,其余两者便成为随从;当悲为首时,其余两者便成为随从。至于“欲思”等,亦应依此理类推,因为仅是名相上的差别,实则欲寻等与欲思等在意义上并无不同。显示巴利原文
Nekkhammapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko nekkhammavitakko. So asubhapubbabhāge kāmāvacaro hoti. Asubhajjhāne rūpāvacaro. Taṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā uppannamaggaphalakāle lokuttaro. Abyāpādapaṭisaṃyutto vitakko abyāpādavitakko. So mettāpubbabhāge kāmāvacaro hoti. Mettājhāne rūpāvacaro. Taṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā uppannamaggaphalakāle lokuttaro. Avihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyutto vitakko avihiṃsāvitakko. So karuṇāpubbabhāge kāmāvacaro. Karuṇājhāne rūpāvacaro. Taṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā uppannamaggaphalakāle lokuttaro. Yadā alobho sīsaṃ hoti, tadā itare dve tadanvāyikā bhavanti. Yadā mettā sīsaṃ hoti, tadā itare dve tadanvāyikā bhavanti. Yadā karuṇā sīsaṃ hoti, tadā itare dve tadanvāyikā bhavantīti. Kāmasaṅkappādayo vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Desanāmattameva hetaṃ. Atthato pana kāmavitakkādīnañca kāmasaṅkappādīnañca nānākaraṇaṃ natthi.
欲想,即与欲相应的想;嗔想,即与嗔相应的想;害想,即与害相应的想。这些想的生起方式,也应当如同前文所说的欲寻等那样来了知,因为它们正是与那些寻相应而生的。同样地,出离想等也只是与出离寻等相应而生的。因此,也应以同样的方式了知它们属于欲界、色界等的差别。显示巴利原文
Kāmapaṭisaṃyuttā saññā kāmasaññā. Byāpādapaṭisaṃyuttā saññā byāpādasaññā. Vihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyuttā saññā vihiṃsāsaññā. Tāsampi kāmavitakkādīnaṃ viya uppajjanākāro veditabbo. Taṃsampayuttāyeva hi etā. Nekkhammasaññādayopi nekkhammavitakkādisampayuttāyeva. Tasmā tāsampi tatheva kāmāvacarādibhāvo veditabbo.
欲界:与欲相应的寻、思惟、邪思惟,此称为欲界,一切不善法亦属欲界。嗔界:与嗔相应的寻、思惟、邪思惟,此称为嗔界,即在十种引发嗔恚的事由上,内心所生的伤害、违逆与不悦。害界:与害相应的寻、思惟、邪思惟,此称为害界,即有人用手、土块、棍杖、刀剑、绳索或其他任何方式伤害众生。在解说这些界时,有两种方式:总摄说与不混杂说。若了知欲界时,其余二界实际上也已被了知,但为了清晰显示,又从中指出“这是嗔界,这是害界”,这便是总摄说。而世尊在解说欲界时,将属于嗔界的内容放在嗔界处解说,将属于害界的内容放在害界处解说,剩余的部分才称为欲界,这便是别别不混杂说。显示巴利原文
Kāmadhātuādīsu ‘‘kāmapaṭisaṃyutto takko vitakko micchāsaṅkappo. Ayaṃ vuccati kāmadhātu. Sabbepi akusalā dhammā kāmadhātū’’ti ayaṃ kāmadhātu. ‘‘Byāpādapaṭisaṃyutto takko vitakko micchāsaṅkappo. Ayaṃ vuccati byāpādadhātu. Dasasu āghātavatthūsu cittassa āghāto paṭighāto anattamanatā cittassā’’ti ayaṃ byāpādadhātu. ‘‘Vihiṃsā paṭisaṃyutto takko vitakko micchāsaṅkappo. Ayaṃ vuccati vihiṃsādhātu. Idhekacco pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā daṇḍena vā satthena vā rajjuyā vā aññataraññatarena vā satte viheṭhetī’’ti ayaṃ vihiṃsādhātu. Tattha dve kathā sabbasaṅgāhikā ca asambhinnā ca. Tattha kāmadhātuyā gahitāya itarā dve gahitāva honti, tato pana nīharitvā ayaṃ byāpādadhātu ayaṃ vihiṃsādhātūti dassetīti ayaṃ sabbasaṅgāhikakathā nāma. Kāmadhātuṃ kathento pana bhagavā byāpādadhātuṃ byāpādadhātuṭṭhāne , vihiṃsādhātuṃ vihiṃsādhātuṭṭhāne ṭhapetvā avasesaṃ kāmadhātu nāmāti kathesīti ayaṃ asambhinnakathā nāma.
出离界:与出离相应的寻、思惟、正思惟,此称为出离界,一切善法亦属出离界。无嗔界:与无嗔相应的寻、思惟……此称为无嗔界,即对众生的慈……慈心解脱。无害界:与无害相应的寻、思惟……此称为无害界,即对众生的悲……悲心解脱。于此,同样有如上所述的总摄说与不混杂说两种解说。显示巴利原文
Nekkhammadhātuādīsu ‘‘nekkhammapaṭisaṃyutto takko vitakko sammāsaṅkappo. Ayaṃ vuccati nekkhammadhātu. Sabbepi kusalā dhammā nekkhammadhātū’’ti ayaṃ nekkhammadhātu. ‘‘Abyāpādapaṭisaṃyutto takko…pe… ayaṃ vuccati abyāpādadhātu. Yā sattesu metti…pe… mettācetovimuttī’’ti ayaṃ abyāpādadhātu. ‘‘Avihiṃsāpaṭisaṃyutto takko…pe… ayaṃ vuccati avihiṃsādhātu. Yā sattesu karuṇā…pe… karuṇācetovimuttī’’ti ayaṃ avihiṃsādhātu. Idhāpi vuttanayeneva dve kathā veditabbā.
“另外三种界”:这是从空性的意义来谈的另外三种界。其中的“欲界”,即以无间地狱为下限而详细说明的欲有。“色界”与“无色界”,则是以梵天界为下限、空无边处天为上限而详细说明的色有与无色有。在经典中,凡说“界”之处,即应以“有”作分别;凡说“有”之处,即应以“界”作分别。此处,是依“有”而作分别。在色界等概念中,色界与无色界即指色有与无色有,而“灭界”所说的即是涅槃。显示巴利原文
Aparāpi tisso dhātuyoti aññāpi suññataṭṭhena tisso dhātuyo. Tāsu ‘‘tattha katamā kāmadhātu? Heṭṭhato avīcinirayaṃ pariyantaṃ karitvā’’ti evaṃ vitthārito kāmabhavo kāmadhātu nāma. ‘‘Heṭṭhato brahmalokaṃ pariyantaṃ karitvā ākāsānañcāyatanupage deve pariyantaṃ karitvā’’ti evaṃ vitthāritā pana rūpārūpabhavā itarā dve dhātuyo. Dhātuyā āgataṭṭhānamhi hi bhavena paricchinditabbā. Bhavassa āgataṭṭhāne dhātuyā paricchinditabbā. Idha bhavena paricchedo kathito. Rūpadhātuādīsu rūpārūpadhātuyo rūpārūpabhavāyeva. Nirodhadhātuyā nibbānaṃ kathitaṃ.
劣界:指十二种不善心的生起。中界:指其余属于三界范围的法。胜界:指九种出世间法。显示巴利原文
Hīnādīsu hīnā dhātūti dvādasa akusalacittuppādā. Avasesā tebhūmakadhammā majjhimadhātu. Nava lokuttaradhammā paṇītadhātu.
欲爱:指对五种感官欲乐的染着。而对色界有与无色界有的染着,伴随对禅那的喜爱与常见,或以“有”为目标的希求,则称为有爱。伴随断见的染着,则称为非有爱。此外,除了最后这两种爱,其余的一切爱都归于欲爱名下。正如经文所说:“其中,什么是有爱?与有见相伴的染着、心的染着,这称为有爱。其中,什么是非有爱?与断见相伴的染着、心的染着,这称为非有爱。其余的爱即是欲爱。”再者,于欲爱等三类中,对五种感官欲乐的贪着是欲爱;对色界有与无色界有的欲贪则是其余两种爱。但在阿毗达摩中,它们被详释为“与欲界相应……与无色界相应”等。这一分类意在表明:一切三界所摄的法,由于具有可被染着的性质,都是爱的立足处,因此将所有的爱总归于欲爱,再从中分出另外两种爱。至于色爱等:对色界有的欲贪是色爱;对无色界有的欲贪是无色爱;伴随断见的染着则是灭爱。显示巴利原文
Kāmataṇhāti pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo. Rūpārūpabhavesu pana rāgo jhānanikantisassatadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo bhavavasena patthanā bhavataṇhā. Ucchedadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo vibhavataṇhā. Apica ṭhapetvā pacchimaṃ taṇhādvayaṃ sesataṇhā kāmataṇhā nāma. Yathāha ‘‘tattha katamā bhavataṇhā? Bhavadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo sārāgo cittassa sārāgo. Ayaṃ vuccati bhavataṇhā. Tattha katamā vibhavataṇhā? Ucchedadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo sārāgo cittassa sārāgo, ayaṃ vuccati vibhavataṇhā. Avasesā taṇhā kāmataṇhā’’ti. Puna kāmataṇhādīsu pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo kāmataṇhā. Rūpārūpabhavesu chandarāgo itarā dve taṇhā. Abhidhamme panetā ‘‘kāmadhātupaṭisaṃyutto…pe… arūpadhātupaṭisaṃyutto’’ti evaṃ vitthāritā. Iminā vārena kiṃ dasseti? Sabbepi tebhūmakā dhammā rajanīyaṭṭhena taṇhāvatthukāti sabbataṇhā kāmataṇhāya pariyādiyitvā tato nīharitvā itarā dve taṇhā dasseti. Rūpataṇhādīsu rūpabhave chandarāgo rūpataṇhā. Arūpabhave chandarāgo arūpataṇhā. Ucchedadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo nirodhataṇhā.
于“结”的三分中:在轮回中,能将众生结缚、捆绑的,即是“结”。对于色等所成之身,执取“我”或“我所”的见,或即此有身而执取其存在的见,名为“身见”。反复思择以致疲累,无法作出决断,这便是“疑”。执取戒与禁能带来清净,这便是“戒禁取”。若具体说:依“观色是我”等二十种所依而生之见,名为身见;依“于师犹豫”等八种所依而生之惑,名为疑;依“此处有人以戒得清净、以禁得清净、以戒禁得清净,因而执取戒、执取禁、执取戒禁——凡这些见、恶见”而生之颠倒执取,名为戒禁取。显示巴利原文
Saṃyojanattike vaṭṭasmiṃ saṃyojayanti bandhantīti saṃyojanāni. Sati rūpādibhede kāye diṭṭhi, vijjamānā vā kāye diṭṭhīti sakkāyadiṭṭhi. Vicinanto etāya kicchati, na sakkoti sanniṭṭhānaṃ kātunti vicikicchā. Sīlañca vatañca parāmasatīti sīlabbataparāmāso. Atthato pana ‘‘rūpaṃ attato samanupassatī’’tiādinā nayena āgatā vīsativatthukā diṭṭhi sakkāyadiṭṭhi nāma. ‘‘Satthari kaṅkhatī’’tiādinā nayena āgatā aṭṭhavatthukā vimati vicikicchā nāma. ‘‘Idhekacco sīlena suddhi vatena suddhi sīlabbatena suddhīti sīlaṃ parāmasati, vataṃ parāmasati, sīlabbataṃ parāmasati. Yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigata’’ntiādinā nayena āgato vipariyesaggāho sīlabbataparāmāso nāma.
“三漏”:此处,“漏”以“久住”之义,或以“流漏”之义而得名。其中,依“久住”义,应知漏如经中所说:“诸比丘,无明的前际不可知,此前无明不存在,此后方生”;“诸比丘,有爱、有见的前际不可知,此前有见不存在,此后方生”。由此,烦恼于轮回中长久随逐,故名为漏。依“流漏”义,应知:“从眼根对色尘,它流出、流漏、奔涌、生起;从耳根对声尘……乃至从意根对法尘,它流出、流漏、奔涌、生起。”因其如此流漏不息,故称为漏。显示巴利原文
Tayoāsavāti ettha cirapārivāsiyaṭṭhena vā āsavanaṭṭhena vā āsavā. Tattha ‘‘purimā, bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati avijjāya, ito pubbe avijjā nāhosi, atha pacchā samabhavī’’ti, ‘‘purimā , bhikkhave, koṭi na paññāyati bhavataṇhāya bhavadiṭṭhiyā, ito pubbe bhavadiṭṭhi nāhosi, atha pacchā samabhavī’’ti evaṃ tāva cirapārivāsiyaṭṭhena āsavā veditabbā. Cakkhuto rūpe savati āsavati sandati pavattati. Sotato sadde. Ghānato gandhe. Jivhāto rase. Kāyato phoṭṭhabbe. Manato dhamme savati āsavati sandati pavattatīti evaṃ āsavanaṭṭhena āsavāti veditabbā.
在经典中,某处说二漏:“现法漏与当来漏”;某处说三漏:“诸比丘,有三漏:欲漏、有漏、无明漏”;于阿毗达摩中,即此三漏再加见漏,合为四漏。以分析方式说时,有五漏:“诸比丘,有至地狱之漏,有至畜生之漏,有至饿鬼之漏,有至人界之漏,有至天界之漏”。在六集的《应请经》中,又有六漏:“诸比丘,有应依防护而断之漏,应依受用而断之漏,应依回避而断之漏,应依忍受而断之漏,应依除遣而断之漏,应依修习而断之漏”。在《一切漏经》的方法中,加上应依见而断之漏,成为七漏。而于此《集异门经》中,唯说三漏。其中,依“对欲乐中的欲贪”之说,即对五种感官欲乐的染着,名为“欲漏”。依“于诸有中的有贪”之说,即伴随有见的染着,或以“有”为目标的希求,名为“有漏”。依“对苦的无知”等所说之无明,名为“无明漏”。此处所说欲、有等,是依欲界等而说的。显示巴利原文
Pāḷiyaṃ pana katthaci dve āsavā āgatā ‘‘diṭṭhadhammikā ca āsavā samparāyikā ca āsavā’’ti, katthaci ‘‘tayome, bhikkhave, āsavā. Kāmāsavo bhavāsavo avijjāsavo’’ti tayo. Abhidhamme teyeva diṭṭhāsavena saddhiṃ cattāro. Nibbedhikapariyāye ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, āsavā nirayagāminiyā, atthi āsavā tiracchānayonigāminiyā, atthi āsavā pettivisayagāminiyā, atthi āsavā manussalokagāminiyā atthi āsavā devalokagāminiyā’’ti evaṃ pañca. Chakkanipāte āhuneyyasutte ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, āsavā saṃvarā pahātabbā, atthi āsavā paṭisevanā pahātabbā, atthi āsavā parivajjanā pahātabbā, atthi āsavā adhivāsanā pahātabbā, atthi āsavā vinodanā pahātabbā, atthi āsavā bhāvanā pahātabbā’’ti evaṃ cha. Sabbāsavapariyāye teyeva dassanāpahātabbehi saddhiṃ satta. Imasmiṃ pana saṅgītisutte tayo. Tattha ‘‘yo kāmesu kāmacchando’’ti evaṃ vutto pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo kāmāsavo nāma. ‘‘Yo bhavesu bhavacchando’’ti evaṃ vutto sassatadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo, bhavavasena vā patthanā bhavāsavo nāma. ‘‘Dukkhe aññāṇa’’ntiādinā nayena āgatā avijjā avijjāsavo nāmāti. Kāmabhavādayo kāmadhātuādivasena vuttāyeva.
关于三求:‘其中,什么是欲求?于诸欲的欲贪、于欲的耽著,此即名为欲求’——依此所说,对欲的寻求之染著,即是欲求。‘其中,什么是有求?于诸有的有贪、于有的耽著,此即名为有求’——依此所说,对有的寻求之染著,即是有求。‘其中,什么是梵行求?认为“世间是常”……乃至“如来死后亦非有亦非无有”等,凡此类见、邪见、颠倒执取,此即名为梵行求’——依此所说,为见行者所认可的梵行寻求之见,即是梵行求。而且,不单是有贪与见本身,与它们相应的业同样也是求。经中这样说:‘其中,什么是欲求?欲贪以及与彼相应的不善身业、语业、意业,此即名为欲求。其中,什么是有求?有贪以及与彼相应的不善身业、语业、意业,此即名为有求。其中,什么是梵行求?执取边见之见以及与彼相应的不善身业、语业、意业,此即名为梵行求。’显示巴利原文
Kāmesanādīsu ‘‘tattha katamā kāmesanā? Yo kāmesu kāmacchando kāmajjhosānaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati kāmesanā’’ti evaṃ vutto kāmagavesanarāgo kāmesanā nāma. ‘‘Tattha katamā bhavesanā? Yo bhavesu bhavacchando bhavajjhosānaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati bhavesanā’’ti evaṃ vutto bhavagavesanarāgo bhavesanā nāma. ‘‘Tattha katamā brahmacariyesanā? Sassato lokoti vā…pe… neva hoti na nahoti tathāgato parammaraṇāti vā, yā evarūpā diṭṭhi diṭṭhigataṃ vipariyesaggāho , ayaṃ vuccati brahmacariyesanā’’ti evaṃ vuttā diṭṭhigatikasammatassa brahmacariyassa gavesanadiṭṭhi brahmacariyesanā nāma. Na kevalañca bhavarāgadiṭṭhiyova, tadekaṭṭhaṃ kammampi esanāyeva. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘tattha katamā kāmesanā? Kāmarāgo tadekaṭṭhaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati kāmesanā. Tattha katamā bhavesanā? Bhavarāgo tadekaṭṭhaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati bhavesanā. Tattha katamā brahmacariyesanā? Antaggāhikā diṭṭhi tadekaṭṭhaṃ akusalaṃ kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati brahmacariyesanā’’ti.
于“vidhā”一词中,如“他们说怎样的持戒者、怎样的有慧者”等句(《相应部》1.95),“vidhā”意为行相、形态。如“一分的智事、二分的智事”等句(《分别论》751),“vidhā”意为部分、分类。如“我是胜者——这是慢”等句(《分别论》920),“vidhā”意为慢。此处所指,正是此义。因为慢以“胜”“等”“劣”等方式而骄矜,故称为“vidhā”。从“我是胜者”这句话,依胜、等、劣三方面说出了三种慢;对于等者和劣者,也是如此。显示巴利原文
Vidhāsu ‘‘kathaṃvidhaṃ sīlavantaṃ vadanti, kathaṃvidhaṃ paññavantaṃ vadantī’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 1.95) ākārasaṇṭhānaṃ vidhā nāma. ‘‘Ekavidhena ñāṇavatthu duvidhena ñāṇavatthū’’tiādīsu (vibha. 751) koṭṭhāso. ‘‘Seyyohamasmīti vidhā’’tiādīsu (vibha. 920) māno vidhā nāma. Idha so adhippeto. Māno hi seyyādivasena vidahanato vidhāti vuccati. Seyyohamasmīti iminā seyyasadisahīnānaṃ vasena tayo mānā vuttā. Sadisahīnesupi eseva nayo.
此慢,于胜者有三种,于等者有三种,于劣者亦有三种,如此成为九种。其中,“于胜者,我较之更胜”之慢,会生起于国王及出家人之中。显示巴利原文
Ayañhi māno nāma seyyassa tividho, sadisassa tividho, hīnassa tividhoti navavidho hoti. Tattha ‘‘seyyassa seyyohamasmī’’ti māno rājūnañceva pabbajitānañca uppajjati.
国王凭仗国土、财富、车乘等,生起这样的慢:“有谁能与我相比?”出家人凭仗持戒、头陀行等,也生起这样的慢:“有谁能与我相比?”所谓“于胜者,谓‘我与胜者相等’的慢”,也唯有在这两类人中现起。国王凭仗国土、财富、车乘等,相较于其他国王,生起这样的慢:“我与他有什么差别?”出家人凭仗持戒、头陀行等,相较于其他比丘,也生起这样的慢:“我与他有什么差别?”所谓“于胜者,谓‘我较胜者为劣’的慢”,也唯有在这两类人中现起。如果某一国王的国土、财富、车乘等并不很圆满,他便生起这样的慢:“他只不过徒有国王之名罢了,我算什么国王?”出家人若是所得利养恭敬微少,便心想:“我只是名义上被称为说法师、多闻者、大长老而已,毫无利养恭敬,我算什么说法师、什么多闻者、什么大长老?”由此而生起慢。显示巴利原文
Rājā hi raṭṭhena vā dhanavāhanehi vā ‘‘ko mayā sadiso atthī’’ti etaṃ mānaṃ karoti . Pabbajitopi sīladhutaṅgādīhi ‘‘ko mayā sadiso atthī’’ti etaṃ mānaṃ karoti. ‘‘Seyyassa sadisohamasmī’’ti mānopi etesaṃyeva uppajjati. Rājā hi raṭṭhena vā dhanavāhanehi vā aññarājūhi saddhiṃ mayhaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇanti etaṃ mānaṃ karoti. Pabbajitopi sīladhutaṅgādīhipi aññena bhikkhunā mayhaṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇanti etaṃ mānaṃ karoti. ‘‘Seyyassa hīnohamasmī’’ti mānopi etesaṃyeva uppajjati. Yassa hi rañño raṭṭhaṃ vā dhanavāhanādīni vā nātisampannāni honti, so mayhaṃ rājāti vohāramukhamattameva, kiṃ rājā nāma ahanti etaṃ mānaṃ karoti. Pabbajitopi appalābhasakkāro ahaṃ dhammakathiko bahussuto mahātheroti kathāmattakameva, kiṃ dhammakathiko nāmāhaṃ kiṃ bahussuto kiṃ mahāthero yassa me lābhasakkāro natthīti etaṃ mānaṃ karoti.
所谓“于等者,谓‘我较等者更胜’”等慢,现起于大臣等人中。大臣或地方官凭仗财富、车乘、骑乘等,或生起这样的慢:“还有哪个王臣能与我相比?”或谓:“我与他人有什么差别?”或心想:“我徒有大臣之名,连衣食都不足,我算什么大臣?”如此生起诸慢。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sadisassa seyyohamasmī’’ti mānādayo amaccādīnaṃ uppajjanti. Amacco vā hi raṭṭhiyo vā bhogayānavāhanādīhi ko mayā sadiso añño rājapuriso atthīti vā mayhaṃ aññehi saddhiṃ kiṃ nānākaraṇanti vā amaccoti nāmameva mayhaṃ, ghāsacchādanamattampi me natthi, kiṃ amacco nāmāhanti vā ete māne karoti.
所谓“于劣者,谓‘我较劣者更胜’”等慢,现起于奴隶等人中。奴隶或从母系、或从父系思惟:“哪有其他奴隶能与我相比?他人是因为活不下去,为填饱肚子而成为奴隶,我却是世代家传的奴隶,因此更胜。”或者凭仗家传的身份,以双方血统都清净的奴隶之身思惟:“我与某某奴隶有何差别?”或者思惟:“我只是为了糊口才沦为奴隶,若论父母世系,我本无奴隶的身份,我算什么奴隶?”如此生起诸慢。正如奴隶一样,弗居娑、旃陀罗等也会生起这些慢。显示巴利原文
‘‘Hīnassa seyyohamasmī’’ti mānādayo dāsādīnaṃ uppajjanti. Dāso hi mātito vā pitito vā ko mayā sadiso añño dāso nāma atthi, aññe jīvituṃ asakkontā kucchihetu dāsā jātā, ahaṃ pana paveṇīāgatattā seyyoti vā paveṇīāgatabhāvena ubhatosuddhikadāsattena asukadāsena nāma saddhiṃ kiṃ mayhaṃ nānākaraṇanti vā kucchivasenāhaṃ dāsabya upagato, mātāpitukoṭiyā pana me dāsaṭṭhānaṃ natthi, kiṃ dāso nāma ahanti vā ete māne karoti. Yathā ca dāso, evaṃ pukkusacaṇḍālādayopi ete māne karontiyeva.
这里,对于胜者生起“我比胜者更胜”之慢,对于等者生起“我与等者相等”之慢,对于劣者生起“我比劣者更劣”之慢,这三种慢称为“如实慢”,为阿罗汉道所断除。其余六种慢称为“不实慢”,为初道所断除。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca seyyassa seyyohamasmīti, ca sadisassa sadisohamasmīti ca hīnassa hīnohamasmīti ca ime tayo mānā yāthāvamānā nāma arahattamaggavajjhā. Sesā cha mānā ayāthāvamānā nāma paṭhamamaggavajjhā.
“三时”,即三种时间。关于“过去时”等,有经说与论说两种解释方式。依经说:结生之前称为过去时;死亡之后称为未来时;死亡与结生之间的那个时段称为现在时。依论说:在诸刹那中,坏灭之后为过去时;生起之前为未来时;三刹那期间为现在时。而且,所谓过去、未来、现在这些分类,是就诸法而言的,并非就时间本身。应知:由于诸法有过去等分类,在究竟意义上并不存在的时间,仅是假借此名而于此说出。显示巴利原文
Tayo addhāti tayo kālā. Atīto addhātiādīsu dvepariyāyā suttantapariyāyo ca abhidhammapariyāyo ca. Suttantapariyāyena paṭisandhito pubbe atīto addhā nāma. Cutito pacchā anāgato addhā nāma. Saha cutipaṭisandhīhi tadantaraṃ paccuppanno addhā nāma. Abhidhammapariyāyena tīsu khaṇesu bhaṅgato uddhaṃ atīto addhā nāma. Uppādato pubbe anāgatoaddhā nāma. Khaṇattaye paccuppanno addhā nāma. Atītādibhedo ca nāma ayaṃ dhammānaṃ hoti, na kālassa. Atītādibhede pana dhamme upādāya idha paramatthato avijjamānopi kālo teneva vohārena vuttoti veditabbo.
“三边”,即三个部分。例如,在“腰带的内边磨损”等说法中,“内”即是边。在“这就是苦的边”等说法中,边际称为边。在“诸比丘,这是活命最下劣之边”中,低劣性称为边。在“贤友,有身是第一边”等说法中,部分称为边。此处所取的即是“部分”之义。“有身”,指五取蕴。“有身集”,是能令它们生起的前爱。“有身灭”,是两者皆不再转起的涅槃。而道,因其是证得灭的方便,故在取灭时,亦被一并取及,应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Tayo antāti tayo koṭṭhāsā. ‘‘Kāyabandhanassa anto jīratī’’tiādīsu (cūḷava. 278) hi antoyeva anto. ‘‘Esevanto dukkhassā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 2.51) parabhāgo anto. ‘‘Antamidaṃ, bhikkhave, jīvikāna’’nti (saṃ. ni. 3.80) ettha lāmakabhāvo anto. ‘‘Sakkāyo kho, āvuso, paṭhamo anto’’tiādīsu (a. ni. 6.61) koṭṭhāso anto. Idha koṭṭhāso adhippeto. Sakkāyoti pañcupādānakkhandhā. Sakkāyasamudayoti tesaṃ nibbattikā purimataṇhā. Sakkāyanirodhoti ubhinnaṃ appavattibhūtaṃ nibbānaṃ. Maggo pana nirodhādhigamassa upāyattā nirodhe gahite gahitovāti veditabbo.
“苦苦性”:即体性是苦的苦性,这是苦受的名称。“行苦性”:是以诸行体性而有的苦性,这是不苦不乐受的名称。因为这种受是有为法,被生、老、坏灭所逼迫,虽不具其他苦的体性,故称为行苦性。“变易苦性”:即于变易时的苦性,这是乐受的名称。乐在变易时,苦便生起,因此乐受被称为变易苦性。再者,除苦受与乐受之外,一切三界诸法,依“诸行是苦”之说,当知皆为行苦性。显示巴利原文
Dukkhadukkhatāti dukkhabhūtā dukkhatā. Dukkhavedanāyetaṃ nāmaṃ. Saṅkhāradukkhatāti saṅkhārabhāvena dukkhatā. Adukkhamasukhāvedanāyetaṃ nāmaṃ. Sā hi saṅkhatattā uppādajarābhaṅgapīḷitā, tasmā aññadukkhasabhāvavirahato saṅkhāradukkhatāti vuttā. Vipariṇāmadukkhatāti vipariṇāme dukkhatā. Sukhavedanāyetaṃ nāmaṃ. Sukhassa hi vipariṇāme dukkhaṃ uppajjati, tasmā sukhaṃ vipariṇāmadukkhatāti vuttaṃ. Apica ṭhapetvā dukkhavedanaṃ sukhavedanañca sabbepi tebhūmakā dhammā ‘‘sabbe saṅkhārā dukkhā’’ti vacanato saṅkhāradukkhatāti veditabbā.
“决定邪性”:即已成为邪的体性而决定者,这是指与决定邪见相应之无间业。“决定正性”:即于正的体性上已决定者,这是指四种圣道。“不决定”:即非决定者,这是指其余诸法。显示巴利原文
Micchattaniyatoti micchāsabhāvo hutvā niyato. Niyatamicchādiṭṭhiyā saddhiṃ ānantariyakammassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Sammāsabhāve niyato sammattaniyato. Catunnaṃ ariyamaggānametaṃ nāmaṃ. Na niyatoti aniyato. Avasesānaṃ dhammānametaṃ nāmaṃ.
“三暗”:依“彼黑暗、愚痴、无明流、大怖畏”之说,无明即称为暗。然此处以无明为首,意在说疑。“缘于”:即依止、基于。“疑惑”:即生起疑。“犹豫”:即在推究抉择时陷入困苦,无法决断。“不信解”:即对此不能信受理解。“不净信”:即缘于此不能获得净信。显示巴利原文
Tayo tamāti ‘‘tamandhakāro sammoho avijjogho mahābhayo’’ti vacanato avijjā tamo nāma. Idha pana avijjāsīsena vicikicchā vuttā. Ārabbhāti āgamma. Kaṅkhatīti kaṅkhaṃ uppādeti. Vicikicchatīti vicinanto kicchaṃ āpajjati, sanniṭṭhātuṃ na sakkoti. Nādhimucchatīti tattha adhimucchituṃ na sakkoti. Na sampasīdatīti taṃ ārabbha pasādaṃ āropetuṃ na sakkoti.
“应保护者”:指不应被保护的事物。这表明,在三门中对每一项并没有各自单独的保护行为,一切唯由正念守护。对于如来而言,不存在“如来有应被保护的身恶行”这回事,即:“我这身恶行是突然生起的,我要保护它、隐藏它,不让别人知道。”于语门、意门,道理亦同。问:那么,其他漏尽者的身行等难道就不清净吗?答:并非不清净,只是不如如来那般清净罢了。因为寡闻的漏尽者虽然不会违犯世间公认的过罪,但由于不熟悉戒律的细节,也会违犯诸如建造住处、作小寮房、与人同宿、同一住处等属于身门的罪;也会违犯诸如为人做媒、教诫句法、与女人说超过五六语、向未受具足戒者说真实过人法等属于语门的罪;还会以寄存的方式收取金钱,从而在意门违犯接受金银的罪。即使是像法将舍利弗那样的漏尽者,也会以带有指责的方式在意门生起意恶行。显示巴利原文
Arakkheyyānīti na rakkhitabbāni. Tīsu dvāresu paccekaṃ rakkhaṇakiccaṃ natthi, sabbāni satiyā eva rakkhitānīti dīpeti. Natthi tathāgatassāti. ‘‘Idaṃ nāma me sahasā uppannaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ, imāhaṃ yathā me paro na jānāti , tathā rakkhāmi, paṭicchādemī’’ti evaṃ rakkhitabbaṃ natthi tathāgatassa kāyaduccaritaṃ. Sesesupi eseva nayo. Kiṃ pana sesakhīṇāsavānaṃ kāyasamācārādayo aparisuddhāti? No aparisuddhā. Na pana tathāgatassa viya parisuddhā. Appassutakhīṇāsavo hi kiñcāpi lokavajjaṃ nāpajjati, paṇṇattiyaṃ pana akovidattā vihārakāraṃ kuṭikāraṃ sahagāraṃ sahaseyyanti evarūpā kāyadvāre āpattiyo āpajjati. Sañcarittaṃ padasodhammaṃ uttarichappañcavācaṃ bhūtārocananti evarūpā vacīdvāre āpattiyo āpajjati. Upanikkhittasādiyanavasena manodvāre rūpiyappaṭiggāhaṇāpattiṃ āpajjati, dhammasenāpatisadisassāpi hi khīṇāsavassa manodvāre saupārambhavasena manoduccaritaṃ uppajjati eva.
在车头聚落事件中,当舍利弗与目犍连以及五百比丘被遣散时,车头聚落的释迦族人为他们向世尊恳求原谅。世尊问长老舍利弗:“舍利弗!当比丘僧团被遣散时,你心里是怎么想的?”他想到自己由于不善应对大众而被导师遣散,便生起“从今以后我不再教诫别人”的念头,于是说:“尊者!世尊遣散了比丘僧团,如今世尊希望少事务,安住于现法安乐之住。我们现在也希望少事务,安住于现法安乐之住。”显示巴利原文
Cātumavatthusmiñhi pañcahi bhikkhusatehi saddhiṃ sāriputtamoggallānānaṃ paṇāmitakāle tesaṃ atthāya cātumeyyakehi sakyehi bhagavati khamāpite thero bhagavatā ‘‘kinti te sāriputta ahosi mayā bhikkhusaṅghe paṇāmite’’ti puṭṭho ahaṃ parisāya abyattabhāvena satthārā paṇāmito. Ito dāni paṭṭhāya paraṃ na ovadissāmīti cittaṃ uppādetvā āha ‘‘evaṃ kho me, bhante, ahosi bhagavatā bhikkhusaṅgho paṇāmito, appossukko dāni bhagavā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃ anuyutto viharissati, mayampi dāni appossukkā diṭṭhadhammasukhavihāraṃ anuyuttā viharissāmā’’ti.
于是,导师针对这一意恶行责备他说:“且住,舍利弗!舍利弗!你不应再起这样的心了。”就这样,长老仅仅心中思惟“我将不再教诫、不再教授”,也被称作意恶行。然而,对于世尊来说,根本不会有这样的事,这并不稀奇。已经证得一切知的如来,不可能再有任何恶行。在他还是处于菩萨地、六年精进修行的时候,也完全没有恶行。即使到了腹皮贴着脊骨、天神都生起怀疑,以为“沙门乔达摩死了”的时候,当魔王波旬对他说:“悉达多!你何苦这样折磨自己?你完全可以既享受财富,又修习福德啊。”他心中连“我将享受财富”这样的念头都从未生起。后来,魔王在菩萨的修行时期追随了六年,成佛后又追随了一年,始终找不到任何过失,便说出下面这首偈颂后离去:显示巴利原文
Athassa tasmiṃ manoduccarite upārambhaṃ āropento satthā āha – ‘‘āgamehi tvaṃ, sāriputta na kho te, sāriputta, punapi evarūpaṃ cittaṃ uppādetabba’’nti. Evaṃ paraṃ na ovadissāmi nānusāsissāmīti vitakkitamattampi therassa manoduccaritaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Bhagavato pana ettakaṃ nāma natthi, anacchariyañcetaṃ. Sabbaññutaṃ pattassa duccaritaṃ na bhaveyya. Bodhisattabhūmiyaṃ ṭhitassa chabbassāni padhānaṃ anuyuñjantassāpi panassa nāhosi. Udaracchaviyā piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ allīnāya ‘‘kālaṅkato samaṇo gotamo’’ti devatānaṃ vimatiyā uppajjamānāyapi ‘‘siddhattha kasmā kilamasi? Sakkā bhoge ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātu’’nti mārena pāpimatā vuccamānassa ‘‘bhoge bhuñjissāmī’’ti vitakkamattampi nuppajjati. Atha naṃ māro bodhisattakāle chabbassāni buddhakāle ekaṃ vassaṃ anubandhitvā kiñci vajjaṃ apassitvā idaṃ vatvā pakkāmi –
七年之中,我步步紧随世尊,
对于那位正自觉者、具念者,我找不到任何可乘之机。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sattavassāni bhagavantaṃ, anubandhiṃ padāpadaṃ; Otāraṃ nādhigacchissaṃ, sambuddhassa satīmato’’ti. (su. ni. 448);
此外,依十八佛法亦可了知世尊无有恶行。十八佛法者,即:如来无身恶行,无语恶行,无意恶行;于过去,佛智无碍;于未来,佛智无碍;于现在,佛智无碍;世尊一切身业皆随智慧而行,一切语业、一切意业亦随智慧而行;无欲退,无精进退,无念退;无戏笑,无急语,无动摇,无仓促,无不专注心,无不善心。显示巴利原文
Apica aṭṭhārasannaṃ buddhadhammānaṃ vasenāpi bhagavato duccaritābhāvo veditabbo. Aṭṭhārasa buddhadhammā nāma natthi tathāgatassa kāyaduccaritaṃ, natthi vacīduccaritaṃ, natthi manoduccaritaṃ, atīte buddhassa appaṭihatañāṇaṃ, anāgate, paccuppanne buddhassa appaṭihatañāṇaṃ, sabbaṃ kāyakammaṃ buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇānuparivatti, sabbaṃ vacīkammaṃ, sabbaṃ manokammaṃ buddhassa bhagavato ñāṇānuparivatti, natthi chandassa hāni, natthi vīriyassa hāni, natthi satiyā hāni, natthi davā, natthi ravā, natthi calitaṃ natthi sahasā, natthi abyāvaṭo mano, natthi akusalacittanti.
「障碍」即系缚。贪生起时能捆绑、束缚众生,故称为障碍。嗔与痴的道理也是如此。显示巴利原文
Kiñcanāti palibodhā. Rāgo kiñcananti rāgo uppajjamāno satte bandhati palibundhati tasmā kiñcananti vuccati. Itaresupi dvīsu eseva nayo.
「火」:以能烧为义,故称为火。贪火者,贪生起时焚烧、烧灼众生,因此称为火。嗔与痴同理。就贪火,有这样的事例:一位年轻比丘尼到心峰山精舍的布萨堂去,站在那儿看着门卫的塑像。此时她内心生起了贪欲,便被那贪欲焚烧而死。比丘尼们走来,说:‘那位年轻比丘尼站在那里,去唤她,没回应。’其中一人走过去握住她的手,问:‘你为何站在这里?’刚握住手,她便翻身倒地。这是贪能焚烧的例子。嗔能焚烧的例子,当观那些意怒诸天。痴能焚烧的例子,当观那些戏乐放逸诸天:因痴而忘失正念,只顾戏乐,错过进食时间,便这样死去。显示巴利原文
Aggīti anudahanaṭṭhena aggi. Rāgaggīti rāgo uppajjamāno satte anudahati jhāpeti, tasmā aggīti vuccati. Itaresupi eseva nayo. Tattha vatthūni ekā daharabhikkhunī cittalapabbatavihāre uposathāgāraṃ gantvā dvārapālarūpakaṃ olokayamānā ṭhitā. Athassā anto rāgo uppanno. Sā teneva jhāyitvā kālamakāsi. Bhikkhuniyo gacchamānā ‘‘ayaṃ daharā ṭhitā, pakkosatha, na’’nti āhaṃsu. Ekā gantvā kasmā ṭhitāsīti hatthe gaṇhi. Gahitamattā parivattitvā papatā. Idaṃ tāva rāgassa anudahanatāya vatthu. Dosassa pana anudahanatāya manopadosikā devā. Mohassa anudahanatāya khiḍḍāpadosikā devā daṭṭhabbā. Mohavasena hi tāsaṃ satisammoso hoti. Tasmā khiḍḍāvasena āhārakālaṃ ativattitvā kālaṅkaronti.
「应供火」等:其中,「应供」指恭敬供养,值得恭敬供养者称为「应供者」。父母因有大恩于子女,故值得子女恭敬供养。子女若对父母行恶,便会投生地狱等处。因此,父母虽不直接燃烧,却是导致燃烧的缘。如是,从燃烧的意义上说,他们被称为「应供火」。此道理当以Mittavindaka的故事来说明。显示巴利原文
Āhuneyyaggītiādīsu āhunaṃ vuccati sakkāro, āhunaṃ arahantīti āhuneyyā. Mātāpitaro hi puttānaṃ bahūpakāratāya āhunaṃ arahanti. Tesu vippaṭipajjamānā puttā nirayādīsu nibbattanti. Tasmā kiñcāpi mātāpitaro nānudahanti, anudahanassa pana paccayā honti. Iti anudahanaṭṭhena āhuneyyaggīti vuccanti. Svāyamattho mittavindakavatthunā dīpetabbo –
弥塔文达卡的母亲对他说:“孩子,今日持守布萨戒,去寺院通宵听法,我给你一千金币。”他因贪图钱财,便受了布萨戒前往寺院。他心里认定“此处安全无虞”,就躺在法座下面睡了整整一夜,然后回家。母亲一早就煮好粥端给他,他拿到那一千金币后才喝粥。接着他心里盘算:“我要去积聚财富。”于是想要乘船出海。母亲劝阻他说:“孩子,我们家有四十亿的财富,不必出海了。”他不听母亲的话,执意要去。母亲挡在他面前,他竟恼怒地用脚踢倒母亲,跨过她去了。显示巴利原文
Mittavindako hi mātarā ‘‘tāta, ajja uposathiko hutvā vihāre sabbarattiṃ dhammassavanaṃ suṇa, sahassaṃ te dassāmī’’ti vutto dhanalobhena uposathaṃ samādāya vihāraṃ gantvā idaṃ ṭhānaṃ akutobhayanti sallakkhetvā dhammāsanassa heṭṭhā nipanno sabbarattiṃ niddāyitvā gharaṃ agamāsi. Mātā pātova yāguṃ pacitvā upanāmesi. So sahassaṃ gahetvāva pivi. Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘dhanaṃ saṃharissāmī’’ti. So nāvāya samuddaṃ pakkhanditukāmo ahosi. Atha naṃ mātā ‘‘tāta, imasmiṃ kule cattālīsakoṭidhanaṃ atthi, alaṃ gamanenā’’ti nivāresi. So tassā vacanaṃ anādiyitvā gacchati eva. Mātā purato aṭṭhāsi. Atha naṃ kujjhitvā ‘‘ayaṃ mayhaṃ purato tiṭṭhatī’’ti pādena paharitvā patitaṃ antaraṃ katvā agamāsi.
母亲站起身来说道:“儿子啊,你对像我这样的母亲做出这种事之后离开,难道心里还想着‘你去的那个地方会有快乐’吗?”他乘船出海,到了第七天,船停住不动了。船上的人们说:“这里必定有个恶人,我们来抽签吧!”抽签时,签连续三次都落到他头上。人们给了他一个木筏,把他扔进大海。他漂流到一座岛屿,与天女们一起享受福乐。天女们告诫他“别再往前走了,别再往前走了”,但他见到越往前走福乐越殊胜,便一直往前走,最后看见一个手持刀轮的人。那个刀轮在他眼中就像一朵青莲花。他就对那人说:“喂,这是你佩戴的莲花吧,给我!”那人回答:“主人,这不是莲花,是刀轮。”他却说:“你骗我,你以为我没见过莲花吗?你身上涂了红栴檀,却不肯把你戴的青莲花给我。”那人心里想:“这个人也是造了与我相似的业,现在想来受报应了。”于是对他说:“好吧,给你!”说完便把刀轮扣到了他头上。因此这么说:显示巴利原文
Mātā uṭṭhahitvā ‘‘mādisāya mātari evarūpaṃ kammaṃ katvā gatassa te gataṭṭhāne sukhaṃ bhavissatīti evaṃsaññī nāma tvaṃ puttā’’ti āha. Tassa nāvaṃ āruyha gacchato sattame divase nāvā aṭṭhāsi. Atha te manussā ‘‘addhā ettha pāpapuriso atthi salākaṃ dethā’’ti āhaṃsu. Salākā diyyamānā tasseva tikkhattuṃ pāpuṇāti. Te tassa uḷumpaṃ datvā taṃ samudde pakkhipiṃsu. So ekaṃ dīpaṃ gantvā vimānapetīhi saddhiṃ sampattiṃ anubhavanto tāhi ‘‘purato purato mā agamāsī’’ti vuccamānopi taddiguṇaṃ taddiguṇaṃ sampattiṃ passanto anupubbena khuracakkadharaṃ ekaṃ addasa. Tassa taṃ cakkaṃ padumapupphaṃ viya upaṭṭhāsi. So taṃ āha – ‘‘ambho, idaṃ tayā piḷandhitaṃ padumaṃ mayhaṃ dehī’’ti. ‘‘Na idaṃ sāmi padumaṃ, khuracakkaṃ eta’’nti. So ‘‘vañcesi maṃ, tvaṃ kiṃ mayā padumaṃ adiṭṭhapubba’’nti vatvā tvaṃ lohitacandanaṃ vilimpitvā piḷandhanaṃ padumapupphaṃ mayhaṃ na dātukāmoti āha. So cintesi ‘‘ayampi mayā katasadisaṃ kammaṃ katvā tassa phalaṃ anubhavitukāmo’’ti. Atha naṃ ‘‘handa re’’ti vatvā tassa matthake cakkaṃ pakkhipi. Tena vuttaṃ –
由四变为八,由八变为十六;
由十六只增为三十二只,贪求不息者,即遭刀轮之报。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Catubbhi aṭṭhajjhagamā, aṭṭhāhipi ca soḷasa; Soḷasāhi ca bāttiṃsa, atricchaṃ cakkamāsado;
为贪欲所害之人,刀轮便在其头上旋转。显示巴利原文
Icchāhatassa posassa, cakkaṃ bhamati matthake’’ti. (jā. 1.1.104).
“居士”是指一家之主。他供给女人床铺、衣物、装饰等,施与了众多恩惠。女人若背叛他,便会投生地狱等处。因此,依前文所说的道理,从“燃烧”的意义上,他也被称为“家居之火”。显示巴利原文
Gahapatīti pana gehasāmiko vuccati. So mātugāmassa sayanavatthālaṅkārādianuppadānena bahūpakāro. Taṃ aticaranto mātugāmo nirayādīsu nibbattati, tasmā sopi purimanayeneva anudahanaṭṭhena gahapataggīti vutto.
其中有一则故事:过去迦叶佛时,一位入流近事男的妻子不贞。他当面撞见,便质问她:“你为何这样做?”她便发誓说:“若我做了这种事,就让这狗撕咬我!”说完后她便死去,投生为耳环池的天女饿鬼,白天享受福乐,夜里受苦。当时波罗奈国王外出狩猎,进入山林,辗转来到耳环池,与她一同享受欲乐。她哄骗国王,夜里便独自前往受苦。国王察觉后心想:“她晚间去了何处?”便悄悄尾随,站在不远处,看见她从耳环池出来,一只狗正啃咬着她,发出啪嗒啪嗒的声响。国王拔剑砍向那狗,将其砍成两段。不料狗却变成了两只。再砍,变成四只;又砍,变成八只;再砍,又变成十六只。她喊道:“主人,你在做什么?”国王问:“这是怎么回事?”她说:“不要这样砍。你往地上吐唾沫,用脚碾碎。”国王照做后,那些狗便消失了。就在那一天,她的业报便尽了。国王懊悔不已,准备离去。她说:“主人,我的业报已经尽了,请别走。”国王没有听,径直离开了。显示巴利原文
Tattha vatthu – kassapabuddhassa kāle sotāpannassa upāsakassa bhariyā aticārinī ahosi . So taṃ paccakkhato disvā ‘‘kasmā tvaṃ evaṃ karosī’’ti āha. Sā ‘‘sacāhaṃ evarūpaṃ karomi, ayaṃ me sunakho viluppamāno khādatū’’ti vatvā kālaṅkatvā kaṇṇamuṇḍakadahe vemānikapetī hutvā nibbattā. Divā sampattiṃ anubhavati, rattiṃ dukkhaṃ. Tadā bārāṇasīrājā migavaṃ caranto araññaṃ pavisitvā anupubbena kaṇṇamuṇḍakadahaṃ sampatto tāya saddhiṃ sampattiṃ anubhavati. Sā taṃ vañcetvā rattiṃ dukkhaṃ anubhavati. So ñatvā ‘‘kattha nu kho gacchatī’’ti piṭṭhito piṭṭhito gantvā avidūre ṭhito kaṇṇamuṇḍakadahato nikkhamitvā taṃ ‘‘paṭapaṭa’’nti khādamānaṃ ekaṃ sunakhaṃ disvā asinā dvidhā chindi. Dve ahesuṃ. Puna chinne cattāro. Puna chinne aṭṭha. Puna chinne soḷasa ahesuṃ. Sā ‘‘kiṃ karosi sāmī’’ti āha. So ‘‘kiṃ ida’’nti āha. Sā ‘‘evaṃ akatvā kheḷapiṇḍaṃ bhūmiyaṃ niṭṭhubhitvā pādena ghaṃsāhī’’ti āha. So tathā akāsi. Sunakhā antaradhāyiṃsu. Taṃ divasaṃ tassā kammaṃ khīṇaṃ. Rājā vippaṭisārī hutvā gantuṃ āraddho. Sā ‘‘mayhaṃ, sāmi, kammaṃ khīṇaṃ mā agamā’’ti āha. Rājā asutvāva gato.
在“应供之火”这个复合词中,“应供”意指四种资具,“应受供养者”则指比丘僧团。比丘僧团劝导在家人受持三皈、五戒、十戒,奉养父母,供养如法的沙门、婆罗门等种种善法,因此对在家人有大恩惠。若是在家众对他们起邪行,辱骂、毁谤比丘僧团,便会投生地狱等处。因此,比丘僧团也依前面所说“燃烧”的义理,被称为“应供之火”。为了阐明此义,应当详说《天宫事》中的“勒瓦提事”。显示巴利原文
Dakkhiṇeyyaggīti ettha pana dakkhiṇāti cattāro paccayā, bhikkhusaṅgho dakkhiṇeyyo. So gihīnaṃ tīsu saraṇesu pañcasu sīlesu dasasu sīlesu mātāpituupaṭṭhāne dhammikasamaṇabrāhmaṇaupaṭṭhāneti evamādīsu kalyāṇadhammesu niyojanena bahūpakāro, tasmiṃ micchāpaṭipannā gihī bhikkhusaṅghaṃ akkositvā paribhāsitvā nirayādīsu nibbattanti, tasmā sopi purimanayeneva anudahanaṭṭhena dakkhiṇeyyaggīti vutto. Imassa panatthassa vibhāvanatthaṃ vimānavatthusmiṃ revatīvatthu vitthāretabbaṃ.
“三种色摄”中,“三种”即指三个部分。“摄”有四种:生类摄、同生摄、作用摄和计数摄。其中,“一切刹帝利都来”等,属于生类摄;“一切憍萨罗人”等,属于同生摄;“一切骑象者”等,属于作用摄。问:“眼处属于哪一蕴的计数?”答:“眼处属于色蕴的计数。”这样,眼处被色蕴所摄,这便是计数摄,此处正是取这一含义。因此,“三种色摄”是指:以三个部分来计数的色。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tividhena rūpasaṅgaho’’ti ettha tividhenāti tīhi koṭṭhāsehi. Saṅgahoti jātisañjātikiriyagaṇanavasena catubbidho saṅgaho. Tattha sabbe khattiyā āgacchantūtiādiko (ma. ni. 1.462) jātisaṅgaho. Sabbe kosalakātiādiko sañjātisaṅgaho. Sabbe hatthārohātiādiko kiriyasaṅgaho. Cakkhāyatanaṃ katamaṃ khandhagaṇanaṃ gacchatīti? Cakkhāyatanaṃ rūpakkhandhagaṇanaṃ gacchatīti. Hañci cakkhāyatanaṃ rūpakkhandhena saṅgahitanti ayaṃ gaṇanasaṅgaho, so idha adhippeto. Tasmā tividhena rūpasaṅgahoti tīhi koṭṭhāsehi rūpagaṇanāti attho.
在「有见」等词中:它依于自身而生、称为眼识的「见」同时存在,故称「有见」;因其能被眼所撞击,故也是「有对」——这在意义上即指色处。它没有那种称为眼识的「见」,故称「无见」;但由于能被耳等处所撞击,故仍是「有对」——这在意义上指眼处等九处。它既没有那种「见」,故为「无见」;又没有可撞击性,故为「无对」——这在意义上指除去十处后所剩余的细色。显示巴利原文
Sanidassanādīsu attānaṃ ārabbha pavattena cakkhuviññāṇasaṅkhātena saha nidassanenāti sanidassanaṃ. Cakkhupaṭihananasamatthato saha paṭighenāti sappaṭighaṃ. Taṃ atthato rūpāyatanameva. Cakkhuviññāṇasaṅkhātaṃ nāssa nidassananti anidassanaṃ. Sotādipaṭihananasamatthato saha paṭighenāti sappaṭighaṃ. Taṃ atthato cakkhāyatanādīni nava āyatanāni. Vuttappakāraṃ nāssa nidassananti anidassanaṃ. Nāssa paṭighoti appaṭighaṃ. Taṃ atthato ṭhapetvā dasāyatanāni avasesaṃ sukhumarūpaṃ.
「三行」:「行」因能造作、积聚俱生之法与未来果报之法,故名为「行」。而「abhisaṅkhāra」(殊胜行)是指特别地造作。其中,属于福的殊胜行,便称为「福行」。显示巴利原文
Tayo saṅkhārāti sahajātadhamme ceva samparāye phaladhamme ca saṅkharonti rāsī karontīti saṅkhārā. Abhisaṅkharotīti abhisaṅkhāro. Puñño abhisaṅkhāro puññābhisaṅkhāro.
其中,什么是「福行」?即「属于欲界、色界的善思,分为施所成、戒所成、修所成」——这是对前述八种欲界善大心之思与五种色界善心之思的总称。在此,施所成与戒所成的思只有八种,而修所成的思则有十三种。正如一个人在温习已熟习的法义时,可能有一两处连接的环节未能觉知,稍后回想时才觉知;同样地,在作遍的遍作,或审查已熟练的禅那时,即使思不与智相应,也属于修习。因此说「修所成的思有十三种」。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tattha katamo puññābhisaṅkhāro? Kusalā cetanā kāmāvacarā rūpāvacarā dānamayā sīlamayā bhāvanāmayā’’ti evaṃ vuttānaṃ aṭṭhannaṃ kāmāvacarakusalamahācittacetanānaṃ, pañcannaṃ rūpāvacarakusalacetanānañcetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Ettha ca dānasīlamayā aṭṭheva cetanā honti. Bhāvanāmayā terasāpi. Yathā hi paguṇaṃ dhammaṃ sajjhāyamāno ekaṃ dve anusandhiṃ gatopi na jānāti, pacchā āvajjanto jānāti, evameva kasiṇaparikammaṃ karontassa paguṇajjhānaṃ paccavekkhantassa ñāṇavippayuttāpi bhāvanā hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘bhāvanāmayā terasāpī’’ti.
其中,关于施所成等,简略开示如下:“缘于布施、以布施为首而生起的思、故意思、心意志,即称为施所成福行。缘于戒……缘于修行、以修行为首而生起的思、故意思、心意志,即称为修所成福行。”这是简略的开示。显示巴利原文
Tattha dānamayādīsu ‘‘dānaṃ ārabbha dānamadhikicca yā uppajjati cetanā sañcetanā cetayitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati dānamayo puññābhisaṅkhāro. Sīlaṃ ārabbha, bhāvanaṃ ārabbha, bhāvanamadhikicca yā uppajjati cetanā sañcetanā cetayitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati bhāvanāmayo puññābhisaṅkhāro’’ti ayaṃ saṅkhepadesanā.
对于衣等四种资具、色等六种所缘,或食物等十种布施事:当人布施他们时,在布施前的准备阶段、正在施舍时,以及事后以喜悦心随念时——于这三个时刻所转起的思,称为施所成。而为了圆满戒律,怀着“我将出家”的想法前往寺院时、正在出家时、出家后心愿达成而省思“我已出家,善哉善哉”时、防护别解脱律仪时、省察衣等资具时、对触及的色等所缘防护眼等诸根门时,以及净化活命时——在这些时刻转起的思,则称为戒所成。显示巴利原文
Cīvarādīsu pana catūsu paccayesu rūpādīsu vā chasu ārammaṇesu annādīsu vā dasasu dānavatthūsu taṃ taṃ dentassa tesaṃ uppādanato paṭṭhāya pubbabhāge, pariccāgakāle, pacchā somanassacittena anussaraṇe cāti tīsu kālesu pavattā cetanā dānamayā nāma. Sīlapūraṇatthāya pana pabbajissāmīti vihāraṃ gacchantassa, pabbajantassa manorathaṃ matthakaṃ pāpetvā pabbajito vatamhi sādhu sādhūti āvajjantassa, pātimokkhaṃ saṃvarantassa, cīvarādayo paccaye paccavekkhantassa, āpāthagatesu rūpādīsu cakkhudvārādīni saṃvarantassa, ājīvaṃ sodhentassa ca pavattā cetanā sīlamayā nāma.
依照《无碍解》所说,以观之道支,修习“眼是无常、苦、无我”……乃至修习“意”;修习“色”……“法”;“眼识”……乃至“意识”;“眼触”……乃至“意触”;“眼触所生受”……乃至“意触所生受”;“色想”……“老死”是无常、苦、无我而转起的思,即称为修所成。这是详细的解说。显示巴利原文
Paṭisambhidāyaṃ vuttena vipassanāmaggena ‘‘cakkhuṃ aniccato dukkhato anattato bhāventassa…pe… manaṃ. Rūpe. Dhamme. Cakkhuviññāṇaṃ…pe… manoviññāṇaṃ. Cakkhusamphassaṃ…pe… manosamphassaṃ. Cakkhusamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ…pe… manosamphassajaṃ vedanaṃ. Rūpasaññaṃ , jarāmaraṇaṃ aniccato dukkhato anattato bhāventassa pavattā cetanā bhāvanāmayā nāmā’’ti ayaṃ vitthārakathā.
「非福」且是「行」,故称「非福行」。这是对与十二种不善心相应之思的统称。如经所说:‘其中,什么是非福行?属于欲界的不善思,即名非福行。’「不动」即不摇动、寂静,是异熟,只造作无色界的业,故称「不动行」。这是对四种无色界善心之思的统称。如经所说:‘其中,什么是不动行?属于无色界的善思,即名不动行。’显示巴利原文
Apuñño ca so abhisaṅkhāro cāti apuññābhisaṅkhāro. Dvādasaakusalacittasampayuttānaṃ cetanānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘tattha katamo apuññābhisaṅkhāro? Akusalacetanā kāmāvacarā, ayaṃ vuccati apuññābhisaṅkhāro’’ti. Āneñjaṃ niccalaṃ santaṃ vipākabhūtaṃ arūpameva abhisaṅkharotīti āneñjābhisaṅkhāro. Catunnaṃ arūpāvacarakusalacetanānaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Yathāha ‘‘tattha katamo āneñjābhisaṅkhāro? Kusalacetanā arūpāvacarā, ayaṃ vuccati āneñjābhisaṅkhāro’’ti.
在〈人分别论〉中,「有学」:有七种善人修学三学,故称有学。「无学」:漏尽者已学所应学,更不复学,故称无学。「非学非无学」:凡夫远离诸学,故称非学非无学。显示巴利原文
Puggalattike sattavidho purisapuggalo, tisso sikkhā sikkhatīti sekkho. Khīṇāsavo sikkhitasikkhattā puna na sikkhissatīti asekkho. Puthujjano sikkhāhi paribāhiyattā nevasekkho nāsekkho.
在〈长老分别论〉中,「生长老」指生来便年长的在家人。‘诸比丘!有此四种成就长老之法。诸比丘!于此,长老具戒、多闻、证得四禅那,漏尽故,于现法中自证无漏心解脱、慧解脱,具足而住。诸比丘!这便是四种成就长老之法。’(《增支部》4.22)凡具足上述功德之一或多分者,即称为「法长老」。又,若有比丘名为‘长老’,或于老年出家,沙弥等见之即呼‘长老、长老’,此称为「默许长老」。显示巴利原文
Therattike jātimahallako gihī jātitthero nāma. ‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, therakaraṇā dhammā. Idha, bhikkhave, thero sīlavā hoti, bahussuto hoti, catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ lābhī hoti, āsavānaṃ khayā bahussuto hoti, catunnaṃ jhānānaṃ lābhī hoti, āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro therakaraṇā dhammā’’ti (a. ni. 4.22). Evaṃ vuttesu dhammesu ekena vā anekehi vā samannāgato dhammathero nāma. Aññataro theranāmako bhikkhūti evaṃ theranāmako vā, yaṃ vā pana mahallakakāle pabbajitaṃ sāmaṇerādayo disvā thero theroti vadanti, ayaṃ sammutithero nāma.
于福行事中,布施即是施所成;此既是福德之行,又是种种利益之所依,故称福行事。其余两种,依此类推。就义理而言,当知此三种福行事,即是前文所说施所成思、戒所成思与修所成思,并兼其前行思及后行思。其中,一一福行事自前行起,以身作者为身业,以言语发者为语业,不发动身语、唯于心中思维者为意业。于布施食物等时,若心生‘我正布施食物等’之想,或随念布施巴拉密而行布施,则此布施当下即为施所成福行事。若依戒而行布施,则属戒所成。若住于‘坏灭、衰败’之观察而行布施,则属修所成福行事。显示巴利原文
Puññakiriyavatthūsu dānameva dānamayaṃ. Puññakiriyā ca sā tesaṃ tesaṃ ānisaṃsānaṃ vatthu cāti puññakiriyavatthu. Itaresupi dvīsu eseva nayo. Atthato pana pubbe vuttadānamayacetanādivaseneva saddhiṃ pubbabhāgaaparabhāgacetanāhi imāni tīṇi puññakiriyavatthūni veditabbāni. Ekamekañcettha pubbabhāgato paṭṭhāya kāyena karontassa kāyakammaṃ hoti. Tadatthaṃ vācaṃ nicchārentassa vacīkammaṃ. Kāyaṅgavācaṅgaṃ acopetvā manasā cintentassa manokammaṃ. Annādīni dentassa cāpi annadānādīni demīti vā dānapāramiṃ āvajjetvā vā dānakāle dānamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu hoti. Vattasīse ṭhatvā dadato sīlamayaṃ. Khayato vayato sammasanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā dadato bhāvanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu hoti.
另有七种福行事,即:恭敬俱行福行事、服务俱行福行事、回向功德、随喜功德、说法所成、闻法所成、见正直福行事。其中,见到长老时,起迎、接取钵衣、礼拜、让路等,当知此为‘恭敬俱行’。为年长者履行义务与职责,见入村乞食之比丘而为其持钵、于村中劝请奉食,或闻‘取比丘的钵来’即速往取钵等,当知此为‘服务俱行’。布施四种资具后,作意‘愿此功德与一切众生共享’,当知此为‘回向功德’。于他人所回向之功德,称叹‘善哉!善哉!’而随喜,当知此为‘随喜功德’。若人以‘如此则人知我为说法者’之心,贪求利养而说法,则不得大果;若人无所期待,为利益他人而宣说自己所通达之法,此即说法所成福行事。若人闻法时心想‘由此人知我有信心’,则不得大果;若以利益之心、柔软心闻法,心想‘如此我将获大果’,此即闻法所成福行事。而‘见正直’乃一切福业之决定特征:凡所行任何善业,唯有见解正直,方能得大果。显示巴利原文
Aparānipi satta puññakiriyavatthūni apacitisahagataṃ puññakiriyavatthu, veyyāvaccasahagataṃ, pattānuppadānaṃ, pattabbhanumodanaṃ, desanāmayaṃ, savanamayaṃ, diṭṭhijugataṃ puññakiriyavatthūti. Tattha mahallakaṃ disvā paccuggamanapattacīvarappaṭiggahaṇaabhivādanamaggasampadānādivasena apacitisahagataṃ veditabbaṃ. Vuḍḍhatarānaṃ vattappaṭipattikaraṇavasena, gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhaṃ bhikkhuṃ disvā pattaṃ gahetvā gāme bhikkhaṃ samādapetvā upasaṃharaṇavasena, ‘‘gaccha bhikkhūnaṃ pattaṃ āharā’’ti sutvā vegena gantvā pattāharaṇādivasena ca veyyāvaccasahagataṃ veditabbaṃ. Cattāro paccaye datvā sabbasattānaṃ patti hotūti pavattanavasena pattānuppadānaṃ veditabbaṃ. Parehi dinnāya pattiyā sādhu suṭṭhūti anumodanāvasena pattabbhanumodanaṃ veditabbaṃ. Eko ‘‘evaṃ maṃ ‘dhammakathiko’ti jānissantī’’ti icchāya ṭhatvā lābhagaruko hutvā deseti, taṃ na mahapphalaṃ. Eko attano paguṇadhammaṃ apaccāsīsamāno paresaṃ deseti, idaṃ desanāmayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu nāma. Eko suṇanto ‘‘iti maṃ ‘saddho’ti jānissantī’’ti suṇāti, taṃ na mahapphalaṃ. Eko ‘‘evaṃ me mahapphalaṃ bhavissatī’’ti hitappharaṇena muducittena dhammaṃ suṇāti, idaṃ savanamayaṃ puññakiriyavatthu. Diṭṭhijugataṃ pana sabbesaṃ niyamalakkhaṇaṃ. Yaṃkiñci puññaṃ karontassa hi diṭṭhiyā ujubhāveneva mahapphalaṃ hoti.
如是,当知此七种福行事,可摄入前三种福行事中。其中,恭敬与服务属戒所成,回向功德与随喜功德属施所成,说法与闻法属修所成,见正直则通于三者。显示巴利原文
Iti imesaṃ sattannaṃ puññakiriyavatthūnaṃ purimeheva tīhi saṅgaho veditabbo. Ettha hi apacitiveyyāvaccāni sīlamaye. Pattidānapattabbhanumodanāni dānamaye. Desanāsavanāni bhāvanāmaye. Diṭṭhijugataṃ tīsupi saṅgahaṃ gacchati.
“指摘事”就是指摘的依据。“以所见”——以肉眼或天眼见到违犯而进行指摘。“以所闻”——以普通耳或天耳听到他人的声音而指摘。“或以怀疑”——通过见后怀疑、闻后怀疑、触后怀疑而指摘。这是简要的说明;若要广解,应依《一切善见》中所说而领解。显示巴利原文
Codanāvatthūnīti codanākāraṇāni. Diṭṭhenāti maṃsacakkhunā vā dibbacakkhunā vā vītikkamaṃ disvā codeti. Sutenāti pakatisotena vā dibbasotena vā parassa saddaṃ sutvā codeti. Parisaṅkāya vāti diṭṭhaparisaṅkitena vā sutaparisaṅkitena vā mutaparisaṅkitena vā codeti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana samantapāsādikāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
“欲生”指受用欲乐或获得欲乐。“现前欲”就是持续执取的欲乐和所缘。譬如人类:人类恒常执取某一个所缘而转起。他们心所系著之处,纵使花费百千钱财娶得女人,也恒常地享受欲乐。有些天,即四天王天的天众,他们也恒常执取一个所缘而转起。某些恶趣众生,即地狱众生除外的鱼、龟等,它们也恒常执取一个所缘而转起:鱼对其雌鱼,龟对其雌龟。“化现又化现”——即随欲化作青、黄等色,欲得何种容貌,便化现何种容貌,如同在具寿阿那律面前的天女,化作令人悦意的身体。化乐天:他们对自己所化的化现物感到欢喜,因此称为“化乐天”。“他化自在天”——指欲乐由他人化现。他人了知他们的心意后,便随其所好化现欲具,他们就于这些所缘中转起。如何能知他人之心?依其惯常受用的方式。正如善巧的厨师,知道国王吃饭时惯常夹取哪样菜,便知他所喜好;同样,由于了知他们一向喜好的所缘,便化现同类的所缘。他们就在其中转起,行淫欲。然而,有长老说:“仅凭微笑、仅凭目视、显示巴利原文
Kāmūpapattiyoti kāmūpasevanā kāmappaṭilābhā vā. Paccupaṭṭhitakāmāti nibaddhakāmā nibaddhārammaṇā. Seyyathāpi manussāti yathā manussā. Manussā hi nibaddheyeva vatthusmiṃ vasaṃ vattenti . Yattha paṭibaddhacittā honti, satampi sahassampi datvā mātugāmaṃ ānetvā nibaddhabhogaṃ bhuñjanti. Ekacce devā nāma catudevalokavāsino. Tepi nibaddhavatthusmiṃyeva vasaṃ vattenti. Ekacce vinipātikā nāma nerayike ṭhapetvā avasesā macchakacchapādayopi hi nibaddhavatthusmiṃyeva vasaṃ vattenti. Maccho attano macchiyā kacchapo kacchapiyāti . Nimminitvā nimminitvāti nīlapītādivasena yādisaṃ yādisaṃ attano rūpaṃ icchanti, tādisaṃ tādisaṃ nimminitvā āyasmato anuruddhassa purato manāpakāyikā devatā viya. Nimmānaratīti evaṃ sayaṃ nimmite nimmite nimmāne rati etesanti nimmānaratī. Paranimmitakāmāti parehi nimmitakāmā. Tesañhi manaṃ ñatvā pare yathārucitaṃ kāmabhogaṃ nimminanti, te tattha vasaṃ vattenti. Kathaṃ parassa manaṃ jānantīti? Pakatisevanavasena. Yathā hi kusalo sūdo rañño bhuñjantassa yaṃ yaṃ so bahuṃ gaṇhāti, taṃ taṃ tassa ruccatīti jānāti, evaṃ pakatiyā abhirucitārammaṇaṃ ñatvā tādisakaṃyeva nimminanti. Te tattha vasaṃ vattenti, methunaṃ sevanti. Keci pana therā ‘‘hasitamattena olokitamattena āliṅgitamattena ca tesaṃ kāmakiccaṃ ijjhatī’’ti vadanti, taṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘etaṃ pana natthī’’ti paṭikkhittaṃ. Na hi kāyena aphusantassa phoṭṭhabbaṃ kāmakiccaṃ sādheti. Channampi hi kāmāvacarānaṃ kāmā pākatikā eva. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
‘‘Cha ete kāmāvacarā, sabbakāmasamiddhino; Sabbesaṃ ekasaṅkhātaṃ, āyu bhavati kittaka’’nti. (vibha. 1023);
「乐生」:即获得乐。「一再地引发乐而住」:义为他们先在下界引发初禅乐之后,再向上方感受果定禅那乐。「被乐所浸透」:指被第二禅乐所浸透。「遍浸」:从一切方面被浸透。「遍满」:完全充满。「遍溢」:是遍满的同义词。这也是就果定禅那乐而说的。据说他们对有的贪着极强,因而偶尔才发出这样的感叹:「啊!真是乐!啊!真是乐!」「殊胜的」:即殊胜之义。「兜率天」:指他们因满足于所得,不再希求更高的乐,而成为满足者。「感受乐」:感受第三禅乐。显示巴利原文
Sukhūpapattiyoti sukhappaṭilābhā. Uppādetvā uppādetvā sukhaṃ viharantīti te heṭṭhā paṭhamajjhānasukhaṃ nibbattetvā upari vipākajjhānasukhaṃ anubhavantīti attho. Sukhena abhisannāti dutiyajjhānasukhena tintā. Parisannāti samantato tintā. Paripūrāti paripuṇṇā. Paripphuṭāti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Idampi vipākajjhānasukhameva sandhāya vuttaṃ. Ahosukhaṃ ahosukhanti tesaṃ kira bhavalobho mahā uppajjati. Tasmā kadāci karahaci evaṃ udānaṃ udānenti. Santamevāti paṇītameva. Tusitāti tato uttariṃ sukhassa apatthanato santuṭṭhā hutvā. Sukhaṃ paṭivedentīti tatiyajjhānasukhaṃ anubhavanti.
「有学智」是指七种圣智。阿拉汉的智为无学。其余诸智既非有学,亦非无学。显示巴利原文
Sekkhā paññāti satta ariyapaññā. Arahato paññā asekkhā. Avasesā paññā nevasekkhānāsekkhā.
思所成等慧的详细说明如下:“其中,什么是思所成慧?在瑜伽所摄的业处中,或在瑜伽所摄的技术处中,或在瑜伽所摄的明处中,或关于业自作之理,或随顺谛理,或了知‘色是无常’……乃至……‘识是无常’,凡是这样一类,不从他人听闻而获得的随顺忍、见、喜好、慕求、观察、法随观忍,即称为思所成慧。其中,什么是闻所成慧?在瑜伽所摄的业处中……乃至……法随观忍,从他人听闻而获得者,这称为闻所成慧。(其中,什么是修所成慧?)一切入定者的慧,即是修所成慧。”(《分别论》768-69)显示巴利原文
Cintāmayādīsu ayaṃ vitthāro – ‘‘tattha katamā cintāmayā paññā? Yogavihitesu vā kammāyatanesu yogavihitesu vā sippāyatanesu yogavihitesu vā vijjāṭṭhānesu kammassakataṃ vā saccānulomikaṃ vā rūpaṃ aniccanti vā…pe… viññāṇaṃ aniccanti vā yaṃ evarūpaṃ anulomikaṃ khantiṃ diṭṭhiṃ ruciṃ muttiṃ pekkhaṃ dhammanijjhānakkhantiṃ parato asutvā paṭilabhati, ayaṃ vuccati cintāmayā paññā. Tattha katamā sutamayā paññā? Yogavihitesu vā kammāyatanesu…pe… dhammanijjhānakkhantiṃ parato sutvā paṭilabhati, ayaṃ vuccati sutamayā paññā. (Tattha katamā bhāvanāmayā paññā?) Sabbāpi samāpannassa paññā bhāvanāmayā paññā’’ti (vibha. 768-69).
“闻为武器”的意思是:闻本身即是武器。就含义而言,它是指三藏佛语。因为比丘依靠它,就如同勇敢的战士依靠智慧武器一样,无所畏惧地穿越轮回的旷野,不受恼损。因此世尊说:“诸比丘,以闻为武器的圣弟子,舍弃不善,培育善;舍弃有过失的,培育无过失的;保持自身的清净。”(《增支部》7.67)显示巴利原文
Sutāvudhanti sutameva āvudhaṃ. Taṃ atthato tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ. Tañhi nissāya bhikkhu paññāvudhaṃ nissāya sūro yodho avikampamāno mahākantāraṃ viya saṃsārakantāraṃ atikkamati avihaññamāno. Teneva vuttaṃ – ‘‘sutāvudho, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako akusalaṃ pajahati, kusalaṃ bhāveti, sāvajjaṃ pajahati, anavajjaṃ bhāveti, suddhamattānaṃ pariharatī’’ti (a. ni. 7.67).
“远离武器”指身远离、心远离、依远离这三者,这三种远离即是武器。它们的区别是:身远离属于安住远离、喜好出离者;心远离属于心已清净、达到最极明净者;依远离属于无依著者。由于喜好这三种远离,便对任何事物都无所畏惧,因此以‘依止’义而称为武器。世间的与出世间的智慧,即是慧武器。拥有它的人,对任何事物都无所畏惧,也没有任何事物能令他害怕。因此,它同样以‘依止’义而称为武器。显示巴利原文
Pavivekāvudhanti ‘‘kāyaviveko cittaviveko upadhiviveko’’ti ayaṃ tividhopi vivekova āvudhaṃ. Tassa nānākaraṇaṃ kāyaviveko vivekaṭṭhakāyānaṃ nekkhammābhiratānaṃ. Cittaviveko ca parisuddhacittānaṃ paramavodānappattānaṃ. Upadhiviveko ca nirupadhīnaṃ puggalānaṃ. Imasmiñhi tividhe viveke abhirato, na kutoci bhāyati. Tasmā ayampi avassayaṭṭhena āvudhanti vutto. Lokiyalokuttarapaññāva āvudhaṃ paññāvudhaṃ. Yassa sā atthi, so na kutoci bhāyati, na cassa koci bhāyati. Tasmā sāpi avassayaṭṭheneva āvudhanti vuttā.
“未知当知根”,是指为了“我将了知先前未知、未解的诸法”而修行时,在修行者中生起的根。这是入流道智的别名。“已知根”,是指已处于了知、已处于明了状态的根。从入流果开始,于六种情况中所生起的智,皆以此名指称。“具知根”,是指在已完成了知作用的诸法上成就的根。这是阿拉汉果智的别名。显示巴利原文
Anaññātaññassāmītindriyanti ito pubbe anaññātaṃ aviditaṃ dhammaṃ jānissāmīti paṭipannassa uppannaṃ indriyaṃ. Sotāpattimaggañāṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Aññindriyanti aññābhūtaṃ ājānanabhūtaṃ indriyaṃ. Sotāpattiphalato paṭṭhāya chasu ṭhānesu ñāṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Aññātāvindriyanti aññātāvīsu jānanakiccapariyosānappattesu dhammesu indriyaṃ. Arahattaphalañāṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
肉眼,即眼净色。天眼,是依于光明的智慧。慧眼,则是世间与出世间的智慧。显示巴利原文
Maṃsacakkhu cakkhupasādo. Dibbacakkhu ālokanissitaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Paññācakkhu lokiyalokuttarapaññā.
于增上戒学等中,以其为增上戒,复因是所应修学而称为“学”,故合称“增上戒学”。其余两项——增上心学与增上慧学,亦同此理。于此,应知戒即增上戒,心即增上心,慧即增上慧,有此区分——显示巴利原文
Adhisīlasikkhādīsu adhisīlañca taṃ sikkhitabbato sikkhā cāti adhisīlasikkhā. Itarasmiṃ dvayepi eseva nayo. Tattha sīlaṃ adhisīlaṃ, cittaṃ adhicittaṃ, paññā adhipaññāti ayaṃ pabhedo veditabbo –
戒,是指五戒、十戒;巴帝摩卡律仪则称为「增上戒」。八等至是「心」,以观为依处的禅那则是「增上心」。业自属智是「慧」,观慧则是「增上慧」。何以故?即便在无佛出世的时代,五戒、十戒也已存在世间,所以只称为戒;而巴帝摩卡律仪唯佛陀出世时方得建立,因此称作增上戒。对于心与慧,道理亦然。再则,若有人怀着求证涅槃的意欲而受持五戒乃至十戒,这些戒也可称为增上戒;他所证入的八等至,也可称为增上心。一切世间层面的,各自只是世间戒等,而出世间的对应部分才成为增上戒、增上心、增上慧。关于心与慧,也是如此。显示巴利原文
Sīlaṃ nāma pañcasīladasasīlāni, pātimokkhasaṃvaro adhisīlaṃ nāma. Aṭṭha samāpattiyo cittaṃ, vipassanāpādakajjhānaṃ adhicittaṃ. Kammassakatañāṇaṃ paññā, vipassanāpaññā adhipaññā. Anuppannepi hi buddhuppāde pavattatīti pañcasīladasasīlāni sīlameva, pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ buddhuppādeyeva pavattatīti adhisīlaṃ. Cittapaññāsupi eseva nayo. Apica nibbānaṃ patthayantena samādinnaṃ pañcasīlampi dasasīlampi adhisīlameva. Samāpannā aṭṭha samāpattiyopi adhicittameva. Sabbaṃ vā lokiyaṃ sīlameva, lokuttaraṃ adhisīlaṃ. Cittapaññāsupi eseva nayo.
在修习当中,诸漏尽者的五门身即称为「身修习」。八等至称为「心修习」。阿拉汉果的智慧称为「慧修习」。因为诸漏尽者的五门身确实已修习圆满,他的八等至不像常人那样羸弱,而其智慧已达智慧的极致圆满,故可称为已修习的智慧。正因如此,才这样说。显示巴利原文
Bhāvanāsu khīṇāsavassa pañcadvārikakāyo kāyabhāvanā nāma. Aṭṭha samāpattiyo cittabhāvanā nāma. Arahattaphalapaññā paññābhāvanā nāma. Khīṇāsavassa hi ekanteneva pañcadvārikakāyo subhāvito hoti. Aṭṭha samāpattiyo cassa na aññesaṃ viya dubbalā, tasseva ca paññā bhāvitā nāma hoti paññāvepullapattiyā. Tasmā evaṃ vuttaṃ.
于「无上」之中:观称为「见无上」,道称为「行道无上」,果称为「解脱无上」。或者,果称为「见无上」,道称为「行道无上」,涅槃称为「解脱无上」。又或者,涅槃就是「见无上」,因为更无高于涅槃的可见之法。道是「行道无上」,果是「解脱无上」。「无上」即是最高、最殊胜的意思。显示巴利原文
Anuttariyesu vipassanā dassanānuttariyaṃ maggo paṭipadānussariyaṃ. Phalaṃ vimuttānuttariyaṃ. Phalaṃ vā dassanānuttariyaṃ. Maggo paṭipadānuttariyaṃ. Nibbānaṃ vimuttānuttariyaṃ. Nibbānaṃ vā dassanānuttariyaṃ, tato uttariñhi daṭṭhabbaṃ nāma natthi. Maggo paṭipadānuttariyaṃ. Phalaṃ vimuttānuttariyaṃ. Anuttariyanti uttamaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ.
于诸定中:初禅的定是“有寻有伺”;依五分法,第二禅的定是“无寻唯伺”;其余诸定(第三禅以上)则是“无寻无伺”。显示巴利原文
Samādhīsu paṭhamajjhānasamādhi savitakkasavicāro. Pañcakanayena dutiyajjhānasamādhi avitakkavicāramatto. Seso avitakkaavicāro.
关于空、无相、无愿,有三种解说:从来源说、从功德说、从所缘说。
从来源说:有一位比丘以无我为胜解,以无我随观察,以无我出起,他的观便称为“空”。何以故?因为没有那些会造成不空的烦恼。以此观为来源,道定即称为“空”;以道为来源,果定即称为“空”。
另一位比丘以无常为胜解,以无常随观察,以无常出起,他的观便称为“无相”。何以故?因为没有那些会制造相的烦恼。以此观为来源,道定即称为“无相”;以道为来源,果定即称为“无相”。
还有一位比丘以苦为胜解,以苦观察,以苦出起,他的观便称为“无愿”。何以故?因为没有那些会制造愿求的烦恼。以此观为来源,道定即称为“无愿”;以道为来源,果定即称为“无愿”。这便是从来源上所说。
从功德说:因为道定远离了贪等烦恼,所以是“空”;因为没有贪等烦恼的相,所以是“无相”;因为没有贪等烦恼的愿求,所以是“无愿”。
从所缘说:涅槃由于远离了贪等烦恼,并且没有贪等烦恼的相与愿求,故涅槃既是“空”,也是“无相”,也是“无愿”。以这样的涅槃……显示巴利原文
Suññatādīsu tividhā kathā āgamanato, saguṇato, ārammaṇatoti. Āgamanato nāma eko bhikkhu anattato abhinivisitvā anattato disvā anattato vuṭṭhāti, tassa vipassanā suññatā nāma hoti. Kasmā? Asuññatattakārakānaṃ kilesānaṃ abhāvā. Vipassanāgamanena maggasamādhi suññato nāma hoti. Maggāgamanena phalasamādhi suññato nāma. Aparo aniccato abhinivisitvā aniccato disvā aniccato vuṭṭhāti. Tassa vipassanā animittā nāma hoti. Kasmā? Nimittakārakakilesābhāvā. Vipassanāgamanena maggasamādhi animitto nāma hoti. Maggāgamanena phalaṃ animittaṃ nāma. Aparo dukkhato abhinivisitvā dukkhato disvā dukkhato vuṭṭhāti, tassa vipassanā appaṇihitā nāma hoti. Kasmā? Paṇidhikārakakilesābhāvā. Vipassanāgamanena maggasamādhi appaṇihito nāma. Maggāgamanena phalaṃ appaṇihitaṃ nāmāti ayaṃ āgamanato kathā. Maggasamādhi pana rāgādīhi suññatattā suññato, rāganimittādīnaṃ abhāvā animitto, rāgapaṇidhiādīnaṃ abhāvā appaṇihitoti ayaṃ saguṇato kathā. Nibbānaṃ rāgādīhi suññatattā rāgādinimittapaṇidhīnañca abhāvā suññatañceva animittañca appaṇihitañca. Tadārammaṇo maggasamādhi suññato animitto appaṇihito. Ayaṃ ārammaṇato kathā.
“清净”是指能成就清净、属于清净之道的那些法。至于广说,当依“其中,什么是身清净?即远离杀生……”这样的方式,从身、语、意三种善行的角度来理解。显示巴利原文
Soceyyānīti sucibhāvakarā soceyyappaṭipadā dhammā. Vitthāro panettha ‘‘tattha katamaṃ kāyasoceyyaṃ? Pāṇātipātā veramaṇī’’tiādinā nayena vuttānaṃ tiṇṇaṃ sucaritānaṃ vasena veditabbo.
「牟尼性」即能成就牟尼、属于牟尼修行之道的法。其广释如下:
其中,什么是身牟尼性?断除三种身恶行是身牟尼性,行持三种身善行是身牟尼性,以身为所缘而生起的智是身牟尼性,遍知身是身牟尼性,与身遍知相伴的圣道是身牟尼性,断除对身的欲贪是身牟尼性,由身行灭尽而证入第四禅定是身牟尼性。
其中,什么是语牟尼性?断除四种语恶行是语牟尼性,行持四种语善行是语牟尼性,以语为所缘而生起的智是语牟尼性,遍知语是语牟尼性,与语遍知相伴的圣道是语牟尼性,断除对语的欲贪是语牟尼性,由语行灭尽而证入第二禅定是语牟尼性。
其中,什么是意牟尼性?断除三种意恶行是意牟尼性,行持三种意善行是意牟尼性,以意为所缘而生起的智是意牟尼性,遍知意是意牟尼性,与意遍知相伴的圣道是意牟尼性,断除对意的欲贪是意牟尼性,由心行灭尽而证入想受灭尽定是意牟尼性。显示巴利原文
Moneyyānīti munibhāvakarā moneyyappaṭipadā dhammā. Tesaṃ vitthāro ‘‘tattha katamaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ? Tividhakāyaduccaritassa pahānaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, tividhaṃ kāyasucaritaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyapariññā kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyapariññāsahagato maggo kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyasmiṃ chandarāgappahānaṃ kāyamoneyyaṃ, kāyasaṅkhāranirodhā catutthajjhānasamāpatti kāyamoneyyaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ? Catubbidhavacīduccaritassa pahānaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ, catubbidhaṃ vacīsucaritaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ, vācārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ vacīmoneyyaṃ vācāpariññā vacīmoneyyaṃ pariññāsahagato maggo, vācāya chandarāgappahānaṃ, vacīsaṅkhāranirodhā dutiyajjhānasamāpatti vacīmoneyyaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ manomoneyyaṃ? Tividhamanoduccaritassa pahānaṃ manomoneyyaṃ , tividhaṃ manosucaritaṃ manomoneyyaṃ, manārammaṇe ñāṇaṃ manomoneyyaṃ, manopariññā manomoneyyaṃ. Pariññāsahagato maggo, manasmiṃ chandarāgappahānaṃ , cittasaṅkhāranirodhā saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpatti manomoneyya’’nti (mahāni. 14).
于善巧中,「利」即增长,「非利」即不增长,「方便」即能达成利与避开非利的种种原因。通达这些,即称为「善巧」。其广释,则如《分别论》所说。显示巴利原文
Kosallesu āyoti vuḍḍhi. Apāyoti avuḍḍhi. Tassa tassa kāraṇaṃ upāyo. Tesaṃ pajānanā kosallaṃ. Vitthāro pana vibhaṅge vuttoyeva.
如经中所说:「其中,什么是增长善巧?若作意这些法时,未生的不善法不生,已生的不善法灭尽;或者作意这些法时,未生的善法生起,已生的善法导向广大、增长、修习、圆满——于此过程中所有的慧、了知……乃至……正见,即称为增长善巧。其中,什么是非增长善巧?若作意这些法时,未生的善法不生,已生的善法灭尽;或者作意这些法时,未生的不善法生起,已生的不善法导向广大、增长、修习、圆满——于此过程中所有的慧、了知……乃至……正见,即称为非增长善巧。凡此一切智,皆为方便善巧。」然而,当紧急事务或恐惧生起时,为了对治它们,唯应依于对相应处所生起之原因的了知,来了知这就是方便善巧。显示巴利原文
Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ āyakosallaṃ? Ime dhamme manasikaroto anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā nuppajjanti, uppannā ca akusalā dhammā nirujjhanti. Ime vā pana me dhamme manasikaroto anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā uppajjanti, uppannā ca kusalā dhammā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattantīti, yā tattha paññā pajānanā…pe… sammādiṭṭhi. Idaṃ vuccati āyakosallaṃ. Tattha katamaṃ apāyakosallaṃ? Ime dhamme manasikaroto anuppannā ceva kusalā dhammā na uppajjanti, uppannā ca kusalā dhammā nirujjhanti. Ime vā pana me dhamme manasikaroto anuppannā ceva akusalā dhammā uppajjanti, uppannā ca akusalā dhammā bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattantīti, yā tattha paññā pajānanā…pe… sammādiṭṭhi. Idaṃ vuccati apāyakosallaṃ. Sabbāpi tatrupāyā paññā upāyakosalla’’nti (vibha. 771). Idaṃ pana accāyikakicce vā bhaye vā uppanne tassa tikicchanatthaṃ ṭhānuppattiyā kāraṇajānanavaseneva veditabbaṃ.
「慢」:指以陶醉的方式转起。其中,「无病慢」:如「我无病无痛,已度过六七十年,连一片诃子也未曾嚼过,而他人却因某处疼痛,四处寻药而奔走—除我之外,还有谁如此无病呢?」这样生起的慢,即是无病慢。「青春慢」:如「我们现在还年轻,等老了再造福吧」—这样依仗青春而生起的慢,即是青春慢。「生命慢」:如「我长久地活过,我正长久地活着,我将长久地活着;我快乐地活过,我正快乐地活着,我将快乐地活着」—这样生起的慢,即是生命慢。显示巴利原文
Madāti majjanākāravasena pavattamānā. Tesu ‘‘ahaṃ nirogo saṭṭhi vā sattati vā vassāni atikkantāni, na me harītakīkhaṇḍampi khāditapubbaṃ, ime panaññe asukaṃ nāma ṭhānaṃ rujjati, bhesajjaṃ khādāmāti vicaranti, ko añño mādiso nirogo nāmā’’ti evaṃ mānakaraṇaṃ ārogyamado. ‘‘Mahallakakāle puññaṃ karissāma, daharamha tāvā’’ti yobbane ṭhatvā mānakaraṇaṃ yobbanamado. ‘‘Ciraṃ jīviṃ, ciraṃ jīvāmi, ciraṃ jīvissāmi; sukhaṃ jīviṃ, sukhaṃ jīvāmi, sukhaṃ jīvissāmī’’ti evaṃ mānakaraṇaṃ jīvitamado.
所谓「增上」,是指以增上为缘而生起的。若这样思惟:「我拥有如此多的戒、定、慧、解脱,造作恶行对我而言不相称」,从而以自己为增上、为最尊而不作恶,这称为「自增上」。以世间为增上而不作恶,称为「世增上」。以出世间法为增上而不作恶,称为「法增上」。显示巴利原文
Ādhipateyyesu adhipatito āgataṃ ādhipateyyaṃ. ‘‘Ettakomhi sīlena samādhinā paññāya vimuttiyā, na me etaṃ patirūpa’’nti evaṃ attānaṃ adhipattiṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ katvā pāpassa akaraṇaṃ attādhipateyyaṃ nāma. Lokaṃ adhipatiṃ katvā akaraṇaṃ lokādhipateyyaṃ nāma. Lokuttaradhammaṃ adhipatiṃ katvā akaraṇaṃ dhammādhipateyyaṃ nāma.
所谓「论事」,即谈论的因由。「过去的时间」,指过去的法,也就是过去的蕴。此外,依《相应部》3.62所传:「诸比丘,凡是过去的色已灭、已变易,便以‘曾有’为其名,以‘曾有’为其施设,以‘曾有’为其共称;它不以‘存在’为名,也不以‘将有’为名。」由这样传来的《言路经》,应在此阐明其义。显示巴利原文
Kathāvatthūnīti kathākāraṇāni. Atītaṃ vā addhānanti atītaṃ dhammaṃ, atītakkhandheti attho. Apica ‘‘yaṃ, bhikkhave, rūpaṃ atītaṃ niruddhaṃ vipariṇataṃ, ‘ahosī’ti tassa saṅkhā, ‘ahosī’ti tassa paññatti ‘ahosī’ti tassa samaññā, na tassa saṅkhā ‘atthī’ti, na tassa saṅkhā ‘bhavissatī’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.62) evaṃ āgatena niruttipathasuttenapettha attho dīpetabbo.
「明」:以刺破黑暗之义说为明;也以令了知之义说为明。当宿住随念智生起时,它刺破那覆盖宿住的黑暗,同时令宿住了知,故称为明。死生智刺破那覆盖死与结生的黑暗,并令其了知,故称为明。漏尽智则刺破那覆盖四圣谛的黑暗,同时令四圣谛法了知,故称为明。显示巴利原文
Vijjāti tamavijjhanaṭṭhena vijjā. Viditakaraṇaṭṭhenāpi vijjā. Pubbenivāsānussatiñāṇañhi uppajjamānaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ chādetvā ṭhitaṃ tamaṃ vijjhati, pubbenivāsañca viditaṃ karotīti vijjā. Cutūpapātañāṇaṃ cutipaṭisandhicchādakaṃ tamaṃ vijjhati, tañca viditaṃ karotīti vijjā. Āsavānaṃ khaye ñāṇaṃ catusaccacchādakaṃ tamaṃ vijjhati, catusaccadhammañca viditaṃ karotīti vijjā.
于诸住中,八等至为天住,四梵住为梵住,果等至为圣住。显示巴利原文
Vihāresu aṭṭha samāpattiyo dibbo vihāro. Catasso appamaññā brahmā vihāro. Phalasamāpatti ariyo vihāro.
「神变」在《坚固经》中已有详说。显示巴利原文
Pāṭihāriyāni kevaṭṭasutte vitthāritāneva.
「诸贤,这些……」等语句,应依前已述及的方式理解。长老便如此以六十组三法,解答了一百三十个问题,显示了和合的法味。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ime kho, āvuso’’tiādīsu vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti samasaṭṭhiyā tikānaṃ vasena asītisatapañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
四法的注释。显示巴利原文
Catukkavaṇṇanā
306 如此,以三法的门类显示了和合的法味之后,如今为以四法的门类显示,再次开示。其中,「念处四法」已于前文详释。显示巴利原文
306. Iti tikavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni catukkavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha ‘‘satipaṭṭhānacatukkaṃ’’ pubbe vitthāritameva.
在正勤四法中,「生起欲」是指生起如下所说的想做之心——「那种欲、欲求、想做性、对善法的欲求」。「努力」即付出精勤。「发勤精进」即激发精进之力。「策励心」即支撑、提策其心。这是此处的简略解释;详细解释则见于《正勤分别》。显示巴利原文
Sammappadhānacatukke chandaṃ janetīti ‘‘yo chando chandikatā kattukamyatā kusalo dhammacchando’’ti evaṃ vuttaṃ kattukamyataṃ janeti. Vāyamatīti vāyāmaṃ karoti. Vīriyaṃ ārabhatīti vīriyaṃ janeti. Cittaṃ paggaṇhātīti cittaṃ upatthambheti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo . Vitthāro pana sammappadhānavibhaṅge āgatoyeva.
依止‘欲’而生起的定,名为‘欲定’。作为精勤之基础的诸行,名为‘勤行’。‘具足’即具备他们法。作为神力的基础,或即神力本身的基础,故称‘神足’。对其余神足,亦同此理。此是简释,广释见于《神足分别》。其义于《清净道论》中已有阐明,而关于禅那的讨论,彼中亦已详述。显示巴利原文
Iddhipādesu chandaṃ nissāya pavatto samādhi chandasamādhi. Padhānabhūtā saṅkhārā padhānasaṅkhārā. Samannāgatanti tehi dhammehi upetaṃ. Iddhiyā pādaṃ, iddhibhūtaṃ vā pādanti iddhipādaṃ. Sesesupi eseva nayo. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana iddhipādavibhaṅge āgato eva. Visuddhimagge panassa attho dīpito. Jhānakathāpi visuddhimagge vitthāritāva.
307 ‘为现法安乐住’:即于此现有之身,为得安乐住。此处所说,是果等至之禅那,及诸漏尽者于生命后期所证入的禅那。显示巴利原文
307.Diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārāyāti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve sukhavihāratthāya. Idha phalasamāpattijhānāni, khīṇāsavassa aparabhāge nibbattitajhānāni ca kathitāni.
‘作意光明想’:无论白昼或夜晚,于太阳、月亮、灯火、摩尼等之光明,心中作意‘光明’。‘确立昼想’:如是作意后,安立‘此是昼’之想。‘如昼,夜亦如是’:如同白昼所见之光明相,于夜晚亦同样作意彼相。‘如夜,昼亦如是’:如同夜晚所见之光明相,于白昼亦同样作意彼相。‘以此无覆之心’:以如是敞开、不被贪等任何缠缚所覆之心。‘无缠缚’:不被任何缠绕束缚。‘有光辉’:充满光耀。‘为证得如实知见’:为获得如实知见。此段所说为何?是为遣除昏沉、睡眠而作意的光明,或作为遍作相的光明。这里进一步所明者,乃是诸漏尽者之天眼智。而彼天眼,无论已生或将生,皆是基于他们至禅那的有光辉之心识。此处义理应如此了知。显示巴利原文
Ālokasaññaṃ manasikarotīti divā vā rattiṃ vā sūriyacandapajjotamaṇiādīnaṃ ālokaṃ ālokoti manasikaroti. Divāsaññaṃ adhiṭṭhātīti evaṃ manasi katvā divātisaññaṃ ṭhapeti. Yathā divā tathā rattinti yathā divā diṭṭho āloko, tatheva taṃ rattiṃ manasikaroti. Yathā rattiṃ tathā divāti yathā rattiṃ āloko diṭṭho, evameva divā manasikaroti. Iti vivaṭena cetasāti evaṃ apihitena cittena. Apariyonaddhenāti samantato anaddhena. Sappabhāsanti saobhāsaṃ. Ñāṇadassanapaṭilābhāyāti ñāṇadassanapaṭilābhatthāya. Iminā kiṃ kathitaṃ? Middhavinodanaāloko kathito parikammaāloko vā. Iminā kiṃ kathitaṃ hoti? Khīṇāsavassa dibbacakkhuñāṇaṃ. Tasmiṃ vā āgatepi anāgatepi pādakajjhānasamāpattimeva sandhāya ‘‘sappabhāsaṃ cittaṃ bhāvetī’’ti vuttaṃ.
「为了念与正知」是指:为了成就七处善的念与正知。在「已知受生起」等表述中,对于诸漏尽者而言,事(感官依处处)是已知的,所缘(认知对象)是已知的,事与所缘皆为已知。正因事与所缘已知,故知其受如何生起、如何停留、如何灭去。而且,不仅限于受,此处明确提及的想等心所,以及未明确提及的思等心所,亦皆在了知中生起、停留与灭去。进而,受之「生起」为已知,受之「转起」亦为已知。由无明集而有受集,由渴爱集而有业集,由触集而有受集。观察转起相者,即是在观察受蕴之集。如此,受之生起便为已知。那么,受之「转起」又如何被了知呢?以无常作意时,了知其转起具灭尽相;以苦作意时,了知其转起具怖畏相;以无我作意时,了知其转起具空相。如此,受之转起便为已知——从灭尽、怖畏、空的角度而得了解。受之「灭去」又如何被了知呢?由无明灭而有受灭……如是,受之灭去便为已知。应以这一方式理解此处之义。显示巴利原文
Satisampajaññāyāti sattaṭṭhānikassa satisampajaññassa atthāya. Viditā vedanā uppajjantītiādīsu khīṇāsavassa vatthu viditaṃ hoti ārammaṇaṃ viditaṃ vatthārammaṇaṃ viditaṃ. Vatthārammaṇaviditatāya evaṃ vedanā uppajjanti, evaṃ tiṭṭhanti, evaṃ nirujjhanti. Na kevalañca vedanā eva idha vuttā saññādayopi , avuttā cetanādayopi, viditā ca uppajjanti ceva tiṭṭhanti ca nirujjhanti ca. Api ca vedanāya uppādo vidito hoti, upaṭṭhānaṃ viditaṃ hoti. Avijjāsamudayā vedanāsamudayo, taṇhāsamudayā kammasamudayo, phassasamudayā vedanāyasamudayo. Nibbattilakkhaṇaṃ passantopi vedanākkhandhassa samudayaṃ passati. Evaṃ vedanāya uppādo vidito hoti. Kathaṃ vedanāya upaṭṭhānaṃ viditaṃ hoti? Aniccato manasikaroto khayatūpaṭṭhānaṃ viditaṃ hoti. Dukkhato manasikaroto bhayatūpaṭṭhānaṃ viditaṃ hoti. Anattato manasikaroto suññatūpaṭṭhānaṃ viditaṃ hoti. Evaṃ vedanāya upaṭṭhānaṃ viditaṃ hoti, khayato bhayato suññato jānāti. Kathaṃ vedanāya atthaṅgamo vidito hoti? Avijjānirodhā vedanānirodho.…Pe… evaṃ vedanāya atthaṅgamo vidito hoti. Imināpi nayenettha attho veditabbo.
「这是色」等,其义与前述相同。「贤友,这就是定的修习」是指:作为漏尽智基础的那禅那定的修习。显示巴利原文
Itirūpantiādi vuttanayameva. Ayaṃ āvuso samādhibhāvanāti ayaṃ āsavānaṃ khayañāṇassa pādakajjhānasamādhibhāvanā.
308 「无量」是指:不取限制之量,以无余遍满一切的方式而修,故称无量。其逐词解释及这些(无量心)的修习与得定方法,在《清净道论》中都已详细阐明。有关无色(定)的论述,在《清净道论》中也已详细说明。显示巴利原文
308.Appamaññāti pamāṇaṃ agahetvā anavasesapharaṇavasena appamaññāva. Anupadavaṇṇanā pana bhāvanāsamādhividhānañca etāsaṃ visuddhimagge vitthāritameva. Arūpakathāpi visuddhimagge vitthāritāva.
「所依」是指依靠之物。「审察」是以智慧了知。「受用」是以智慧了知后,只受用那适合受用的。其详细内容可依“如理审察而受用衣服”等方式了知。「审察而忍受一种」是以智慧了知后,只忍受那适合忍受的。此处的详细内容应依“如理审察而忍耐寒冷”等方式了知。「回避」是以智慧了知后,只回避那适合回避的。其详细内容应依“如理审察而回避狂暴的大象”等方式了知。「遣除」是以智慧了知后,只遣除那应遣除的,予以排斥、驱除,不让它进入内心。其详细内容应依“对已生起的欲寻,不忍受它”等方式了知。显示巴利原文
Apassenānīti apassayāni. Saṅkhāyāti ñāṇena ñatvā. Paṭisevatīti ñāṇena ñatvā sevitabbayuttakameva sevati. Tassa ca vitthāro ‘‘paṭisaṅkhā yoniso cīvaraṃ paribhuñjatī’’tiādinā nayena veditabbo. Saṅkhāyekaṃ adhivāsetīti ñāṇena ñatvā adhivāsetabbayuttakameva adhivāseti. Vitthāro panettha ‘‘paṭisaṅkhā yoniso khamo hoti sītassā’’tiādinā nayena veditabbo. Parivajjetīti ñāṇena ñatvā parivajjetuṃ yuttameva parivajjeti. Tassa vitthāro ‘‘paṭisaṅkhā yoniso caṇḍaṃ hatthiṃ parivajjetī’’tiādinā nayena veditabbo. Vinodetīti ñāṇena ñatvā vinodetabbameva vinodeti, nudati nīharati anto pavisituṃ na deti. Tassa vitthāro ‘‘uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī’’tiādinā nayena veditabbo.
圣种四法的注释。显示巴利原文
Ariyavaṃsacatukkavaṇṇanā
309 「圣传承」即诸圣者的传承。正如有刹帝利传承、婆罗门传承、吠舍传承、首陀罗传承、沙门传承、家族传承、王族传承,同样,这第八种圣传承——即圣者的传统,也称作圣传承。而这一圣传承在这些传承中,恰如种种根香中的黑沉香等,被称为最上。那么,那些圣者是谁?这便是他们的传承:圣者是指诸佛、独觉佛及如来弟子,这些圣者的传承即圣传承。在四阿僧祇又十万劫之前,出现了丹杭咖罗、美坦咖罗、萨拉囊咖罗、提盘咖罗四位佛陀,他们是圣者,这些圣者的传承即圣传承。那些佛陀般涅槃后,又经过一阿僧祇劫,一位名为憍陈如的佛陀出现……(中略)……在此劫中,咖古三塔、果龙马那、迦叶以及我们的世尊乔达摩四位佛陀出现。这些圣者的传承即圣传承。再者,过去、未来、现在的一切佛、独觉佛、佛弟子,这些圣者的传承即圣传承。而这些传承应知是最初的、最上的;应知是久远的、长久流传的;应知是名副其实的传承。显示巴利原文
309.Ariyavaṃsāti ariyānaṃ vaṃsā. Yathā hi khattiyavaṃso, brāhmaṇavaṃso, vessavaṃso, suddavaṃso, samaṇavaṃso, kulavaṃso, rājavaṃso, evaṃ ayampi aṭṭhamo ariyavaṃso ariyatanti ariyapaveṇī nāma hoti. So kho panāyaṃ ariyavaṃso imesaṃ vaṃsānaṃ mūlagandhādīnaṃ kāḷānusāritagandhādayo viya aggamakkhāyati. Ke pana te ariyā yesaṃ ete vaṃsāti? Ariyā vuccanti buddhā ca paccekabuddhā ca tathāgatasāvakā ca, etesaṃ ariyānaṃ vaṃsāti ariyavaṃsā. Ito pubbe hi satasahassakappādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake taṇhaṅkaro medhaṅkaro saraṇaṅkaro dīpaṅkaroti cattāro buddhā uppannā, te ariyā, tesaṃ ariyānaṃ vaṃsāti ariyavaṃsā. Tesaṃ buddhānaṃ parinibbānato aparabhāge asaṅkhyeyyaṃ atikkamitvā koṇḍañño nāma buddho uppanno…pe… imasmiṃ kappe kakusandho, koṇāgamano, kassapo, amhākaṃ bhagavā gotamoti cattāro buddhā uppannā. Tesaṃ ariyānaṃ vaṃsāti ariyavaṃsā. Apica atītānāgatapaccuppannānaṃ sabbabuddhapaccekabuddhabuddhasāvakānaṃ ariyānaṃ vaṃsāti ariyavaṃsā. Te kho panete aggaññā aggāti jānitabbā. Rattaññā dīgharattaṃ pavattāti jānitabbā. Vaṃsaññā vaṃsāti jānitabbā.
「古旧的」是指并非新近才产生的。「未被混杂」指未被混淆、未被散乱、未被去除。「过去未被混杂」指未曾被过去诸佛所混杂。“过去是否有人觉得‘要这些有什么用’而将它去除呢?”没有,过去从未被去除过。「现今不被混杂」指现在也不被去除。「未来也将不被混杂」指未来诸佛也不会去除它;不被世间有智的沙门、婆罗门所排斥,也不被有智的沙门、婆罗门所指责、非难。显示巴利原文
Porāṇāti na adhunuppattikā. Asaṃkiṇṇā avikiṇṇā anapanītā. Asaṃkiṇṇapubbā atītabuddhehi na saṃkiṇṇapubbā. ‘‘Kiṃ imehī’’ti na apanītapubbā? Na saṅkīyantīti idānipi na apanīyanti. Na saṅkīyissantīti anāgatabuddhehipi na apanīyissanti, ye loke viññū samaṇabrāhmaṇā, tehi appaṭikuṭṭhā, samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhi aninditā agarahitā.
“他是知足的”:因对资具的知足而成为知足者。“以无论怎样的衣”:不论厚的、薄的、粗糙的、殊胜的、牢固的、破旧的,即任何一种衣。意思是,对于如法所得等种种衣,无论得到哪一种都知足。关于衣,有三种知足:随所得知足、随力知足、随适宜知足。对于抟食等其他资具也是如此。详细解说应依《沙门果经》所说的方法了知。正是基于这三种知足,才说“他是知足的,对于如法所得等中无论怎样的衣都知足”。显示巴利原文
Santuṭṭho hotīti paccayasantosavasena santuṭṭho hoti. Itarītarena cīvarenāti thūlasukhumalūkhapaṇītathirajiṇṇānaṃ yena kenaci. Atha kho yathāladdhādīnaṃ itarītarena yena kenaci santuṭṭho hotīti attho. Cīvarasmiñhi tayo santosā – yathālābhasantoso, yathābalasantoso, yathāsāruppasantosoti. Piṇḍapātādīsupi eseva nayo. Tesaṃ vitthārakathā sāmaññaphale vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Ime tayo santose sandhāya ‘‘santuṭṭho hoti, itarītarena yathāladdhādīsu yena kenaci cīvarena santuṭṭho hotī’’ti vuttaṃ.
在此,应了知衣、衣的来源、粪扫衣、对衣的知足,以及与衣相关的头陀支。其中,应了知衣:即亚麻等六种衣,以及细布等六种随顺衣,这十二种为如法衣。而吉祥草衣、树皮衣、木条衣、人发毯、兽毛毯、粗麻布、皮革、猫头鹰翅衣、树布、藤布、细茎草布、芭蕉布、竹布等,则是不如法衣。衣的来源:指“从僧团、从别众、从亲戚、从朋友、从自有财物,以及粪扫衣”这六种生起来源;同时也应依八种根本分类,了知八种来源。粪扫衣:应了知二十三种粪扫衣,即冢间衣、店前衣、路边衣、垃圾堆衣、产秽衣、沐浴衣、渡场衣、送往还衣、火烧衣、牛嚼衣、白蚁啮衣、鼠啮衣、断边衣、断缘衣、旗幡衣、塔衣、沙门衣、海漂衣、灌顶衣、路者衣、风送衣、神通衣、天授衣。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca cīvaraṃ jānitabbaṃ, cīvarakkhettaṃ jānitabbaṃ, paṃsukūlaṃ jānitabbaṃ, cīvarasantoso jānitabbo, cīvarapaṭisaṃyuttāni dhutaṅgāni jānitabbāni. Tattha cīvaraṃ jānitabbanti khomādīni cha cīvarāni dukūlādīni cha anulomacīvarāni jānitabbāni. Imāni dvādasa kappiyacīvarāni. Kusacīraṃ vākacīraṃ phalakacīraṃ kesakambalaṃ vāḷakambalaṃ potthako cammaṃ ulūkapakkhaṃ rukkhadussaṃ latādussaṃ erakadussaṃ kadalidussaṃ veḷudussanti evamādīni pana akappiyacīvarāni. Cīvarakkhettanti ‘‘saṅghato vā gaṇato vā ñātito vā mittato vā attano vā dhanena paṃsukūlaṃ vā’’ti evaṃ uppajjanato cha khettāni, aṭṭhannañca mātikānaṃ vasena aṭṭha khettāni jānitabbāni. Paṃsukūlanti sosānikaṃ, pāpaṇikaṃ, rathiyaṃ saṅkārakūṭakaṃ, sotthiyaṃ, sinānaṃ, titthaṃ, gatapaccāgataṃ, aggidaḍḍhaṃ, gokhāyitaṃ upacikakhāyitaṃ, undūrakhāyitaṃ, antacchinnaṃ, dasācchinnaṃ, dhajāhaṭaṃ, thūpaṃ, samaṇacīvaraṃ, sāmuddiyaṃ, ābhisekiyaṃ, panthikaṃ, vātāhaṭaṃ, iddhimayaṃ, devadattiyanti tevīsati paṃsukūlāni veditabbāni.
其中,“产秽衣”指擦拭胎秽的布。“送往还衣”指覆盖尸体送去墓地后又带回的衣。“旗幡衣”指升挂旗帜后从那里取来的衣。“塔衣”指在蚁冢处供养的衣。“海漂衣”指被海浪冲上岸的衣。“路者衣”指路上行人因畏惧盗贼,用石头压住所留下的衣。“神通衣”指“善来比丘”的衣。其余诸衣,其义易明。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca sotthiyanti gabbhamalaharaṇaṃ. Gatapaccāgatanti matakasarīraṃ pārupitvā susānaṃ netvā ānītacīvaraṃ. Dhajāhaṭanti dhajaṃ ussāpetvā tato ānītaṃ. Thūpanti vammike pūjitacīvaraṃ . Sāmuddiyanti samuddavīcīhi thalaṃ pāpitaṃ. Panthikanti panthaṃ gacchantehi corabhayena pāsāṇehi koṭṭetvā pārutacīvaraṃ. Iddhimayanti ehibhikkhucīvaraṃ. Sesaṃ pākaṭameva.
“衣的知足”有二十种,即:寻思的知足、前往的知足、寻求的知足、获得的知足、适量接受的知足、避免贪求的知足、随所得的知足、随力的知足、随适宜的知足、水的知足、洗涤的知足、制作的知足、量度的知足、线的知足、缝制的知足、染色的知足、作净的知足、受用的知足、避免贮藏的知足、舍离的知足。显示巴利原文
Cīvarasantosoti vīsati cīvarasantosā, vitakkasantoso, gamanasantoso, pariyesanasantoso, paṭilābhasantoso, mattappaṭiggahaṇasantoso, loluppavivajjanasantoso, yathālābhasantoso, yathābalasantoso, yathāsāruppasantoso, udakasantoso, dhovanasantoso, karaṇasantoso, parimāṇasantoso, suttasantoso, sibbanasantoso, rajanasantoso, kappasantoso, paribhogasantoso, sannidhiparivajjanasantoso, vissajjanasantosoti.
其中,一般比丘在固定住处安居满三个月之后,可用大约一个月的时间来思惟。因为他在自恣之后,于衣时制作衣服。粪扫衣比丘则只用半个月便可完成。如此,大约一个月或半个月的思惟,即称为“寻思的知足”。而以寻思的知足为满足的比丘,应如那位住在东方分断王领村的粪扫衣长老一般。显示巴利原文
Tattha sādakabhikkhunā temāsaṃ nibaddhavāsaṃ vasitvā ekamāsamattaṃ vitakketuṃ vaṭṭati. So hi pavāretvā cīvaramāse cīvaraṃ karoti. Paṃsukūliko aḍḍhamāseneva karoti. Iti māsaḍḍhamāsamattaṃ vitakkanaṃ vitakkasantoso. Vitakkasantosena pana santuṭṭhena bhikkhunā pācīnakkhaṇḍarājivāsikapaṃsukūlikattherasadisena bhavitabbaṃ.
据说,那位长老来到支提山精舍,想要礼拜塔庙。他礼拜塔庙后心想:“我的衣服破了,在人多住的地方或许能得一件。”他便前往大精舍,拜见僧团长老,问得住处后便在那里住下。第二天,他拿了衣,去向僧团长老顶礼。长老问:“贤友,有什么事吗?”他回答:“尊者,我要去村口。”长老说:“贤友,我也去。”“好的,尊者。”他走着走着,在大菩提门的门楼上停住,心想:“在有福德之人所住之处,应该能得一件称意的衣吧?”随即又想到:“我的寻思不清净!”于是从那里折返。第三天,他走到芒果庭附近,同样折返;第四天,走到大塔庙的北门,同样折返。第五天,他来到僧团长老身边。长老心想:“这位比丘的寻思或许不清净。”于是长老拿起衣,一边与他同行,一边向他提问,进入村庄。当晚,有一人因内急而把粪便拉在一块布上,随后将布丢弃于垃圾堆。那位粪扫衣长老见到那块布上爬满绿蝇,即合掌致敬。僧团长老问:“贤友,你为何向垃圾堆合掌?”他回答:“尊者,我不是向垃圾堆合掌,我是向我的父亲——十力如来合掌。这件粪扫衣,曾包裹过女仆的尸体然后被丢弃,要抖掉上面杯显示巴利原文
Thero kira cetiyapabbatavihāre cetiyaṃ vandissāmīti āgato cetiyaṃ vanditvā cintesi ‘‘mayhaṃ cīvaraṃ jiṇṇaṃ bahūnaṃ vasanaṭṭhāne labhissāmī’’ti. So mahāvihāraṃ gantvā saṅghattheraṃ disvā vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pucchitvā tattha vuttho punadivase cīvaraṃ ādāya āgantvā theraṃ vandi. Thero kiṃ āvusoti āha. Gāmadvāraṃ, bhante, gamissāmīti. Ahampāvuso, gamissāmīti. Sādhu, bhanteti gacchanto mahābodhidvārakoṭṭhake ṭhatvā puññavantānaṃ vasanaṭṭhāne manāpaṃ labhissāmīti cintetvā aparisuddho me vitakkoti tatova paṭinivatti. Punadivase ambaṅgaṇasamīpato, punadivase mahācetiyassa uttaradvārato, tatheva paṭinivattitvā catutthadivase therassa santikaṃ agamāsi. Thero imassa bhikkhuno vitakko na parisuddho bhavissatīti cīvaraṃ gahetvā tena saddhiṃyeva pañhaṃ pucchamāno gāmaṃ pāvisi. Tañca rattiṃ eko manusso uccārapalibuddho sāṭakeyeva vaccaṃ katvā taṃ saṅkāraṭṭhāne chaḍḍesi. Paṃsukūlikatthero taṃ nīlamakkhikāhi samparikiṇṇaṃ disvā añjaliṃ paggahesi. Mahāthero ‘‘kiṃ, āvuso, saṅkāraṭṭhānassa añjaliṃ paggaṇhāsī’’ti? ‘‘Nāhaṃ, bhante, saṅkāraṭṭhānassa añjaliṃ paggaṇhāmi, mayhaṃ pitu dasabalassa paggaṇhāmi, puṇṇadāsiyā sarīraṃ pārupitvā chaḍḍitaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ tumbamatte pāṇake vidhunitvā susānato gaṇhantena dukkaraṃ kataṃ, bhante’’ti. Mahāthero ‘‘parisuddho vitakko paṃsukūlikassā’’ti cintesi. Paṃsukūlikattheropi tasmiṃyeva ṭhāne ṭhito vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā tīṇi phalāni patto taṃ sāṭakaṃ gahetvā cīvaraṃ katvā pārupitvā pācīnakkhaṇḍarājiṃ gantvā aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇi.
“前往的知足”:当比丘为了袈裟而外出时,心中不作“哪里能获得”的盘算,唯以业处为最要而行,这便是前往的知足。显示巴利原文
Cīvaratthāya gacchantassa pana ‘‘kattha labhissāmī’’ti acintetvā kammaṭṭhānasīseneva gamanaṃ gamanasantoso nāma.
“寻求的知足”:在寻求袈裟时,不随意与任何人结伴,而是带着有惭耻、行为端正的比丘一同寻求,这便是寻求的知足。显示巴利原文
Pariyesantassa pana yena vā tena vā saddhiṃ apariyesitvā lajjiṃ pesalaṃ bhikkhuṃ gahetvā pariyesanaṃ pariyesanasantoso nāma.
当他这样寻求时,远远看见有人送来袈裟,不会生起“这一件会合意,那一件不会合意”的分别,无论粗细优劣,都依所得的当下知足,这便是获得之知足。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ pariyesantassa āhariyamānaṃ cīvaraṃ dūrato disvā ‘‘etaṃ manāpaṃ bhavissati, etaṃ amanāpa’’nti evaṃ avitakketvā thūlasukhumādīsu yathāladdheneva santussanaṃ paṭilābhasantoso nāma.
比丘得到这样的袈裟而接受时,心中不会盘算“这些够做双层,那些够做单层”,只随自己实际的用量而满足,这称为“适量受取之知足”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ laddhaṃ gaṇhantassāpi ‘‘ettakaṃ dupaṭṭassa bhavissati, ettakaṃ ekapaṭṭassā’’ti attano pahonakamatteneva santussanaṃ mattappaṭiggahaṇasantoso nāma.
再者,比丘在寻求袈裟时,不去想“在某某家的门口,我会得到合意的”,而是次第挨户而行,这称为“舍贪之知足”。显示巴利原文
Cīvaraṃ pariyesantassa pana ‘‘asukassa gharadvāre manāpaṃ labhissāmī’’ti acintetvā dvārapaṭipāṭiyā caraṇaṃ loluppavivajjanasantoso nāma.
对于粗糙或精细的资具,能以任何所得维持生命,就依所得而安住,这称为“随得之知足”。显示巴利原文
Lūkhapaṇītesu yena kenaci yāpetuṃ sakkontassa yathāladdheneva yāpanaṃ yathālābhasantoso nāma.
知晓自身的力量后,以自己所能维持生计的方式过活,这称为“随力知足”。显示巴利原文
Attano thāmaṃ jānitvā yena yāpetuṃ sakkoti, tena yāpanaṃ yathābalasantoso nāma.
将可意之物施与他人后,自己以任何方式维生,这称为“随宜知足”。显示巴利原文
Manāpaṃ aññassa datvā attano yena kenaci yāpanaṃ yathāsāruppasantoso nāma.
不加拣择“何处水可意、何处水不可意”,凡可用于洗涤的水便取来洗涤,这称为“水知足”。然而,黄白黏土水、赭石水、腐叶汁等不净之水,应当避免使用。显示巴利原文
‘‘Kattha udakaṃ manāpaṃ, kattha amanāpa’’nti avicāretvā yena kenaci dhovanupagena udakena dhovanaṃ udakasantoso nāma. Paṇḍumattikagerukapūtipaṇṇarasakiliṭṭhāni pana udakāni vajjetuṃ vaṭṭati.
比丘洗涤时,不用杵等工具去除污垢,只以手揉搓而洗,这称为“洗濯知足”。同样地,若这样洗不净,可放入树叶,用热水来洗,也是可以的。显示巴利原文
Dhovantassa pana muggarādīhi apaharitvā hatthehi madditvā dhovanaṃ dhovanasantoso nāma. Tathā asujjhantaṃ paṇṇāni pakkhipitvā tāpitaudakenāpi dhovituṃ vaṭṭati.
如此洗净后,在制作时,不因“这个粗、那个细”而心生不满,只以刚好够用的方式去做,这称为“制作知足”。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ dhovitvā karontassa idaṃ thūlaṃ, idaṃ sukhumanti akopetvā pahonakanīhāreneva karaṇaṃ karaṇasantoso nāma.
仅仅做成足以遮盖三轮的量,即称为“定量知足”。显示巴利原文
Timaṇḍalappaṭicchādanamattasseva karaṇaṃ parimāṇasantoso nāma.
为制作袈裟,不会生起“我要寻觅称心的线”的念头,也不加拣择,只是从路边、天神祠等处,拾取别人放在脚边或任何弃置的线来制作,这便称为“线知足”。显示巴利原文
Cīvarakaraṇatthāya pana manāpasuttaṃ pariyesissāmīti avicāretvā rathikādīsu vā devaṭṭhāne vā āharitvā pādamūle vā ṭhapitaṃ yaṃkiñcideva suttaṃ gahetvā karaṇaṃ suttasantoso nāma.
然而,在缝制袈裟时,若间距仅有一指宽,不应连刺七针。若如此缝制,即便有其他比丘不愿与他为伴,也不构成违犯义务。若间距达到三指宽,则应当刺七针。如此缝制的人,即使是正在修道的比丘,也有义务与他为伴;若不肯为伴,即构成违犯义务。这就称为“缝纫知足”。显示巴利原文
Kusibandhanakāle pana aṅgulamatte sattavāre na vijjhitabbaṃ, evaṃ karontassa hi yo bhikkhu sahāyo na hoti, tassa vattabhedopi natthi. Tivaṅgulamatte pana sattavāre vijjhitabbaṃ, evaṃ karontassa maggapaṭipannenāpi sahāyena bhavitabbaṃ. Yo na hoti, tassa vattabhedo. Ayaṃ sibbanasantoso nāma.
然而,染色时,不应寻求黑沼泽泥等染料而来染色。应以月棱皮等物,随所得而染。若无法获得,可拾取人们在林野中剥取树皮后所弃的染料,或比丘们煮染后所弃的染料渣滓来染色,这便称为“染色知足”。显示巴利原文
Rajantena pana kāḷakacchakādīni pariyesantena na rajitabbaṃ. Somavakkalādīsu yaṃ labhati, tena rajitabbaṃ. Alabhantena pana manussehi araññe vākaṃ gahetvā chaḍḍitarajanaṃ vā bhikkhūhi pacitvā chaḍḍitakasaṭaṃ vā gahetvā rajitabbaṃ, ayaṃ rajanasantoso nāma.
取用青泥、黑褐色等任何一种染料,染出如同坐在象背上之人所显现的(不显眼的)颜色,这便名为「作净知足」。显示巴利原文
Nīlakaddamakāḷasāmesu yaṃkiñci gahetvā hatthipiṭṭhe nisinnassa paññāyamānakapakaraṇaṃ kappasantoso nāma.
只为遮覆羞处而受用,这便名为「受用知足」。显示巴利原文
Hirikopīnapaṭicchādanamattavasena paribhuñjanaṃ paribhogasantoso nāma.
得到布料后,若得不到线、针或缝制者,可以存放;若能得到,则不应存放。即使衣已做成,若欲给与弟子等人,而他们不在身边,可以存放至他们到来。他们一到,便应给予。若无法给予,则应决意(为己衣)。若有其他衣,也可决意为覆卧具。未决意的物品才成为储存;已决意的则不再是储存,这是大西瓦长老所说。这便名为「舍离储存知足」。显示巴利原文
Dussaṃ pana labhitvā suttaṃ vā sūciṃ vā kārakaṃ vā alabhantena ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati, labhantena na vaṭṭati. Katampi sace antevāsikādīnaṃ dātukāmo hoti, te ca asannihitā yāva āgamanā ṭhapetuṃ vaṭṭati. Āgatamattesu dātabbaṃ. Dātuṃ asakkontena adhiṭṭhātabbaṃ. Aññasmiṃ cīvare sati paccattharaṇampi adhiṭṭhātuṃ vaṭṭati. Anadhiṭṭhitameva hi sannidhi hoti. Adhiṭṭhitaṃ na hotīti mahāsīvatthero āha. Ayaṃ sannidhiparivajjanasantoso nāma.
施舍时,不应看着对方的脸给与。应依止于可忆念的法而行施舍,这便称为“施舍知足”。显示巴利原文
Vissajjantena pana na mukhaṃ oloketvā dātabbaṃ. Sāraṇīyadhamme ṭhatvā vissajjitabbanti ayaṃ vissajjanasantoso nāma.
与袈裟相关的头陀支,即粪扫衣支与三衣支。此二支的详细说明,当从《清净道论》中了知。就这样,圆满“袈裟知足大圣种姓”的比丘,守护此二头陀支。守护此二支者,即由袈裟知足大圣种姓而成为知足者。显示巴利原文
Cīvarapaṭisaṃyuttāni dhutaṅgāni nāma paṃsukūlikaṅgañceva tecīvarikaṅgañca. Tesaṃ vitthārakathā visuddhimaggato veditabbā. Iti cīvarasantosamahāariyavaṃsaṃ pūrayamāno bhikkhu imāni dve dhutaṅgāni gopeti. Imāni gopento cīvarasantosamahāariyavaṃsena santuṭṭho hoti.
“称赞者”:有一种人,自身知足,却不称赞知足;有一种人,自身不知足,却称赞知足;有一种人,自身既不知足,也不称赞知足;有一种人,自身既知足,又称赞知足。为了显示最后这一种,经中才说:“对于随得袈裟的知足,他也加以称赞。”显示巴利原文
Vaṇṇavādīti eko santuṭṭho hoti, santosassa vaṇṇaṃ na katheti, eko na santuṭṭho hoti, santosassa vaṇṇaṃ katheti, eko neva santuṭṭho hoti, na santosassa vaṇṇaṃ katheti, eko santuṭṭho ceva hoti, santosassa ca vaṇṇaṃ katheti, taṃ dassetuṃ ‘‘itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyā ca vaṇṇavādī’’ti vuttaṃ.
「邪求」:指种种邪求,如充当信使、派送往来、奔波等不如法的追求方式。「非适宜」:即不合适。「不得时」:即没有得到的时候。如同有人心想:“要怎样才能得到袈裟呢?”与那些有福德的比丘相处时,他装作亲近友善,内心却惶恐忧虑;而知足的比丘,即使未得袈裟,也不会这样忧惧。「得之时」:即通过如法、正当的方式获得。「不贪著」:即远离了由渴爱产生的贪著。「不沉迷」:即不陷入渴爱所致的沉迷。「不浸染」:即不被渴爱所笼罩和缠缚。「见过患」:即见到邪求之犯戒过患,以及受用中的过患。「出离慧」:即通达如“仅仅为了防寒”等开示中所说的出离本身之智慧。显示巴利原文
Anesananti dūteyyapahinagamanānuyogappabhedaṃ nānappakāraṃ anesanaṃ. Appatirūpanti ayuttaṃ. Aladdhā cāti alabhitvā. Yathā ekacco ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho cīvaraṃ labhissāmī’’ti. Puññavantehi bhikkhūhi saddhiṃ ekato hutvā kohaññaṃ karonto uttasati paritasati, santuṭṭho bhikkhu evaṃ aladdhā cīvaraṃ na paritasati. Laddhā cāti dhammena samena labhitvā. Agadhitoti vigatalobhagiddho. Amucchitoti adhimattataṇhāya mucchaṃ anāpanno. Anajjhāpannoti taṇhāya anotthato apariyonaddho. Ādīnavadassāvīti anesanāpattiyañca gedhitaparibhoge ca ādīnavaṃ passamāno. Nissaraṇapaññoti ‘‘yāvadeva sītassa paṭighātāyā’’ti vuttaṃ nissaraṇameva pajānanto.
「于随所得衣知足」:即以无论怎样的衣都知足。「不抬高自己」:即他不会这样抬高自己:“我是粪扫衣者,我在受具足戒时就受了粪扫衣支,有谁能比得上我?”「不贬低他人」:即他不会这样贬低别人:“这些其他比丘不是粪扫衣者”,或者“他们连粪扫衣支都没有。”「于此善巧者」:即对于那衣知足,或对于知足的称赞等,善巧、能干、聪慧。「不懒惰」:即于持续精进中不懈怠。「正知正念」:即具足正知与正念。「立于圣种」:即安住于圣种之中。显示巴利原文
Itarītaracīvarasantuṭṭhiyāti yena kenaci cīvarena santuṭṭhiyā. Nevattānukkaṃsetīti ‘‘ahaṃ paṃsukūliko mayā upasampadamāḷeyeva paṃsukūlikaṅgaṃ gahitaṃ, ko mayā sadiso atthī’’ti attukkaṃsanaṃ na karoti. Na paraṃ vambhetīti ‘‘ime panaññe bhikkhū na paṃsukūlikā’’ti vā ‘‘paṃsukūlikaṅgamattampi etesaṃ natthī’’ti vā evaṃ paraṃ na vambheti. Yo hi tattha dakkhoti yo tasmiṃ cīvarasantose, vaṇṇavādādīsu vā dakkho cheko byatto. Analasoti sātaccakiriyāya ālasiyavirahito. Sampajāno paṭissatoti sampajānapaññāya ceva satiyā ca yutto. Ariyavaṃse ṭhitoti ariyavaṃse patiṭṭhito.
「于随所得团食」:即以任何团食而知足。这里也应当了解什么是“团食”。应当了解团食田、团食知足,以及与团食相关的头陀支。其中,“团食”即米饭、粥、炒粉、鱼、肉、乳、酪、生酥、熟酥、油、蜜、糖浆、稀粥、嚼食、啖食、舔食这十六种。显示巴利原文
Itarītarena piṇḍapātenāti yena kenaci piṇḍapātena. Etthāpi piṇḍapāto jānitabbo. Piṇḍapātakkhettaṃ jānitabbaṃ, piṇḍapātasantoso jānitabbo, piṇḍapātapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhutaṅgaṃ jānitabbaṃ. Tattha piṇḍapātoti ‘‘odano, kummāso, sattu, maccho, maṃsaṃ, khīraṃ, dadhi, sappi, navanītaṃ, telaṃ, madhu, phāṇitaṃ, yāgu, khādanīyaṃ, sāyanīyaṃ, lehanīya’’nti soḷasa piṇḍapātā.
“团食田”指僧团食、所告食、邀请食、筹食、半月食、持布萨者食、月初食、客比丘食、行比丘食、病比丘食、看护者食、常职食、茅舍食、次第食、精舍食,这十五种团食田。显示巴利原文
Piṇḍapātakkhettanti saṅghabhattaṃ, uddesabhattaṃ, nimantanaṃ, salākabhattaṃ, pakkhikaṃ, uposathikaṃ, pāṭipadikaṃ, āgantukabhattaṃ, gamikabhattaṃ, gilānabhattaṃ, gilānupaṭṭhākabhattaṃ, dhurabhattaṃ, kuṭibhattaṃ, vārabhattaṃ, vihārabhattanti pannarasa piṇḍapātakkhettāni.
“团食知足”指于团食的寻之知足、前往之知足、寻求之知足、获得之知足、接受之知足、接受适度之知足、避免贪求之知足、随得之知足、随力之知足、随宜之知足、受用之知足、限量之知足、受用知足、避免储存之知足、施舍之知足,这十五种知足。显示巴利原文
Piṇḍapātasantosoti piṇḍapāte vitakkasantoso, gamanasantoso, pariyesanasantoso paṭilābhasantoso, paṭiggahaṇasantoso, mattappaṭiggahaṇasantoso, loluppavivajjanasantoso, yathālābhasantoso, yathābalasantoso, yathāsāruppasantoso, upakārasantoso, parimāṇasantoso, paribhogasantoso, sannidhiparivajjanasantoso, vissajjanasantosoti pannarasa santosā.
此处,“寻之知足”指:比丘漱过口后可作思惟。然而,若与僧众一同乞食,傍晚侍奉长老时只应这样思惟:“明天我们去某村托钵,尊者。”仅仅如此思惟,此后便不应再作寻思。若为独住比丘,应立于寻思处而作思惟。若再继续寻思,便会从圣种退堕,成为外人。这就是“寻之知足”。显示巴利原文
Tattha sādako bhikkhu mukhaṃ dhovitvā vitakketi. Piṇḍapātikena pana gaṇena saddhiṃ caratā sāyaṃ therūpaṭṭhānakāle ‘‘sve kattha piṇḍāya carissāmāti asukagāme, bhante’’ti, ettakaṃ cintetvā tato paṭṭhāya na vitakketabbaṃ. Ekacārikena vitakkamāḷake ṭhatvā vitakketabbaṃ. Tato paraṃ vitakkento ariyavaṃsā cuto hoti paribāhiro. Ayaṃ vitakkasantoso nāma.
入村乞食时,不应心想“我在哪里能得到食物”,而应随念业处而行。这就是前往之知足。显示巴利原文
Piṇḍāya pavisantena ‘‘kuhiṃ labhissāmī’’ti acintetvā kammaṭṭhānasīsena gantabbaṃ. Ayaṃ gamanasantoso nāma.
寻求时,不应随便遇到什么人都跟随,而应选择有惭耻、行为端庄的施主,之后再去寻求。这就是寻求之知足。显示巴利原文
Pariyesantena yaṃ vā taṃ vā agahetvā lajjiṃ pesalameva gahetvā pariyesitabbaṃ. Ayaṃ pariyesanasantoso nāma.
不应在见到从远处端来的食物时,便生起“这个可意,这个不可意”的心。这就是获得之知足。显示巴利原文
Dūratova āhariyamānaṃ disvā ‘‘etaṃ manāpaṃ, etaṃ amanāpa’’nti cittaṃ na uppādetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ paṭilābhasantoso nāma.
不应作意“我取此合意者,不取彼不合意者”,凡有所得,唯取仅足养命之量。是名“接受之满足”。显示巴利原文
‘‘Imaṃ manāpaṃ gaṇhissāmi, imaṃ amanāpaṃ na gaṇhissāmī’’ti acintetvā yaṃkiñci yāpanamattaṃ gahetabbameva, ayaṃ paṭiggahaṇasantoso nāma.
若施物众多而施主欲施少许,则应取少许;若施物众多,施主亦欲多施,则应取适量;若施物不多,施主欲施少许,则取少许;若施物不多而施主欲多施,则取适量。因于接受时若不知限量,则染污人之净信,糟蹋信施,不履行教法,乃至亲生母亲之心亦不能摄受。是故,了知限量而接受,是名“接受适度之满足”。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana deyyadhammo bahu, dāyako appaṃ dātukāmo, appaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Deyyadhammo bahu, dāyakopi bahuṃ dātukāmo, pamāṇeneva gahetabbaṃ. Deyyadhammo na bahu, dāyakopi appaṃ dātukāmo, appaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Deyyadhammo na bahu, dāyako pana bahuṃ dātukāmo, pamāṇena gahetabbaṃ. Paṭiggahaṇasmiñhi mattaṃ ajānanto manussānaṃ pasādaṃ makkheti, saddhādeyyaṃ vinipāteti, sāsanaṃ na karoti, vijātamātuyāpi cittaṃ gahetuṃ na sakkoti. Iti mattaṃ jānitvāva paṭiggahetabbanti ayaṃ mattappaṭiggahaṇasantoso nāma.
不应唯往信者之家,而应依门次第而行。是名“避免贪求之满足”。“随得满足”等,与衣章节中所说相同。显示巴利原文
Saddhakulāniyeva agantvā dvārappaṭipāṭiyā gantabbaṃ. Ayaṃ loluppavivajjanasantoso nāma. Yathālābhasantosādayo cīvare vuttanayā eva.
受用团食后,了知‘我将以此护持沙门法’的恩惠而受用,这称为‘恩惠知足’。显示巴利原文
Piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā samaṇadhammaṃ anupālessāmīti evaṃ upakāraṃ ñatvā paribhuñjanaṃ upakārasantoso nāma.
不应接受盛满钵被带来的食物。若有未受具足戒者在场,应让他持钵;若无,则应让人取走,仅取受用之量。这称为‘限量知足’。显示巴利原文
Pattaṃ pūretvā ānītaṃ na paṭiggahetabbaṃ, anupasampanne sati tena gāhāpetabbaṃ, asati harāpetvā paṭiggahaṇamattaṃ gahetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ parimāṇasantoso nāma.
如此受用:‘消除饥饿,便是此中的出离’,这称为‘受用知足’。显示巴利原文
‘‘Jighacchāya paṭivinodanaṃ idamettha nissaraṇa’’nti evaṃ paribhuñjanaṃ paribhogasantoso nāma.
不应储存之后而受用,这称为“回避储存之知足”。显示巴利原文
Nidahitvā na paribhuñjitabbanti ayaṃ sannidhiparivajjanasantoso nāma.
不应看施主脸色,应安住于应系念之法而分配。这称为“分配之知足”。显示巴利原文
Mukhaṃ anoloketvā sāraṇīyadhamme ṭhitena vissajjetabbaṃ. Ayaṃ vissajjanasantoso nāma.
与团食相关的头陀支有五支:乞食支、次第乞食支、一座食支、一钵食支、时后不食支。它们的详细解说在《清净道论》中有记载。如此,当比丘圆满修习‘团食知足’这一大圣族时,他便护持这五头陀支。护持这些支时,他即通过团食知足的大圣族而成为知足者。至于‘称赞者’等,也应按照前面所说的方法去理解。显示巴利原文
Piṇḍapātapaṭisaṃyuttāni pana pañca dhutaṅgāni – piṇḍapātikaṅgaṃ, sapadānacārikaṅgaṃ, ekāsanikaṅgaṃ , pattapiṇḍikaṅgaṃ, khalupacchābhattikaṅganti. Tesaṃ vitthārakathā visuddhimagge vuttā. Iti piṇḍapātasantosamahāariyavaṃsaṃ pūrayamāno bhikkhu imāni pañca dhutaṅgāni gopeti. Imāni gopento piṇḍapātasantosamahāariyavaṃsena santuṭṭho hoti. ‘‘Vaṇṇavādī’’tiādīni vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
说到‘坐卧具’,在此应了知坐卧具,应了知坐卧具田,应了知坐卧具知足,应了知与坐卧具相关的头陀支。其中,‘坐卧具’是指:床、凳、褥垫、枕头、精舍、半覆屋、殿堂、高楼、石窟、山洞、堡垒、厅堂、竹林丛、树下,或任何比丘们回去居住的地方——这总共十五种坐卧具。显示巴利原文
Senāsanenāti idha senāsanaṃ jānitabbaṃ, senāsanakkhettaṃ jānitabbaṃ, senāsanasantoso jānitabbo, senāsanapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ dhutaṅgaṃ jānitabbaṃ. Tattha senāsananti mañco, pīṭhaṃ, bhisi, bimbohanaṃ, vihāro, aḍḍhayogo, pāsādo, hammiyaṃ, guhā, leṇaṃ, aṭṭo, māḷo , veḷugumbo, rukkhamūlaṃ, yattha vā pana bhikkhū paṭikkamantīti imāni pannarasa senāsanāni.
‘坐卧具田’是指六种来源:从僧团、从团体、从亲戚、从朋友、从自己财物、或粪扫衣。显示巴利原文
Senāsanakkhettanti ‘‘saṅghato vā gaṇato vā ñātito vā mittato vā attano vā dhanena paṃsukūlaṃ vā’’ti cha khettāni.
‘坐卧具知足’是指对坐卧具的寻知足等十五种知足。这些知足应如前于团食部分所述的方法来了解。与坐卧具相关的头陀支有五支:阿兰若住支、树下住支、露地住支、冢间住支、随得坐卧具支。它们的详细解说见于《清净道论》。当比丘如此圆满坐卧具知足这一大圣族时,他便护持这五支头陀。护持这些头陀支,他即通过坐卧具知足的大圣族而成为知足者。显示巴利原文
Senāsanasantosoti senāsane vitakkasantosādayo pannarasa santosā. Te piṇḍapāte vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Senāsanapaṭisaṃyuttāni pana pañca dhutaṅgāni – āraññikaṅgaṃ, rukkhamūlikaṅgaṃ, abbhokāsikaṅgaṃ, sosānikaṅgaṃ, yathāsantatikaṅganti. Tesaṃ vitthārakathā visuddhimagge vuttā. Iti senāsanasantosamahāariyavaṃsaṃ pūrayamāno bhikkhu imāni pañca dhutaṅgāni gopeti. Imāni gopento senāsanasantosamahāariyavaṃsena santuṭṭho hoti.
然而,病缘实已摄入团食之中。于此,唯应以如法所得之满足、如力之满足、如适宜之满足而安住。常坐支属于以修习为乐的圣种。正如经中所说:显示巴利原文
Gilānapaccayo pana piṇḍapāteyeva paviṭṭho. Tattha yathālābhayathābalayathāsāruppasantoseneva santussitabbaṃ. Nesajjikaṅgaṃ bhāvanārāmaariyavaṃsaṃ bhajati. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
“于坐卧具中宣说五种,于食物依处宣说五种;
一者精进相应,二者依衣而住。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Pañca senāsane vuttā, pañca āhāranissitā; Eko vīriyasaṃyutto, dve ca cīvaranissitā’’ti.
尊者法将舍利弗长老,如同铺展大地、填满大海、扩展虚空一般,首先开示了于衣知足的圣种;继而,如同令月亮升起、令太阳高悬一般,开示了于团食知足的第二圣种;接着,如同擎起须弥山一般,开示了于坐卧具知足的第三圣种。如今,为开示以千种理趣庄严的第四圣种——乐于修习的圣种,他这样教示:‘再者,比丘啊,成为乐于断除者……’显示巴利原文
Iti āyasmā dhammasenāpati sāriputtatthero pathaviṃ pattharamāno viya sāgarakucchiṃ pūrayamāno viya ākāsaṃ vitthārayamāno viya ca paṭhamaṃ cīvarasantosaṃ ariyavaṃsaṃ kathetvā candaṃ uṭṭhāpento viya sūriyaṃ ullaṅghento viya ca dutiyaṃ piṇḍapātasantosaṃ kathetvā sineruṃ ukkhipento viya tatiyaṃ senāsanasantosaṃ ariyavaṃsaṃ kathetvā idāni sahassanayappaṭimaṇḍitaṃ catutthaṃ bhāvanārāmaṃ ariyavaṃsaṃ kathetuṃ puna caparaṃ āvuso bhikkhu pahānārāmo hotīti desanaṃ ārabhi.
在此,‘ārāmo’意为喜好、喜悦(abhirati),即乐于之处。于五种断(pahāna)中,以断为乐处者,称为‘乐于断除者(pahānārāmo)’。他断除欲贪时喜悦,修习出离时喜悦;断除嗔恚时喜悦……乃至……断除一切烦恼时喜悦,修习阿拉汉道时喜悦。如此,在断中得乐者,称为‘乐于断除者(pahānarato)’。同理,于修习(bhāvanā)中以修为乐处者,称为‘乐于修习者(bhāvanārāmo)’;于修习中得乐者,称为‘乐于修习者(bhāvanārato)’。显示巴利原文
Tattha āramanaṃ ārāmo, abhiratīti attho. Pañcavidhe pahāne ārāmo assāti pahānārāmo. Kāmacchandaṃ pajahanto ramati, nekkhammaṃ bhāvento ramati, byāpādaṃ pajahanto ramati…pe… sabbakilese pajahanto ramati, arahattamaggaṃ bhāvento ramatīti evaṃ pahāne ratoti pahānarato. Vuttanayeneva bhāvanāya ārāmo assāti bhāvanārāmo. Bhāvanāya ratoti bhāvanārato.
在这四种圣种中,前三种依十三头陀支及四资具知足,已将整部律藏解说完毕。而乐于修习这一圣种,则涵盖了其余的两藏。再者,比丘在解说这乐于修习的圣种时,应依《无碍解道》中的‘出离品’来解说,应依《长部》中《十上经》的理趣来解说,应依《中部》中《念处经》的理趣来解说,应依《阿毗达摩》中释义的理趣来解说。显示巴利原文
Imesu pana catūsu ariyavaṃsesu purimehi tīhi terasannaṃ dhutaṅgānaṃ catupaccayasantosassa ca vasena sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ kathitaṃ hoti. Bhāvanārāmena avasesaṃ piṭakadvayaṃ. Imaṃ pana bhāvanārāmataṃ ariyavaṃsaṃ kathentena bhikkhunā paṭisambhidāmagge nekkhammapāḷiyā kathetabbo. Dīghanikāye dasuttarasuttantapariyāyena kathetabbo. Majjhimanikāye satipaṭṭhānasuttantapariyāyena kathetabbo. Abhidhamme niddesapariyāyena kathetabbo.
其中,‘依《无碍解道》的出离品’是指:他修习出离(nekkhammaṃ)而喜乐,断除欲贪(kāmacchandaṃ)而喜乐;修习无嗔(abyāpādaṃ)而喜乐,断除嗔(byāpādaṃ)而喜乐;修习光明想(ālokasaññaṃ)而喜乐,断除昏沉睡眠(thinamiddhaṃ)而喜乐;修习无散乱(avikkhepaṃ)而喜乐,断除掉举(uddhaccaṃ)而喜乐;修习法决定(dhammavavatthānaṃ)而喜乐,断除疑(vicikicchaṃ)而喜乐;修习智(ñāṇaṃ)而喜乐,断除无明(avijjaṃ)而喜乐;修习欢悦(pāmojjaṃ)而喜乐,断除不乐(aratiṃ)而喜乐;修习初禅(paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ)而喜乐,断除五盖(pañca nīvaraṇe)而喜乐;修习第二禅(dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ)而喜乐,断除寻与伺(vitakkavicāre)而喜乐;修习第三禅(tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ)而喜乐,断除喜(pītiṃ)而喜乐;修习第四禅(catutthaṃ jhānaṃ)而喜乐,断除乐与苦(sukhadukkhe)而喜乐;修习空无边处定(ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ)而喜乐,断除色想、有对想、种种想(rūpasaññaṃ paṭighasaññaṃ nānattasaññaṃ)而喜乐;修习识无边处定(viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ)……乃至……修习非想非非想处定(nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ)而喜乐,断除无所有处想(ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ)而喜乐。显示巴利原文
Tattha paṭisambhidāmagge nekkhammapāḷiyāti so nekkhammaṃ bhāvento ramati, kāmacchandaṃ pajahanto ramati. Abyāpādaṃ byāpādaṃ. Ālokasaññaṃ, thinamiddhaṃ. Avikkhepaṃ uddhaccaṃ. Dhammavavatthānaṃ, vicikicchaṃ. Ñāṇaṃ, avijjaṃ. Pāmojjaṃ, aratiṃ. Paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ, pañca nīvaraṇe. Dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ, vitakkavicāre. Tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ, pītiṃ. Catutthaṃ jhānaṃ, sukhadukkhe. Ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ bhāvento ramati, rūpasaññaṃ paṭighasaññaṃ nānattasaññaṃ pajahanto ramati. Viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiṃ…pe… nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiṃ bhāvento ramati, ākiñcaññāyatanasaññaṃ pajahanto ramati.
修习无常随观(aniccānupassanaṃ)而喜乐,断除常想(niccasaññaṃ)而喜乐;修习苦随观(dukkhānupassanaṃ),断除乐想(sukhasaññaṃ);修习无我随观(anattānupassanaṃ),断除我想(attasaññaṃ);修习厌离随观(nibbidānupassanaṃ),断除喜贪(nandiṃ);修习离欲随观(virāgānupassanaṃ),断除贪(rāgaṃ);修习灭随观(nirodhānupassanaṃ),断除集(samudayaṃ);修习施舍随观(paṭinissaggānupassanaṃ),断除执取(ādānaṃ);修习尽灭随观(khayānupassanaṃ),断除密集想(ghanasaññaṃ);修习衰灭随观(vayānupassanaṃ),断除造作(āyūhanaṃ);修习变易随观(vipariṇāmānupassanaṃ),断除恒常想(dhuvasaññaṃ);修习无相随观(animittānupassanaṃ),断除相(nimittaṃ);修习无愿随观(apaṇihitānupassanaṃ),断除愿求(paṇidhiṃ);修习空随观(suññatānupassanaṃ),断除执著(abhinivesaṃ);修习增上慧法观(adhipaññādhammavipassanaṃ),断除执取核心的执著(sārādānābhinivesaṃ);修习如实知见(yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ),断除痴迷的执著(sammohābhinivesaṃ);修习过患随观(ādīnavānupassanaṃ),断除爱著的执著(ālayābhinivesaṃ);修习反思随观(paṭisaṅkhānupassanaṃ),断除不反思(appaṭisaṅkhaṃ);修习转离随观(vivaṭṭānupassanaṃ),断除结缚的执著(saṃyogābhinivesaṃ);修习入流道(sotāpattimaggaṃ),断除与见俱在的烦恼(diṭṭhekaṭṭhe kilese);修习一来道(sakadāgāmimaggaṃ),断除粗重烦恼(oḷārike kilese);修习不来道(anāgāmimaggaṃ),断除微细随伴的烦恼(aṇusahagate kilese);修习阿拉汉道(arahattamaggaṃ)而喜乐,断除一切烦恼(sabbakilese)而喜乐。应当以这样的方式,依《无碍解道》(paṭisambhidāmagge)中的出离品来解说。显示巴利原文
Aniccānupassanaṃ bhāvento ramati, niccasaññaṃ pajahanto ramati. Dukkhānupassanaṃ, sukhasaññaṃ. Anattānupassanaṃ, attasaññaṃ. Nibbidānupassanaṃ, nandiṃ. Virāgānupassanaṃ, rāgaṃ. Nirodhānupassanaṃ, samudayaṃ. Paṭinissaggānupassanaṃ, ādānaṃ. Khayānupassanaṃ, ghanasaññaṃ. Vayānupassanaṃ, āyūhanaṃ. Vipariṇāmānupassanaṃ, dhuvasaññaṃ. Animittānupassanaṃ, nimittaṃ. Apaṇihitānupassanaṃ, paṇidhiṃ. Suññatānupassanaṃ abhinivesaṃ. Adhipaññādhammavipassanaṃ, sārādānābhinivesaṃ. Yathābhūtañāṇadassanaṃ, sammohābhinivesaṃ. Ādīnavānupassanaṃ, ālayābhinivesaṃ. Paṭisaṅkhānupassanaṃ, appaṭisaṅkhaṃ. Vivaṭṭānupassanaṃ, saṃyogābhinivesaṃ. Sotāpattimaggaṃ , diṭṭhekaṭṭhe kilese. Sakadāgāmimaggaṃ, oḷārike kilese. Anāgāmimaggaṃ, aṇusahagate kilese. Arahattamaggaṃ bhāvento ramati, sabbakilese pajahanto ramatīti evaṃ paṭisambhidāmagge nekkhammapāḷiyā kathetabbo.
“依长部《十上经》的方法”是指:修习一法而喜乐,断除一法而喜乐……乃至……修习十法而喜乐,断除十法而喜乐。修习哪一法而喜乐呢?与乐俱行的身至念。修习这一法而喜乐。断除哪一法而喜乐呢?我慢。断除这一法而喜乐。修习哪二法……乃至……修习哪十法而喜乐呢?十遍处。修习这十法而喜乐。断除哪十法而喜乐呢?十不善道。断除这十法而喜乐。诸比丘,比丘便这样成为乐于修习者。应当依长部《十上经》的方法,如此解说。显示巴利原文
Dīghanikāyedasuttarasuttantapariyāyenāti ekaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvento ramati, ekaṃ dhammaṃ pajahanto ramati…pe… dasa dhamme bhāvento ramati, dasa dhamme pajahanto ramati. Katamaṃ ekaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvento ramati? Kāyagatāsatiṃ sātasahagataṃ. Imaṃ ekaṃ dhammaṃ bhāvento ramati. Katamaṃ ekaṃ dhammaṃ pajahanto ramati? Asmimānaṃ. Imaṃ ekaṃ dhammaṃ pajahanto ramati. Katame dve dhamme…pe… katame dasa dhamme bhāvento ramati? Dasa kasiṇāyatanāni. Ime dasa dhamme bhāvento ramati. Katame dasa dhamme pajahanto ramati? Dasa micchatte. Ime dasa dhamme pajahanto ramati. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhāvanārāmo hotīti evaṃ dīghanikāye dasuttarasuttantapariyāyena kathetabbo.
‘依中部《念处经》的方法’是指:诸比丘,这是唯一的道路,为令众生清净(visuddhiyā),为超越愁悲(sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya),为灭除苦忧(dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya),为证得正理(ñāyassa adhigamāya),为现证涅槃(nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya),那就是四念处(cattāro satipaṭṭhānā)。哪四种呢?诸比丘,在此,比丘于身随观身(kāye kāyānupassī)而安住……于受随观受(vedanāsu vedanānupassī)……于心随观心(citte cittānupassī)……于法随观法(dhammesu dhammānupassī)……或者,他的念(sati)现前,仅仅是为了智与忆念的程度(yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya),他无所依而住,不执取世间任何事物。诸比丘,比丘这样就成为乐于修习、以修习为乐(bhāvanārāmo bhāvanārato),乐于断除、以断除为乐(pahānārāmo pahānarato)。再者,诸比丘,比丘在行走时,了知‘我在行走’……乃至……再则,诸比丘,就像比丘看到被抛弃在坟场的尸体……乃至……已变成碎末的朽骨。他把这个身体与之比较:‘我这个身体也有这样的性质,将会变成这样,无法超越。’这样,他于内(ajjhattaṃ)于身随观身而安住……乃至……诸比丘,比丘这样就成为乐于修习者。应当依中部《念处经》的方法这样来解说。显示巴利原文
Majjhimanikāye satipaṭṭhānasuttantapariyāyenāti ekāyano, bhikkhave, maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā, sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya, dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāya, ñāyassa adhigamāya, nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya yadidaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati… vedanāsu vedanānupassī… citte cittānupassī… dhammesu dhammānupassī… ‘atthi dhammā’ti vā panassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati. Evampi, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhāvanārāmo hoti bhāvanārato, pahānārāmo hoti pahānarato. Puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu gacchanto vā gacchāmīti pajānāti…pe… puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu seyyathāpi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ…pe… pūtīni cuṇṇakajātāni. So imameva kāyaṃ upasaṃharati, ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatītoti. Iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāye kāyānupassī viharati…pe… evampi kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhāvanārāmo hotīti evaṃ majjhimanikāye satipaṭṭhānasuttantapariyāyena kathetabbo.
在阿毗达摩中,以教导的方式:凡是观一切有为法为无常、苦、如疾病、如肿疮……乃至观为杂染法而生起喜悦。诸比丘,这位比丘就是乐于修习者——应当用这种教导方式来解说。显示巴利原文
Abhidhamme niddesapariyāyenāti sabbepi saṅkhate aniccato dukkhato rogato gaṇḍato…pe… saṃkilesikadhammato passanto ramati. Ayaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bhāvanārāmo hotīti evaṃ niddesapariyāyena kathetabbo.
“不自我称赞”:我修习观照无常、苦、无我,至今已六十年或七十年,有谁能比得上我?——他不作这样的自我称赞。“不贬低他人”:那些人连丝毫观照无常、苦的修习都没有,却这样放逸地游走于业处?——他不作这样的贬低他人。其余如前所说。显示巴利原文
Nevaattānukkaṃsetīti ajja me saṭṭhi vā sattati vā vassāni aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ anattāti vipassanāya kammaṃ karontassa, ko mayā sadiso atthīti evaṃ attukkaṃsanaṃ na karoti. Na paraṃ vambhetīti aniccaṃ dukkhanti vipassanāmattakampi natthi, kiṃ ime vissaṭṭhakammaṭṭhānā carantīti evaṃ paraṃ vambhanaṃ na karoti. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
310 “精勤”即最上精进。“防护精勤”指防护眼等根门而生起的精进。“断除精勤”指断除欲寻等而生起的精进。“修习精勤”指修习觉支而生起的精进。“随护精勤”指随护定相而生起的精进。显示巴利原文
310.Padhānānīti uttamavīriyāni. Saṃvarapadhānanti cakkhādīni saṃvarantassa uppannavīriyaṃ. Pahānapadhānanti kāmavitakkādayo pajahantassa uppannavīriyaṃ. Bhāvanāpadhānanti bojjhaṅge bhāventassa uppannavīriyaṃ. Anurakkhaṇāpadhānanti samādhinimittaṃ anurakkhantassa uppannavīriyaṃ.
于“依远离”等语中,“远离”“离贪”“灭”三者,皆是涅槃之名。涅槃即是依止的远离,故称远离;依于涅槃,贪等远离,故称离贪;诸法止息,故称为灭。因此,“依远离”等说,从所缘或是应证得的角度,义为依止涅槃。“转向舍遣”中,有两种舍遣:遍舍舍遣与投入舍遣。其中,观以彼分断除烦恼与诸蕴,为遍舍舍遣;道以所缘投入涅槃,为投入舍遣。故“转向舍遣”是指:修习念觉支时,为舍遣而转向,达到观的阶段与道的阶段而修习。此即此处之义。其余文句,亦同此理。显示巴利原文
Vivekanissitantiādīsu viveko virāgo nirodhoti tīṇipi nibbānassa nāmāni. Nibbānañhi upadhivivekattā viveko. Taṃ āgamma rāgādayo virajjantīti virāgo. Nirujjhantīti nirodho. Tasmā ‘‘vivekanissita’’ntiādīsu ārammaṇavasena adhigantabbavasena vā nibbānanissitanti attho. Vossaggapariṇāminti ettha dve vossaggā pariccāgavossaggo ca pakkhandanavossaggo ca. Tattha vipassanā tadaṅgavasena kilese ca khandhe ca pariccajatīti pariccāgavossaggo. Maggo ārammaṇavasena nibbānaṃ pakkhandatīti pakkhandanavossaggo. Tasmā vossaggapariṇāminti yathā bhāviyamāno satisambojjhaṅgo vossaggatthāya pariṇamati, vipassanābhāvañca maggabhāvañca pāpuṇāti, evaṃ bhāvetīti ayamettha attho. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo.
“Bhadraka”指善好。“定相”即由骨想等证得的定本身。“随护”指清除定的障碍法——贪、嗔、痴,而加守护。此处所说骨想等仅为五种想。然于此地,亦应广说十种不净,其详释已见于《清净道论》。显示巴利原文
Bhadrakanti bhaddakaṃ. Samādhinimittaṃ vuccati aṭṭhikasaññādivasena adhigato samādhiyeva. Anurakkhatīti samādhiparibandhakadhamme rāgadosamohe sodhento rakkhati. Ettha ca aṭṭhikasaññādikā pañceva saññā vuttā. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne dasapi asubhāni vitthāretvā kathetabbāni. Tesaṃ vitthāro visuddhimagge vuttoyeva.
「法中智」是指透过一次通达而对四谛法生起的智,以及对四谛中灭谛法所生的智。如所说:“其中,什么是法中智?对于四道、四果的智。”(《分别论》796)「随转智」是指现见四谛之后,这样推论:“如同现在,过去、未来也是如此:这五取蕴就是苦谛,这贪爱就是集谛,这灭就是灭谛,这道就是道谛”,如此随顺彼智而转的智。因此说:“他以此法——已知、已见、已达、已解、已遍入,而类推过去与未来。”「他心智」是指对于其他有情的心进行辨别的智。如所说:“其中,什么是他心智?于此,比丘以自己的心了知其他有情、其他众生的心。”(《分别论》796)应当详细解说。除了这三种智以外,其余的都称为「世俗智」。如所说:“其中,什么是世俗智?除了法中智、除了随转智、除了他心智之外,其余的就是世俗智。”(《分别论》796)显示巴利原文
Dhamme ñāṇanti ekapaṭivedhavasena catusaccadhamme ñāṇaṃ catusaccabbhantare nirodhasacce dhamme ñāṇañca . Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ dhamme ñāṇaṃ? Catūsu maggesu catūsu phalesu ñāṇa’’nti (vibha. 796). Anvaye ñāṇanti cattāri saccāni paccakkhato disvā yathā idāni, evaṃ atītepi anāgatepi imeva pañcakkhandhā dukkhasaccaṃ, ayameva taṇhā samudayasaccaṃ, ayameva nirodho nirodhasaccaṃ, ayameva maggo maggasaccanti evaṃ tassa ñāṇassa anugatiyaṃ ñāṇaṃ. Tenāha – ‘‘so iminā dhammena ñātena diṭṭhena pattena viditena pariyogāḷhena atītānāgatena nayaṃ netī’’ti. Pariye ñāṇanti paresaṃ cittaparicchede ñāṇaṃ. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ pariye ñāṇaṃ? Idha bhikkhu parasattānaṃ parapuggalānaṃ cetasā ceto paricca jānātī’’ti (vibha. 796) vitthāretabbaṃ. Ṭhapetvā pana imāni tīṇi ñāṇāni avasesaṃ sammutiñāṇaṃ nāma. Yathāha – ‘‘tattha katamaṃ sammutiñāṇaṃ? Ṭhapetvā dhamme ñāṇaṃ ṭhapetvā anvaye ñāṇaṃ ṭhapetvā paricchede ñāṇaṃ avasesaṃ sammutiñāṇa’’nti (vibha. 796).
一位比丘凭借苦智等证得阿拉汉果而获得出离,这便开示了四谛业处。其中,前两谛属于流转,后两谛属于还灭。众生对流转有执着,对还灭则无。对于前两谛,须先从师长处学得教理,然后才修习;对于后两谛,则是通过听闻“灭谛是可爱、可乐、可意的,道谛是可爱、可乐、可意的”这样的方式去修习。在前两谛上,学习、请问、听闻、持诵、思惟及通达是适当的;在后两谛上,听闻与通达是适当的。他以三种作用通达三种谛,以一种所缘作用通达一种谛。有两谛因甚深而难以见到,另两谛则因难以见到而被认为是甚深的。显示巴利原文
Dukkhe ñāṇādīhi arahattaṃ pāpetvā ekassa bhikkhuno niggamanaṃ catusaccakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathitaṃ. Tattha dve saccāni vaṭṭaṃ, dve vivaṭṭaṃ, vaṭṭe abhiniveso hoti, no vivaṭṭe. Dvīsu saccesu ācariyasantike pariyattiṃ uggahetvā kammaṃ karoti, dvīsu saccesu ‘‘nirodhasaccaṃ nāma iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpaṃ, maggasaccaṃ nāma iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpa’’nti savanavasena kammaṃ karoti. Dvīsu saccesu uggahaparipucchāsavanadhāraṇasammasanapaṭivedho vaṭṭati, dvīsu savanapaṭivedho vaṭṭati. Tīṇi kiccavasena paṭivijjhati, ekaṃ ārammaṇavasena. Dve saccāni duddasattā gambhīrāni, dve gambhīrattā duddasāni.
预流支等四类解说显示巴利原文
Sotāpattiyaṅgādicatukkavaṇṇanā
311 「预流支」即预流的分支,意为获得预流道的原因。「亲近善士」指亲近佛陀等善士。「听闻正法」指听闻契合根基的三藏教法。「如理作意」指以无常等角度如理思维。「法随法行」指修习作为出世间法之随法的前行道。显示巴利原文
311.Sotāpattiyaṅgānīti sotāpattiyā aṅgāni, sotāpattimaggassa paṭilābhakāraṇānīti attho. Sappurisasaṃsevoti buddhādīnaṃ sappurisānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā sevanaṃ. Saddhammassavananti sappāyassa tepiṭakadhammassa savanaṃ. Yonisomanasikāroti aniccādivasena manasikāro. Dhammānudhammappaṭipattīti lokuttaradhammassa anudhammabhūtāya pubbabhāgapaṭipattiyā paṭipajjanaṃ.
“不动净信”是指毫不动摇的坚固信心。“彼世尊即是……”等内容在《清净道论》中已有详解。果、界、食这四类,其义自明。然而在此还应了知:由于所依对象有粗、妙之别,这些法本身也有粗细之分。显示巴利原文
Aveccappasādenāti acalappasādena. ‘‘Itipi so bhagavā’’tiādīni visuddhimagge vitthāritāni. Phaladhātuāhāracatukkāni uttānatthāneva. Apicettha lūkhapaṇītavatthuvasena oḷārikasukhumatā veditabbā.
“识住”:识安住于这些之中,故称识住。这是依所缘之住而说的。“依色”:即已依附、近依于色。因为在五蕴有中,行作识依色蕴而住,这是就此而说。“色所缘”:即以色蕴为行境、以色为依止而住。“以喜乐润泽”:即与贪相应,唯为相应的喜乐所润泽。其余的是从亲依止缘的角度说的。“生长、增长、广大”:如此辗转流转六十年乃至七十年,即称为生长、增长、广大。在“依受”等中,理趣亦同。然而,由这三句所说的是四蕴有中的行作识。应知它是以尽其寿限而流转的方式,称为生长、增长、广大。但由于教说以四类方式出现,故未说“依识”。如果那样说,便可能产生困惑:“这其中哪个是业识,哪个是果报识?”因此不说。关于“非道行”的详细解释,已如前说。显示巴利原文
Viññāṇaṭṭhitiyoti viññāṇaṃ etāsu tiṭṭhatīti viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo. Ārammaṇaṭṭhitivasenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Rūpūpāyanti rūpaṃ upagataṃ hutvā. Pañcavokārabhavasmiñhi abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ rūpakkhandhaṃ nissāya tiṭṭhati. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Rūpārammaṇanti rūpakkhandhagocaraṃ rūpapatiṭṭhitaṃ hutvā. Nandūpasecananti lobhasahagataṃ sampayuttanandiyāva upasittaṃ hutvā. Itaraṃ upanissayakoṭiyā. Vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjatīti saṭṭhipi sattatipi vassāni evaṃ pavattamānaṃ vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjati. Vedanūpāyādīsupi eseva nayo. Imehi pana tīhi padehi catuvokārabhave abhisaṅkhāraviññāṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Tassa yāvatāyukaṃ pavattanavasena vuddhiṃ virūḷhiṃ vepullaṃ āpajjanā veditabbā. Catukkavasena pana desanāya āgatattā viññāṇūpāyanti na vuttaṃ. Evaṃ vuccamāne ca ‘‘katamaṃ nu kho ettha kammaviññāṇaṃ, katamaṃ vipākaviññāṇa’’nti sammoho bhaveyya, tasmāpi na vuttaṃ. Agatigamanāni vitthāritāneva.
“以衣为因”:此时,由于衣服的缘故而生起“我将得到可意的衣服”这样的念头。“如是,也以有与无为因”:在此,“iti(如是)”是指示性助词。意思是:如同以衣等为因,同样地,也以有与无为因。而此处的“有与无”,是指那些殊胜及更殊胜的油、蜂蜜、糖浆等物品。应知,正是为了断除这四种渴爱的生起,佛陀才次第开示了四种圣种。关于道的四支,前面已经说过。在“不堪忍”等方面:当努力修习时,若不能忍受寒冷等,则称为“不堪忍”;若能忍受,则称为“堪忍”;调伏诸根,故为“调伏”;如以“不忍受已生起的贪欲寻”等方法,平息诸寻,故为“平息”。显示巴利原文
Cīvarahetūti tattha manāpaṃ cīvaraṃ labhissāmīti cīvarakāraṇā uppajjati. Iti bhavābhavahetūti ettha itīti nidassanatthe nipāto. Yathā cīvarādihetu, evaṃ bhavābhavahetūpīti attho. Bhavābhavoti cettha paṇītapaṇītatarāni telamadhuphāṇitādīni adhippetāni. Imesaṃ pana catunnaṃ taṇhuppādānaṃ pahānatthāya paṭipāṭiyāva cattāro ariyavaṃsā desitāti veditabbā. Paṭipadācatukkaṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva. Akkhamādīsu padhānakaraṇakāle sītādīni na khamatīti akkhamā. Khamatīti khamā. Indriyadamanaṃ damā. ‘‘Uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ nādhivāsetī’’tiādinā nayena vitakkasamanaṃ samā.
“法句”:即法的部分。“无贪欲法句”:名为无贪,或以无贪为首而证得的禅那、观、道、果、涅槃。“无嗔恚法句”:名为无嗔,或以慈心为首而证得的禅那等。“正念法句”:名为善安立的念,或以念为首而证得的禅那等。“正定法句”:名为等至,或以八等至为首而证得的禅那、观、道、果、涅槃。又或,依十不净而证得的禅那等,为无贪欲法句;依四梵住而证得的,为无嗔恚法句;依十随念、食厌逆想而证得的,为正念法句;依十遍处、入出息念而证得的,为正定法句。显示巴利原文
Dhammapadānīti dhammakoṭṭhāsāni. Anabhijjhā dhammapadaṃ nāma alobho vā alobhasīsena adhigatajjhānavipassanāmaggaphalanibbānāni vā. Abyāpādo dhammapadaṃ nāma akopo vā mettāsīsena adhigatajjhānādīni vā. Sammāsati dhammapadaṃ nāma suppaṭṭhitasati vā satisīsena adhigatajjhānādīni vā. Sammāsamādhi dhammapadaṃ nāma samāpatti vā aṭṭhasamāpattivasena adhigatajjhānavipassanāmaggaphalanibbānāni vā. Dasāsubhavasena vā adhigatajjhānādīni anabhijjhā dhammapadaṃ. Catubrahmavihāravasena adhigatāni abyāpādo dhammapadaṃ. Dasānussatiāhārepaṭikūlasaññāvasena adhigatāni sammāsati dhammapadaṃ. Dasakasiṇaānāpānavasena adhigatāni sammāsamādhi dhammapadanti.
于法受持中,第一种是裸形者的行道。第二种是,对于烦恼炽盛、无力证得阿拉汉果之人,纵使泪流满面、悲泣不已,仍修习清净梵行。第三种是,于诸欲中应被断舍。第四种是,即使得不到四种资具,也能依禅那与观而具足安乐,如是修习教法中的梵行。显示巴利原文
Dhammasamādānesu paṭhamaṃ acelakapaṭipadā. Dutiyaṃ tibbakilesassa arahattaṃ gahetuṃ asakkontassa assumukhassāpi rudato parisuddhabrahmacariyacaraṇaṃ. Tatiyaṃ kāmesu pātabyatā. Catutthaṃ cattāro paccaye alabhamānassāpi jhānavipassanāvasena sukhasamaṅgino sāsanabrahmacariyaṃ.
“法蕴”:此处,“蕴”是功德之义。“戒蕴”即戒的功德,这里专指果位之戒。其余诸句也依此理。由此,在这四个地方所说的,都是指果位。显示巴利原文
Dhammakkhandhāti ettha guṇaṭṭho khandhaṭṭho. Sīlakkhandhoti sīlaguṇo. Ettha ca phalasīlaṃ adhippetaṃ. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Iti catūsupi ṭhānesu phalameva vuttaṃ.
「力」:以支撑义及不动义而称为力。应知它们不为所对治的懈怠等所动摇。这一切都是依止观道而说,既有世间力,也有出世间力。显示巴利原文
Balānīti upatthambhanaṭṭhena akampiyaṭṭhena ca balāni. Tesaṃ paṭipakkhehi kosajjādīhi akampaniyatā veditabbā. Sabbānipi samathavipassanāmaggavasena lokiyalokuttarāneva kathitāni.
「决意」:此处,“adhi”仅为前缀。从意义上说,他们依之而安住,或于其中安住;又或者,那住处本身即是那些具足种种功德之人的决意。慧即是决意,故为「慧决意」。应知:第一项说的是最胜果位的慧;第二项说的是真实语;第三项说的是财物的舍离;第四项说的是烦恼的寂灭。由第一项,以“业为己有”的慧或观慧为始,宣说的是果慧。由第二项,以真实语为始,宣说的是究竟谛,即涅槃。由第三项,以财物舍离为始,宣说的是以最上道舍离烦恼。由第四项,以等至所伏断的烦恼为始,宣说的是以最上道寂灭烦恼。或者,仅以「慧决意」一项,便说的是阿拉汉果的慧;其余各项说的是究竟谛。又或者,仅以「真实决意」一项,便说的是究竟谛;其余各项说的是阿拉汉的慧——这是鼠惧长老所说。显示巴利原文
Adhiṭṭhānānīti ettha adhīti upasaggamattaṃ. Atthato pana tena vā tiṭṭhanti, tattha vā tiṭṭhanti, ṭhānameva vā taṃtaṃguṇādhikānaṃ purisānaṃ adhiṭṭhānaṃ, paññāva adhiṭṭhānaṃ paññādhiṭṭhānaṃ. Ettha ca paṭhamena aggaphalapaññā. Dutiyena vacīsaccaṃ. Tatiyena āmisapariccāgo. Catutthena kilesūpasamo kathitoti veditabbo. Paṭhamena ca kammassakatapaññaṃ vipassanāpaññaṃ vā ādiṃ katvā phalapaññā kathitā. Dutiyena vacīsaccaṃ ādiṃ katvā paramatthasaccaṃ nibbānaṃ. Tatiyena āmisapariccāgaṃ ādiṃ katvā aggamaggena kilesapariccāgo. Catutthena samāpattivikkhambhite kilese ādiṃ katvā aggamaggena kilesavūpasamo. Paññādhiṭṭhānena vā ekena arahattaphalapaññā kathitā. Sesehi paramatthasaccaṃ. Saccādhiṭṭhānena vā ekena paramatthasaccaṃ kathitaṃ. Sesehi arahattapaññāti mūsikābhayatthero āha.
答问等四支的注释显示巴利原文
Pañhabyākaraṇādicatukkavaṇṇanā
312 312. 于四大教法的论述中,对答问已作详尽说明。显示巴利原文
312.Pañhabyākaraṇāni mahāpadesakathāya vitthāritāneva.
「黑」:即黑暗的十不善业道业。「黑报」:因投生于恶趣,故为黑的果报。「白」:即白净的十善业道业。「白报」:因投生于天界,故为白净的果报。「黑白」:即混合之业。「黑白报」:即苦乐相杂的果报。造了混合业之后,若由不善业而投生于畜生道中的吉祥象等处,当善业成熟时便体验到快乐;若由善业而投生于王族等,当不善业成熟时便体验到痛苦。「非黑非白」:指能令业灭尽的四种道智。若此智是黑的,即应产生黑的果报,若是白的,即应产生白的果报;然而它并不产生上述两种果报,因此具有「非黑非白之报」的性质,故称为「非黑非白」,这就是此处所说的义理。显示巴利原文
Kaṇhanti kāḷakaṃ dasaakusalakammapathakammaṃ. Kaṇhavipākanti apāye nibbattanato kāḷakavipākaṃ. Sukkanti paṇḍaraṃ kusalakammapathakammaṃ. Sukkavipākanti sagge nibbattanato paṇḍaravipākaṃ. Kaṇhasukkanti missakakammaṃ. Kaṇhasukkavipākanti sukhadukkhavipākaṃ. Missakakammañhi katvā akusalena tiracchānayoniyaṃ maṅgalahatthiṭṭhānādīsu uppanno kusalena pavatte sukhaṃ vedayati. Kusalena rājakulepi nibbatto akusalena pavatte dukkhaṃ vedayati. Akaṇhaasukkanti kammakkhayakaraṃ catumaggañāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tañhi yadi kaṇhaṃ bhaveyya, kaṇhavipākaṃ dadeyya. Yadi sukkaṃ bhaveyya, sukkavipākaṃ dadeyya. Ubhayavipākassa pana adānato akaṇhāsukkavipākattā akaṇhaṃ asukkanti ayamettha attho.
「应作证」:即由现量亲证及获得而应当被证悟。「以眼」:即以天眼。「以身」:即以同时生起的名身。「以慧」:即以阿拉汉果智。显示巴利原文
Sacchikaraṇīyāti paccakkhakaraṇena ceva paṭilābhena ca sacchikātabbā. Cakkhunāti dibbacakkhunā. Kāyenāti sahajātanāmakāyena. Paññāyāti arahattaphalañāṇena.
「暴流」:意为在轮回中冲落众生、令其沉溺,故称暴流。其中,对五种欲的贪爱是「欲暴流」;对色界、无色界有的欲贪是「有暴流」;同样,对禅那的喜贪以及与常见相应的贪爱亦属此;六十二种邪见是「见暴流」。显示巴利原文
Oghāti vaṭṭasmiṃ satte ohananti osīdāpentīti oghā. Tattha pañcakāmaguṇiko rāgo kāmogho. Rūpārūpabhavesu chandarāgo bhavogho. Tathā jhānanikanti sassatadiṭṭhisahagato ca rāgo. Dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhiyo diṭṭhogho.
「轭」(yogā):因为它们将众生联结于轮回之中,故称为轭。应知这些轭犹如暴流(ogha)。显示巴利原文
Vaṭṭasmiṃ yojentīti yogā. Te oghā viya veditabbā.
「离轭」:指脱离。其中,不净禅那是离欲轭。以不净禅那为近因而证得的不来道,彻底就是离欲轭。阿拉汉道称为离有轭。入流道称为离见轭。阿拉汉道称为离无明轭。显示巴利原文
Visaṃyojentīti visaññogā. Tattha asubhajjhānaṃ kāmayogavisaṃyogo. Taṃ pādakaṃ katvā adhigato anāgāmimaggo ekanteneva kāmayogavisaññogo nāma. Arahattamaggo bhavayogavisaññogo nāma. Sotāpattimaggo diṭṭhiyogavisaññogo nāma. Arahattamaggo avijjāyogavisaññogo nāma.
「系」:以系缚为其含义。在轮回中,将名身和色身系缚、绑缚、缠缚的,就是「身系」。所谓'这是真理,其余都是虚妄'——这样产生的见解执取,就是「见执取」,也就是那种'只有这个才是谛,别的都是虚妄'而转起的见解执取。显示巴利原文
Ganthanavasena ganthā. Vaṭṭasmiṃ nāmakāyañceva rūpakāyañca ganthati bandhati palibundhatīti kāyagantho.Idaṃsaccābhinivesoti idameva saccaṃ, moghamaññanti evaṃ pavatto diṭṭhābhiniveso.
“取”即执持、执著。欲是贪爱,因其具有执持的意义而成为取,故名欲取。见是邪见,同样因其执持的意义而成为取,故名见取。“依此而清净”——如此执取戒律与禁制,即戒禁取。“我”——依此而言说并执取,即我语取。显示巴利原文
Upādānānīti ādānaggahaṇāni. Kāmoti rāgo, soyeva gahaṇaṭṭhena upādānanti kāmupādānaṃ. Diṭṭhīti micchādiṭṭhi, sāpi gahaṇaṭṭhena upādānanti diṭṭhupādānaṃ. Iminā suddhīti evaṃ sīlavatānaṃ gahaṇaṃ sīlabbatupādānaṃ. Attāti etena vadati ceva upādiyati cāti attavādupādānaṃ.
“生类”指出生的种类。从卵中出生的,名为卵生;从胎膜中出生的,名为胎生;从湿气中出生的,名为湿生——这是对在卧处、腐鱼等处出生者的称呼。快速而来、忽然投生般出现的,名为化生。于天与人间,湿生与化生有此差别:湿生出生时微小幼弱,化生则犹如十六岁的形貌。在人间与地居天中,这四种生类皆可得见。畜生中,如金翅鸟、龙等亦可得见。经中曾言:“诸比丘,彼处卵生的金翅鸟唯捉卵生之龙,不捉胎生、湿生与化生。”从四大王天以上的诸天,悉为化生;地狱众生亦然。饿鬼之中,四种生类皆得见。关于入胎之事,已于《信乐经》中说过。显示巴利原文
Yoniyoti koṭṭhāsā. Aṇḍe jātāti aṇḍajā. Jalābumhi jātāti jalābujā. Saṃsede jātāti saṃsedajā. Sayanasmiṃ pūtimacchādīsu ca nibbattānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vegena āgantvā upapatitā viyāti opapātikā. Tattha devamanussesu saṃsedajaopapātikānaṃ ayaṃ viseso. Saṃsedajā mandā daharā hutvā nibbattanti. Opapātikā soḷasavassuddesikā hutvā. Manussesu hi bhummadevesu ca imā catassopi yoniyo labbhanti. Tathā tiracchānesu supaṇṇanāgādīsu. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘tattha, bhikkhave, aṇḍajā supaṇṇā aṇḍajeva nāge haranti, na jalābuje na saṃsedaje na opapātike’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.393). Cātumahārājikato paṭṭhāya uparidevā opapātikāyeva . Tathā nerayikā. Petesu catassopi labbhanti. Gabbhāvakkantiyo sampasādanīye kathitā eva.
于诸有身中,第一种应知是以嬉戏放逸天为缘;第二种是以被屠羊人等所杀的羊等为缘;第三种是以意放逸天为缘;第四种是以从四大王天以上的诸天为缘。那些天众既非因自己的思而死,亦非因他人的思而死。显示巴利原文
Attabhāvapaṭilābhesu paṭhamo khiḍḍāpadosikavasena veditabbo. Dutiyo orabbhikādīhi ghātiyamānaurabbhādivasena. Tatiyo manopadosikāvasena. Catuttho cātumahārājike upādāya uparisesadevatāvasena. Te hi devā neva attasañcetanāya maranti, na parasañcetanāya.
施清净等四种的注释显示巴利原文
Dakkhiṇāvisuddhādicatukkavaṇṇanā
313 「施清净」:谓由这些因缘,称为“施”的布施得以清净,获得大果报,故名为施清净。显示巴利原文
313.Dakkhiṇāvisuddhiyoti dānasaṅkhātā dakkhiṇā visujjhanti mahapphalā honti etāhīti dakkhiṇāvisuddhiyo.
「施主方面清净,受者方面不清净」:指施主为持戒者,以如法所得之施物行布施,而受者则为破戒者。此类布施,如毗戍檀大王的布施。「受者方面清净,施主方面不清净」:指受者为持戒者,施主则为破戒者,并以非法所得之财物行布施。此类布施,如行刑者的布施。「施主与受者双方皆不清净」:指双方皆为破戒者,且所施之物亦为非法所得。反之,第四种依相反的情况当知。显示巴利原文
Dāyakato visujjhati, no paṭiggāhakatoti yattha dāyako sīlavā hoti, dhammenuppannaṃ deyyadhammaṃ deti, paṭiggāhako dussīlo. Ayaṃ dakkhiṇā vessantaramahārājassa dakkhiṇāsadisā. Paṭiggāhakatovisujjhati, no dāyakatoti yattha paṭiggāhako sīlavā hoti, dāyako dussīlo, adhammenuppannaṃ deti, ayaṃ dakkhiṇā coraghātakassa dakkhiṇāsadisā. Neva dāyakato visujjhati, no paṭiggāhakatoti yattha ubhopi dussīlā deyyadhammopi adhammena nibbatto. Vipariyāyena catutthā veditabbā.
「摄事」:指摄持之因。这些已于前文中一一分别说明。显示巴利原文
Saṅgahavatthūnīti saṅgahakāraṇāni. Tāni heṭṭhā vibhattāneva.
「非圣语」:即非圣者、卑劣者的言语。显示巴利原文
Anariyavohārāti anariyānaṃ lāmakānaṃ vohārā.
「圣语」:即圣者、善士的言语。显示巴利原文
Ariyavohārāti ariyānaṃ sappurisānaṃ vohārā.
「见而说」:此即宣称‘我已见’的言说方式。在此,其义理应依能引发不同言说的思心所来理解。显示巴利原文
Diṭṭhavāditāti diṭṭhaṃ mayāti evaṃ vāditā. Ettha ca taṃtaṃsamuṭṭhāpakacetanāvasena attho veditabbo.
自苦等四类人的注释显示巴利原文
Attantapādicatukkavaṇṇanā
314 314. 关于自苦等四种人:第一种是裸形者;第二种是屠羊人等中的一类;第三种是祭司;第四种是于教法中正确行道者。显示巴利原文
314.Attantapādīsu paṭhamo acelako. Dutiyo orabbhikādīsu aññataro. Tatiyo yaññayājako. Catuttho sāsane sammāpaṭipanno.
在为自利而行等四种人中:第一种是自己具足戒等德行,却不劝导他人修习戒等的人,正如具寿婆迦梨长老;第二种是自己不具足戒等德行,却劝导他人修习戒等的人,正如具寿乌巴难达;第三种是自己既不具足戒等德行,也不劝导他人修习戒等的人,正如提婆达多;第四种是自己具足戒等德行,也劝导他人修习戒等的人,正如具寿大迦叶长老。显示巴利原文
Attahitāya paṭipannādīsu paṭhamo yo sayaṃ sīlādisampanno, paraṃ sīlādīsu na samādapeti āyasmā vakkalitthero viya. Dutiyo yo attanā na sīlādisampanno, paraṃ sīlādīsu samādapeti āyasmā upanando viya. Tatiyo yo nevattanā sīlādisampanno, paraṃ sīlādīsu na samādapeti devadatto viya. Catuttho yo attanā ca sīlādisampanno parañca sīlādīsu samādapeti āyasmā mahākassapo viya.
关于「暗」等词句,「暗」指成为黑暗。「以暗为归宿」:即以暗作为最上的归趣与去处,故称「以暗为归宿」。一切词句皆应如此理解。于此,第一种人:投生于低贱的旃陀罗等家庭,生活困苦,所得身命低劣,其后圆满三种恶行;第二种人:同样生于如是境遇,其后圆满三种善行;第三种人:投生于富贵的刹帝利家庭,衣食丰足,身命优越,其后圆满三种恶行;第四种人:同样生于优越环境,其后圆满三种善行。显示巴利原文
Tamādīsu tamoti andhakārabhūto. Tamaparāyaṇoti tamameva paraṃ ayanaṃ gati assāti tamaparāyaṇo. Evaṃ sabbapadesu attho veditabbo. Ettha ca paṭhamo nīce caṇḍālādikule dujjīvite hīnattabhāve nibbattitvā tīṇi duccaritāni paripūreti. Dutiyo tathāvidho hutvā tīṇi sucaritāni paripūreti. Tatiyo uḷāre khattiyakule bahuannapāne sampannattabhāve nibbattitvā tīṇi duccaritāni paripūreti. Catuttho tādisova hutvā tīṇi sucaritāni paripūreti.
「不动沙门」:即沙门中的不动者。此处“ma”仅为连音。当知此指须陀洹。须陀洹犹如因陀罗柱,不为四面来风所动,亦不被外道论说所动摇。因其具备不动摇的信,故称「不动沙门」。经中亦云:“何等为不动沙门?世间有一类人,由遍断三结故……”(中略)。其次,斯陀含因贪嗔已薄,名为「莲花沙门」。故云:“何等为莲花沙门?世间有一类人,唯来此世间一次,即作苦之边际者,是名莲花沙门。”阿那含因无贪嗔,不久当绽放,名为「白莲沙门」。故云:“何等为白莲沙门?世间有一类人,由断五下分结故……(中略)……是名白莲沙门。”阿拉汉则因断尽一切结缚与烦恼,于诸沙门中,称为「沙门中最为柔软者」。故云:“何等为沙门中最为柔软者?世间有一类人,由漏尽故……(中略)……证得并安住其中,是名沙门中最为柔软者。”显示巴利原文
Samaṇamacaloti samaṇaacalo. Ma-kāro padasandhimattaṃ. So sotāpanno veditabbo. Sotāpanno hi catūhi vātehi indakhīlo viya parappavādehi akampiyo. Acalasaddhāya samannāgatoti samaṇamacalo. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘katamo ca puggalo samaṇamacalo? Idhekacco puggalo tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā’’ti (pu. pa. 190) vitthāro. Rāgadosānaṃ pana tanubhūtattā sakadāgāmī samaṇapadumo nāma. Tenāha – ‘‘katamo pana puggalo samaṇapadumo? Idhekacco puggalo sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karoti, ayaṃ vuccati puggalo samaṇapadumo’’ti (pu. pa. 190). Rāgadosānaṃ abhāvā khippameva pupphissatīti anāgāmī samaṇapuṇḍarīko nāma. Tenāha – ‘‘katamo ca puggalo samaṇapuṇḍarīko? Idhekacco puggalo pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ…pe… ayaṃ vuccati puggalo samaṇapuṇḍarīko’’ti (pu. pa. 190). Arahā pana sabbesampi ganthakārakilesānaṃ abhāvā samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo nāma. Tenāha – ‘‘katamo ca puggalo samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo? Idhekacco āsavānaṃ khayā…pe… upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ vuccati puggalo samaṇesu samaṇasukhumālo’’ti.
「贤友们,于此诸……」等语,依前已说之理而知。如是,大长老借由五十组四法、总计二百问,开显了和合之义。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ime kho , āvuso’’tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti samapaññāsāya catukkānaṃ vasena dvepañhasatāni kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
五法的注释显示巴利原文
Pañcakavaṇṇanā
315 315. 以上由四法开显和合之义后,今更起说,以示五法门。于此五蕴中,色蕴属世间,余蕴则通世间与出世间。取蕴唯属世间。至于蕴的广释,《清净道论》中已作详说;而欲乐之事,前亦广解。显示巴利原文
315. Iti catukkavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni pañcakavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha pañcasu khandhesu rūpakkhandho lokiyo. Sesā lokiyalokuttarā. Upādānakkhandhā lokiyāva. Vitthārato pana khandhakathā visuddhimagge vuttā. Kāmaguṇā heṭṭhā vitthāritāva.
「趣」是指由善行、恶行等所导向、应当前往之处。「地狱」意为无喜乐。这里是连同处所而说诸蕴。此后,对于前三种趣(地狱、畜生、饿鬼),仅指在那里结生的诸蕴;对于第四种人趣,则也包含了所在的处所。显示巴利原文
Sukatadukkaṭādīhi gantabbāti gatiyo. Nirayoti nirassādo. Sahokāsena khandhā kathitā. Tato paresu tīsu nibbattā khandhāva vuttā. Catutthe okāsopi.
对住处的悭吝,即住处悭吝。具足此悭吝的比丘,见到外来的客比丘时,便说“此处存放着塔庙或僧伽的物资”等话语,以此阻止他人使用僧团的住处。他命终之后,将转生为饿鬼或巨蟒。对家族的悭吝,即家族悭吝。具足此悭吝的比丘,以类似的理由,阻止其他人进入其护持家族之门。对利得的悭吝,即利得悭吝。具足此悭吝的比丘,对即使属于僧团的利得也心怀悭吝,为了让其他人得不到而做种种事。对外貌的悭吝,即外貌悭吝。这里所说的外貌,应知既包括身体的外貌,也包括品德的声誉。对教理法的悭吝,即法悭吝。具足此悭吝的比丘,心想:“他若学了此法,便会超过我”,因此不肯教与他人。然而,若是为护持法或护持人而不教,则不属悭吝。显示巴利原文
Āvāse macchariyaṃ āvāsamacchariyaṃ. Tena samannāgato bhikkhu āgantukaṃ disvā ‘‘ettha cetiyassa vā saṅghassa vā parikkhāro ṭhapito’’tiādīni vatvā saṅghikampi āvāsaṃ nivāreti. So kālaṅkatvā peto vā ajagaro vā hutvā nibbattati. Kule macchariyaṃ kulamacchariyaṃ. Tena samannāgato bhikkhu tehi kāraṇehi attano upaṭṭhākakule aññesaṃ pavesanampi nivāreti. Lābhe macchariyaṃ lābhamacchariyaṃ. Tena samannāgato bhikkhu saṅghikampi lābhaṃ maccharāyanto yathā aññe na labhanti, evaṃ karoti. Vaṇṇe macchariyaṃ vaṇṇamacchariyaṃ. Vaṇṇoti cettha sarīravaṇṇopi guṇavaṇṇopi veditabbo. Pariyattidhamme macchariyaṃ dhammamacchariyaṃ. Tena samannāgato bhikkhu ‘‘imaṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā eso maṃ abhibhavissatī’’ti aññassa na deti. Yo pana dhammānuggahena vā puggalānuggahena vā na deti, na taṃ macchariyaṃ.
它们障碍心、覆盖心,故称为「盖」。已形成盖的欲贪,由阿拉汉道断除。已形成欲贪结的欲贪随眠,由不来道断除。昏沉是心的疾病,睡眠是三种蕴的疾病,二者均由阿拉汉道断除。掉举也是如此,由阿拉汉道断除。悔恨由不来道断除。疑由初道(入流道)断除。显示巴利原文
Cittaṃ nivārenti pariyonandhantīti nīvaraṇāni. Kāmacchando nīvaraṇapatto arahattamaggavajjho. Kāmarāgānusayo kāmarāgasaṃyojanapatto anāgāmimaggavajjho. Thinaṃ cittagelaññaṃ . Middhaṃ khandhattayagelaññaṃ. Ubhayampi arahattamaggavajjhaṃ. Tathā uddhaccaṃ. Kukkuccaṃ anāgāmimaggavajjhaṃ. Vicikicchā paṭhamamaggavajjhā.
「结」即是束缚。至于被这些结所缚的人,在色界或无色界投生的须陀洹与斯陀含,称为「内缚外眠者」,因为他们的结在欲界。在欲界投生的阿那含,称为「外缚内眠者」,因为他们的结在色界或无色界。在欲界投生的须陀洹与斯陀含,称为「内缚内眠者」。在色界或无色界投生的阿那含,称为「外缚外眠者」。阿拉汉则在一切处都无所缚。显示巴利原文
Saṃyojanānīti bandhanāni. Tehi pana baddhesu puggalesu rūpārūpabhave nibbattā sotāpannasakadāgāmino antobaddhā bahisayitā nāma. Tesañhi kāmabhave bandhanaṃ. Kāmabhave anāgāmino bahibaddhā antosayitā nāma. Tesañhi rūpārūpabhave bandhanaṃ. Kāmabhave sotāpannasakadāgāmino antobaddhā antosayitā nāma. Rūpārūpabhave anāgāmino bahibaddhā bahisayitā nāma. Khīṇāsavo sabbattha abandhano.
应学的句即是「学处」,意指学处的部分。或者说,为修学而立的句便是学处,意即达成增上心与增上慧修学的方法。这是此处的略说。至于广说,在《分别论》的《学处分别》中已有宣说。显示巴利原文
Sikkhitabbaṃ padaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, sikkhākoṭṭhāsoti attho. Sikkhāya vā padaṃ sikkhāpadaṃ, adhicittaadhipaññāsikkhāya adhigamupāyoti attho. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthārato pana sikkhāpadakathā vibhaṅgappakaraṇe sikkhāpadavibhaṅge āgatā eva.
不能处等五法集的注释显示巴利原文
Abhabbaṭṭhānādipañcakavaṇṇanā
316 「贤友,阿拉汉比丘不可能故意杀生」等言,仅为开示的起始,其实须陀洹等也都不可能行这些事。这样说,是为了呵斥凡夫而赞扬阿拉汉。凡夫应受呵责,甚至会造作杀母等恶行;而阿拉汉应受赞仰,他们连蝼蚁之类的小生命也不会杀害。显示巴利原文
316. ‘‘Abhabbo, āvuso, khīṇāsavo bhikkhu sañcicca pāṇa’’ntiādi desanāsīsameva, sotāpannādayopi pana abhabbā. Puthujjanakhīṇāsavānaṃ nindāpasaṃsatthampi evaṃ vuttaṃ. Puthujjano nāma gārayho, mātughātādīnipi karoti . Khīṇāsavo pana pāsaṃso, kunthakipillikaghātādīnipi na karotīti.
灾祸(byasana)意为在灾祸中散灭,即抛弃、破坏利乐之义。亲属灾祸(ñātibyasana)指因盗贼、疾病、恐惧等而导致的亲属灭亡。财富灾祸(bhogabyasana)指因国王、盗贼等而导致的财富灭亡。疾病本身即是灾祸(rogabyasana),因为疾病能离散健康、破坏健康,故称为灾祸。戒灾祸(sīlabyasana)即指恶戒。见灾祸(diṭṭhibyasana)指能毁坏正见的邪见生起。其中,亲属灾祸等前三者非不善,亦不为三相所摄;戒与见这两种灾祸则是不善,为三相所摄。因此经中说:‘贤友,并非因为亲属灾祸……’等等。显示巴利原文
Byasanesu viyassatīti byasanaṃ, hitasukhaṃ khipati viddhaṃsetīti attho. Ñātīnaṃ byasanaṃ ñātibyasanaṃ, corarogabhayādīhi ñātivināsoti attho. Bhogānaṃ byasanaṃ bhogabyasanaṃ, rājacorādivasena bhogavināsoti attho. Rogo eva byasanaṃ rogabyasanaṃ. Rogo hi ārogyaṃ byasati vināsetīti byasanaṃ, sīlassa byasanaṃ sīlabyasanaṃ. Dussīlyassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Sammādiṭṭhiṃ vināsayamānā uppannā diṭṭhi eva byasanaṃ diṭṭhibyasanaṃ. Ettha ca ñātibyasanādīni tīṇi neva akusalāni na tilakkhaṇāhatāni. Sīladiṭṭhibyasanadvayaṃ akusalaṃ tilakkhaṇāhataṃ. Teneva ‘‘nāvuso, sattā ñātibyasanahetu vā’’tiādimāha.
‘亲属成就’(ñātisampadā)即亲属的成就、圆满与众多。‘财富成就’(bhogasampadā)同理。‘健康成就’(ārogyasampadā)即健康的成就,指长久无病、圆满安康。‘戒成就’与‘见成就’也是如此。其中,亲属成就等前三者非善法,不为三相所摄;戒成就与见成就则是善法,为三相所摄。因此经中说:‘贤友,并非因为亲属成就……’等等。显示巴利原文
Ñātisampadāti ñātīnaṃ sampadā pāripūrī bahubhāvo. Bhogasampadāyapi eseva nayo. Ārogyassa sampadā ārogyasampadā. Pāripūrī dīgharattaṃ arogatā. Sīladiṭṭhisampadāsupi eseva nayo . Idhāpi ñātisampadādayo no kusalā, na tilakkhaṇāhatā. Sīladiṭṭhisampadā kusalā, tilakkhaṇāhatā. Teneva ‘‘nāvuso, sattā ñātisampadāhetu vā’’tiādimāha.
关于戒失与戒成就的解说,在《大般涅槃经》中已有详尽阐述。显示巴利原文
Sīlavipattisīlasampattikathā mahāparinibbāne vitthāritāva.
「举罪者」即依四种举罪事而举罪之人:指出事、指出罪、拒绝共住、拒绝如法行。「我将适时而说,非非时而说」——此处所说「时」,是对被举罪者的时机而言,非就举罪者来说。因为举罪他人时,不应于集会中、布萨或自恣时、座堂或食堂等处举罪,而应于白日的坐处,先请求说:「请尊者给个方便,我想向尊者有所陈说。」如此请得机会后再举罪。然而,若经了解,知彼人为轻率者,会说不实之语败坏比丘们的名声,则对此人,即使未请机会,也应当举罪。「如实」即真实、如其实际。「柔软」即温和、柔和。「以饶益心」即心具欲令对方得利益、得安乐之意。显示巴利原文
Codakenāti vatthusaṃsandassanā, āpattisaṃsandassanā, saṃvāsappaṭikkhepo, sāmīcippaṭikkhepoti catūhi codanāvatthūhi codayamānena. Kālena vakkhāmi no akālenāti ettha cuditakassa kālo kathito, na codakassa. Paraṃ codentena hi parisamajjhe vā uposathapavāraṇagge vā āsanasālābhojanasālādīsu vā na codetabbaṃ. Divāṭṭhāne nisinnakāle ‘‘karotāyasmā okāsaṃ, ahaṃ āyasmantaṃ vattukāmo’’ti evaṃ okāsaṃ kāretvā codetabbaṃ. Puggalaṃ pana upaparikkhitvā yo lolapuggalo abhūtaṃ vatvā bhikkhūnaṃ ayasaṃ āropeti, so okāsakammaṃ vināpi codetabbo. Bhūtenāti tacchena sabhāvena. Saṇhenāti maṭṭhena mudukena. Atthasañhitenāti atthakāmatāya hitakāmatāya upetena.
五勤支的注释显示巴利原文
Padhāniyaṅgapañcakavaṇṇanā
317 「勤支」:精勤称为「勤」,具足勤者称为「勤行者」;勤行者比丘的支分,即是勤支。「有信」:即具足信。此信有四种:来处信、证得信、信解信、净信。其中,一切知菩萨之信,由誓愿而来,故名「来处信」;圣弟子之信,由证悟而得,故名「证得信」;言及佛、法、僧时,以不动摇之状态信解的,名为「信解信」;生起清净的信心,名为「净信」。此处指信解信。「觉」:即第四道智。他深信「此为如来所善通达」。这只是开示的开端,然就勤支而言,乃指对三宝的信。因为对佛等有强大净信的人,其精勤方能成就。「少病」:即没有疾病。「少恼」:即没有痛苦。「食消化均衡」:指业生的火界能均衡地消化食物。消化太偏寒者便畏冷,太偏热者便畏热,这些之人的精勤不能成就。唯有消化适中者能够成就,故说:「中等的,堪任精勤的。」「能如实显露自己」:即能如实显露自身的过失。「能导向生灭」:指能观察、辨别诸法的生起与灭去,此处指执取慧相的生灭智。「圣」:即极为清净。「能摧破」:能摧破从前未被摧破的贪蕴等。「正导……」显示巴利原文
317.Padhāniyaṅgānīti padhānaṃ vuccati padahanaṃ, padhānamassa atthīti padhāniyo, padhāniyassa bhikkhuno aṅgāni padhāniyaṅgāni. Saddhoti saddhāya samannāgato. Saddhā panesā āgamanasaddhā, adhigamanasaddhā, okappanasaddhā, pasādasaddhāti catubbidhā. Tattha sabbaññubodhisattānaṃ saddhā abhinīhārato āgatattā āgamanasaddhā nāma. Ariyasāvakānaṃ paṭivedhena adhigatattā adhigamanasaddhā nāma. Buddho dhammo saṅghoti vutte acalabhāvena okappanaṃ okappanasaddhā nāma. Pasāduppatti pasādasaddhā nāma. Idha okappanasaddhā adhippetā. Bodhinti catutthamaggañāṇaṃ. Taṃ suppaṭividdhaṃ tathāgatenāti saddahati. Desanāsīsameva cetaṃ, iminā pana aṅgena tīsupi ratanesu saddhā adhippetā. Yassa hi buddhādīsu pasādo balavā, tassa padhānavīriyaṃ ijjhati. Appābādhoti arogo. Appātaṅkoti niddukkho. Samavepākiniyāti samavipācanīyā. Gahaṇiyāti kammajatejodhātuyā. Nātisītāya nāccuṇhāyāti atisītagahaṇiko sītabhīrū hoti, accuṇhagahaṇiko uṇhabhīrū hoti, tesaṃ padhānaṃ na ijjhati. Majjhimagahaṇikassa ijjhati. Tenāha – ‘‘majjhimāya padhānakkhamāyā’’ti. Yathābhūtaṃ attānaṃ āvikattāti yathābhūtaṃ attano aguṇaṃ pakāsetā. Udayatthagāminiyāti udayañca atthaṅgamañca gantuṃ paricchindituṃ samatthāya, etena paññāsalakkhaṇapariggāhakaṃ udayabbayañāṇaṃ vuttaṃ . Ariyāyāti parisuddhāya. Nibbedhikāyāti anibbiddhapubbe lobhakkhandhādayo nibbijjhituṃ samatthāya. Sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyāti tadaṅgavasena kilesānaṃ pahīnattā yaṃ yaṃ dukkhaṃ khīyati, tassa tassa dukkhassa khayagāminiyā. Iti sabbehi imehi padehi vipassanāpaññāva kathitā. Duppaññassa hi padhānaṃ na ijjhati.
净居等五种注释显示巴利原文
Suddhāvāsādipañcakavaṇṇanā
318 「净居天」:因「净者」曾住于此、现住于此、将住于此,故称「净居」。「净者」即远离烦恼垢秽的不来者与漏尽者。至于无热天等,其含义已在《大本经》中说明。显示巴利原文
318.Suddhāvāsāti suddhā idha āvasiṃsu āvasanti āvasissanti vāti suddhāvāsā. Suddhāti kilesamalarahitā anāgāmikhīṇāsavā. Avihātiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ mahāpadāne vuttameva.
在不还者中,尚未超过寿量一半,便于期间证得烦恼般涅槃、证阿罗汉果者,名为“中般涅槃者”。寿过中段、超过一半而证得者,名为“生般涅槃者”。不藉加行、不用策励、不感疲累、安乐而证得者,名为“无行般涅槃者”。需要加行、需要策励、感到疲累、辛苦而证得者,名为“有行般涅槃者”。这四种在五净居天中皆可证得。至于“上流至色究竟天者”,于此应知有四类:凡从无热天开始,次第历经其余四天界,上生至色究竟天而般涅槃者,名为“上流至色究竟天者”。凡从无热天往生第二、第三或第四天界而般涅槃者,名为“上流但不到色究竟天者”。凡从欲有直投生于色究竟天而般涅槃者,名为“非上流而到色究竟天者”。凡在下方四天界中,于各处受生而般涅槃者,名为“非上流亦非到色究竟天者”。显示巴利原文
Anāgāmīsu āyuno majjhaṃ anatikkamitvā antarāva kilesaparinibbānaṃ arahattaṃ patto antarāparinibbāyī nāma. Majjhaṃ upahacca atikkamitvā patto upahaccaparinibbāyī nāma. Asaṅkhārena appayogena akilamanto sukhena patto asaṅkhāraparinibbāyī nāma. Sasaṅkhārena sappayogena kilamanto dukkhena patto sasaṅkhāraparinibbāyī nāma. Ime cattāro pañcasupi suddhāvāsesu labbhanti. Uddhaṃsotoakaniṭṭhagāmīti ettha pana catukkaṃ veditabbaṃ. Yo hi avihāto paṭṭhāya cattāro devaloke sodhetvā akaniṭṭhaṃ gantvā parinibbāyati, ayaṃ uddhaṃsoto akaniṭṭhagāmī nāma. Yo avihāto dutiyaṃ vā tatiyaṃ vā catutthaṃ vā devalokaṃ gantvā parinibbāyati, ayaṃ uddhaṃsoto na akaniṭṭhagāmī nāma. Yo kāmabhavato akaniṭṭhesu nibbattitvā parinibbāyati, ayaṃ na uddhaṃsoto akaniṭṭhagāmī nāma. Yo heṭṭhā catūsu devalokesu tattha tattheva nibbattitvā parinibbāyati, ayaṃ na uddhaṃsoto na akaniṭṭhagāmī nāmāti.
心荒芜五法注释显示巴利原文
Cetokhilapañcakavaṇṇanā
319 ‘心荒芜’:指心的僵硬状态。‘于师怀疑’:即对佛陀的身体或功德产生怀疑。对身体怀疑时,心想:‘是否真的有具足三十二大人殊胜相的身体呢?’对功德怀疑时,心想:‘是否真的有能了知过去、未来、现在的一切知智呢?’‘为策励’:即为了发起精进。‘为修习’:即为了反复修习。‘为常行’:即为了持续不断地行持。‘为勤行’:即为了精勤努力。这是第一种心荒芜,即名为‘于师疑’的第一种心的僵硬状态。‘于法’:即对教理方面的法和证悟方面的法。对教理之法怀疑时,心想:‘人们说有三藏佛语、八万四千法蕴,这到底有还是没有呢?’对证悟之法怀疑时,心想:‘人们说观智之等流是道,道之等流是果,舍弃一切行是涅槃,这些是真的有吗?’‘于僧怀疑’:心想:‘按照“善行道者”等词句,有如此行道者——四位住于道、四位住于果,这八种人组成的僧团,真的存在吗?’‘于学处怀疑’:心想:‘人们说有增上戒学、增上心学、增上慧学,真的有这些吗?’这是第五种,即名为‘对同梵行者起瞋心’的第五种心的僵硬状态,是心的污秽状态、心的障碍状态。显示巴利原文
319.Cetokhilāti cittassa thaddhabhāvā. Satthari kaṅkhatīti satthu sarīre vā guṇe vā kaṅkhati. Sarīre kaṅkhamāno ‘‘dvattiṃsamahāpurisavaralakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ nāma sarīraṃ atthi nu kho natthī’’ti kaṅkhati. Guṇe kaṅkhamāno ‘‘atītānāgatapaccuppannajānanasamatthaṃ sabbaññutañāṇaṃ atthi nu kho natthī’’ti kaṅkhati. Ātappāyāti vīriyakaraṇatthāya. Anuyogāyāti punappunaṃ yogāya. Sātaccāyāti satatakiriyāya. Padhānāyāti padahanatthāya. Ayaṃ paṭhamo cetokhiloti ayaṃ satthari vicikicchāsaṅkhāto paṭhamo cittassa thaddhabhāvo. Dhammeti pariyattidhamme ca paṭivedhadhamme ca. Pariyattidhamme kaṅkhamāno ‘‘tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ caturāsītidhammakkhandhasahassānīti vadanti, atthi nu kho etaṃ natthī’’ti kaṅkhati. Paṭivedhadhamme kaṅkhamāno ‘‘vipassanānissando maggo nāma, magganissando phalaṃ nāma, sabbasaṅkhārapaṭinissaggo nibbānaṃ nāmāti vadanti, taṃ atthi nu kho natthī’’ti kaṅkhati. Saṅghe kaṅkhatīti ‘‘ujuppaṭipannotiādīnaṃ padānaṃ vasena evarūpaṃ paṭipadaṃ paṭipanno cattāro maggaṭṭhā cattāro phalaṭṭhāti aṭṭhannaṃ puggalānaṃ samūhabhūto saṅgho nāma atthi nu kho natthī’’ti kaṅkhati. Sikkhāya kaṅkhamāno ‘‘adhisīlasikkhā nāma, adhicittaadhipaññāsikkhā nāmāti vadanti , sā atthi nu kho natthī’’ti kaṅkhati. Ayaṃ pañcamoti ayaṃ sabrahmacārīsu kopasaṅkhāto pañcamo cittassa thaddhabhāvo kacavarabhāvo khāṇukabhāvo.
心之系缚等五法注释显示巴利原文
Cetasovinibandhādipañcakavaṇṇanā
320 ‘心之系缚’:指把心绑住,如同握在拳头里一样抓取,故称心之系缚。‘于诸欲’:即对于事欲和烦恼欲。‘于自身’:即对自己的身体。‘于外色’:即对外在的色。‘足量’:即想要多少,就有多少。‘满腹’:即填满肚子;因为那肚子不会撑破,所以称为‘满腹’。‘床座乐’:即床和椅子的舒适。‘卧侧乐’:即如同躺着翻身时,右侧卧、左侧卧所生起的安乐,如此生起的快乐。‘睡眠乐’:即睡眠的快乐。‘随行’:即投入、致力于而安住。‘希愿’:即渴望、发愿后。‘以此梵行’:即凭借此远离淫欲的梵行。‘或成为天人’:即或成为大有威力的天人。‘或成为某天人’:即或在少威力的诸天中成为某一位。显示巴利原文
320.Cetasovinibandhāti cittaṃ bandhitvā muṭṭhiyaṃ katvā viya gaṇhantīti cetasovinibandhā. Kāmeti vatthukāmepi kilesakāmepi. Kāyeti attano kāye. Rūpeti bahiddhārūpe. Yāvadatthanti yattakaṃ icchati, tattakaṃ. Udarāvadehakanti udarapūraṃ. Tañhi udaraṃ avadehanato ‘‘udarāvadehaka’’nti vuccati. Seyyasukhanti mañcapīṭhasukhaṃ. Passasukhanti yathā samparivattakaṃ sayantassa dakkhiṇapassavāmapassānaṃ sukhaṃ hoti, evaṃ uppannaṃ sukhaṃ. Middhasukhanti niddāsukhaṃ. Anuyuttoti yuttappayutto viharati. Paṇidhāyāti patthayitvā. Brahmacariyenāti methunaviratibrahmacariyena. Devo vā bhavissāmīti mahesakkhadevo vā bhavissāmi. Devaññataro vāti appesakkhadevesu vā aññataro.
在第一组五法中,所说唯是世间法。在第二组五法中,第一、第二、第四属世间法,第三与第五通于世间及出世间法。在第三组五法中,依止、观、道之力,属世间与出世间法。显示巴利原文
Indriyesu paṭhamapañcake lokiyāneva kathitāni. Dutiyapañcake paṭhamadutiyacatutthāni lokiyāni, tatiyapañcamāni lokiyalokuttarāni. Tatiyapañcake samathavipassanāmaggavasena lokiyalokuttarāni.
出离五法注释显示巴利原文
Nissaraṇiyapañcakavaṇṇanā
321 「出离(nissaraṇiyā)」指已脱离、已解开束缚。「于界(dhātuyo)」指于自性空。「作意诸欲(kāme manasikaroto)」的意思是:对于作意诸欲的人,他这样作意——从不净禅那出定后,如同拿着解毒药去检验毒一样,为了审察而把心投向欲的方面。「不跳入(na pakkhandati)」指不进入。「不清净(na pasīdati)」指不生起净信。「不安住(na santiṭṭhati)」指不确立。「不解脱(na vimuccati)」指不确信。然而,就像把鸡毛或腱索扔进火里,它会蜷缩、卷曲、反转而不舒展,同样,心也蜷缩而不舒展。「然于出离(nekkhammaṃ kho pana)」:这里“出离”是指在十种不净中所得的初禅。当他作意此禅那时,心就会跳入。他的那个心:他的那个不净禅心。「善行(sugataṃ)」:因为它已行于所行境,所以称为善行。「善修(subhāvitaṃ)」:因为不会退失,所以是完善的修习。「善出(suvuṭṭhitaṃ)」:即从欲中良好地出离。「善解脱(suvimuttaṃ)」:即从欲中完善地解脱。「由欲为缘而生之漏」:指以欲为因的四种漏。「恼害(vighātā)」指痛苦。「热恼(pariḷāhā)」指欲贪的焦灼。他不感受那种受:他不感受那种欲受以及恼害、热恼的感受。这被称为欲的出离(idamakkhātaṃ kāmānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ):因为这不净禅那已从欲中脱离,所以叫做欲的出离。然而,如果有人以这禅那为基础,观照诸行,证得第三道,以不来果见到涅槃后,了知“再无任何欲”,他的这心就是究竟出离。其余各句的理解方式也都如此。显示巴利原文
321.Nissaraṇiyāti nissaṭā visaññuttā. Dhātuyoti attasuññasabhāvā. Kāme manasikarototi kāme manasikarontassa, asubhajjhānato vuṭṭhāya agadaṃ gahetvā visaṃ vīmaṃsanto viya vīmaṃsanatthaṃ kāmābhimukhaṃ cittaṃ pesentassāti attho. Na pakkhandatīti na pavisati. Na pasīdatīti pasādaṃ nāpajjati. Nasantiṭṭhatīti na patiṭṭhati. Na vimuccatīti nādhimuccati. Yathā pana kukkuṭapattaṃ vā nhārudaddulaṃ vā aggimhi pakkhittaṃ patilīyati patikuṭati pativattati na sampasāriyati; evaṃ patilīyati na pasāriyati. Nekkhammaṃ kho panāti idha nekkhammaṃ nāma dasasu asubhesu paṭhamajjhānaṃ, tadassa manasikaroto cittaṃ pakkhandati. Tassa taṃ cittanti tassa taṃ asubhajjhānacittaṃ. Sugatanti gocare gatattā suṭṭhu gataṃ. Subhāvitanti ahānabhāgiyattā suṭṭhu bhāvitaṃ. Suvuṭṭhitanti kāmato suṭṭhu vuṭṭhitaṃ. Suvimuttanti kāmehi suṭṭhu vimuttaṃ. Kāmapaccayā āsavā nāma kāmahetukā cattāro āsavā. Vighātāti dukkhā. Pariḷāhāti kāmarāgapariḷāhā. Na so taṃ vedanaṃ vedetīti so taṃ kāmavedanaṃ vighātapariḷāhavedanañca na vedayati. Idamakkhātaṃ kāmānaṃ nissaraṇanti idaṃ asubhajjhānaṃ kāmehi nissaṭattā kāmānaṃ nissaraṇanti akkhātaṃ. Yo pana taṃ jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā saṅkhāre sammasanto tatiyaṃ maggaṃ patvā anāgāmiphalena nibbānaṃ disvā puna kāmā nāma natthīti jānāti, tassa cittaṃ accantanissaraṇameva. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo.
然而,此处有别:于第二组,慈禅是瞋恚的出离;于第三组,悲禅是害的出离;于第四组,无色禅是色的出离。至于究竟出离,于此当配以阿拉汉果来理解。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana viseso, dutiyavāre mettājhānāni byāpādassa nissaraṇaṃ nāma. Tatiyavāre karuṇājhānāni vihiṃsāya nissaraṇaṃ nāma. Catutthavāre arūpajjhānāni rūpānaṃ nissaraṇaṃ nāma. Accantanissaraṇe cettha arahattaphalaṃ yojetabbaṃ.
第五组中,“作意有身”(sakkāyaṃ manasikaroto)是指:已把握纯粹诸行、证得阿拉汉果的纯观行者,从果等至出定后,为了审察而将心投向五取蕴。所谓“这称为有身的出离”(idamakkhātaṃ sakkāyanissaraṇaṃ),即:这位比丘以阿拉汉道与阿拉汉果见涅槃后安住其中,生起了“再也没有有身”的阿拉汉果等至心,这便是有身的出离。显示巴利原文
Pañcamavāre sakkāyaṃ manasikarototi suddhasaṅkhāre pariggaṇhitvā arahattaṃ pattassa sukkhavipassakassa phalasamāpattito vuṭṭhāya vīmaṃsanatthaṃ pañcupādānakkhandhābhimukhaṃ cittaṃ pesentassa. Idamakkhātaṃ sakkāyanissaraṇanti idaṃ arahattamaggena ca phalena ca nibbānaṃ disvā ṭhitassa bhikkhuno puna sakkāyo natthīti uppannaṃ arahattaphalasamāpatticittaṃ sakkāyassa nissaraṇanti akkhātaṃ.
解脱处五法注释显示巴利原文
Vimuttāyatanapañcakavaṇṇanā
322 “解脱处”:解脱的原因。“了知义者”:了知经文含义的人。“了知法者”:了知经文本身的人。“欢悦”:微弱的喜。“喜”:表现为满足状态的强烈喜。“身”:指名身得以轻安。“领受乐者”:体验到乐。“心入定”:以阿拉汉果定而入定。此人听闻此法时,对于已至或未至的各个阶段,了知禅那、观、道、果;如此了知时,便生起喜。他不让彼喜中途退失,成为近行业处者,增长观后证得阿拉汉果。正因如此,才说“心入定”。其余各处也以此类推。然而,此处有一差别:“定相”——在三十八种所缘中,任何一种定,其本身即为定相。“善把握”等:指在老师跟前学取业处时,已善把握。“善作意”:即已善记持。“以慧善通达”:即由慧已清晰现证。“于彼法”:指于彼业处之教法。显示巴利原文
322.Vimuttāyatanānīti vimuccanakāraṇāni. Atthapaṭisaṃvedinoti pāḷiatthaṃ jānantassa. Dhammapaṭisaṃvedinoti pāḷiṃ jānantassa. Pāmojjanti taruṇapīti. Pītīti tuṭṭhākārabhūtā balavapīti. Kāyoti nāmakāyo paṭipassambhati. Sukhaṃ vedayatīti sukhaṃ paṭilabhati. Cittaṃ samādhiyatīti arahattaphalasamādhinā samādhiyati. Ayañhi taṃ dhammaṃ suṇanto āgatāgataṭṭhāne jhānavipassanāmaggaphalāni jānāti, tassa evaṃ jānato pīti uppajjati. So tassā pītiyā antarā osakkituṃ na dento upacārakammaṭṭhāniko hutvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘cittaṃ samādhiyatī’’ti. Sesesupi eseva nayo . Ayaṃ pana viseso, samādhinimittanti aṭṭhatiṃsāya ārammaṇesu aññataro samādhiyeva samādhinimittaṃ. Suggahitaṃ hotītiādīsu ācariyasantike kammaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhantena suṭṭhu gahitaṃ hoti. Suṭṭhu manasikatanti suṭṭhu upadhāritaṃ. Suppaṭividdhaṃ paññāyāti paññāya suṭṭhu paccakkhaṃ kataṃ. Tasmiṃ dhammeti tasmiṃ kammaṭṭhānapāḷidhamme.
“解脱圆熟法”:“解脱”指阿拉汉果,能令其圆熟的法,即名解脱圆熟法。“无常想”:于无常随观智中生起之想。“于无常中的苦想”:于苦随观智中生起之想。“于苦中的无我想”:于无我随观智中生起之想。“舍断想”:于舍断随观智中生起之想。“离贪想”:于离贪随观智中生起之想。显示巴利原文
Vimuttiparipācanīyāti vimutti vuccati arahattaṃ, taṃ paripācentīti vimuttiparipācanīyā. Aniccasaññāti aniccānupassanāñāṇe uppannasaññā. Anicce dukkhasaññāti dukkhānupassanāñāṇe uppannasaññā. Dukkhe anattasaññāti anattānupassanāñāṇe uppannasaññā. Pahānasaññāti pahānānupassanāñāṇe uppannasaññā. Virāgasaññāti virāgānupassanāñāṇe uppannasaññā.
「诸位贤友,这些就是……」等等,应按照已经说过的道理来组合。如此,长老以二十六个五法组,解说了三百三十问,展现了和合之味。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ime kho āvuso’’tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti chabbīsatiyā pañcakānaṃ vasena tiṃsasatapañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
323 如此,以五法门展现了和合之味后,现在为以六法门展现,再次开始说法。其中,「内处」即内六处;「外处」即相对于内六处的外部诸处。若要广说,处的解释在《清净之道》中已经说过了。「识身」即识的集合。「眼识」是指依止眼净色的善、不善异熟识;一切处都应当这样理解。「眼触」即依眼所生的触;耳触等也是如此。「意触」则指除去这十种触之外的一切触。受的六法也应如此了知。「色想」即以色为所缘而生起的想;依此方法,其余诸想也应了知。思的六法也是如此。渴爱的六法也是同理。显示巴利原文
323. Iti pañcakavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni chakkavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha ajjhattikānīti ajjhattajjhattikāni. Bāhirānīti tato ajjhattajjhattato bahibhūtāni. Vitthārato pana āyatanakathā visuddhimagge kathitāva. Viññāṇakāyāti viññāṇasamūhā. Cakkhuviññāṇanti cakkhupasādanissitaṃ kusalākusalavipākaviññāṇaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha. Cakkhusamphassoti cakkhunissito samphasso. Sotasamphassādīsupi eseva nayo. Manosamphassoti ime dasa samphasse ṭhapetvā seso sabbo manosamphasso nāma. Vedanāchakkampi eteneva nayena veditabbaṃ. Rūpasaññāti rūpaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppannā saññā. Etenupāyena sesāpi veditabbā. Cetanāchakkepi eseva nayo. Tathā taṇhāchakke.
「无敬者」:指远离恭敬。「无顺从者」:指无顺从、行为不调顺。在这里,若有比丘在导师住世时,于三时不去侍奉;导师未穿鞋经行时,他却穿着鞋经行;导师在低处经行时,他却在高处经行;导师住在低处时,他却住在高处;在拜见导师的场合,他将衣覆于双肩;持伞,穿鞋,沐浴,或大小便。在般涅槃后,他不去礼拜塔庙;在可望见塔庙之处,却做出那些在拜见导师场合所说的种种行为,此人即名为「于导师无敬」。若有人在敲击法鼓、集会听法时,不恭敬地前往,不恭敬地听法,坐着大声交谈,不恭敬地受持、读诵,此人即名为「于法无敬」。若有人未经上座比丘邀请而说法、入座、解答问题;行走时推挤上座比丘;站立或坐下时做出衣覆双肩或手遮双肩的样子;在僧众中衣覆双肩;持伞,穿鞋,此人即名为「于僧无敬」。即使只对一位比丘作出不敬,也已经是于僧不敬。若未圆满三学,即名为「于学无敬」。若不增长不放逸的相状,即名为「于不放逸无敬」。若不作两种款待,即名为「于款待无敬」。六种敬,应当通过所说的反面来理解。显示巴利原文
Agāravoti gāravavirahito. Appatissoti appatissayo anīcavutti. Ettha pana yo bhikkhu satthari dharamāne tīsu kālesu upaṭṭhānaṃ na yāti. Satthari anupāhane caṅkamante saupāhano caṅkamati, nīce caṅkamante ucce caṅkamati, heṭṭhā vasante upari vasati, satthudassanaṭṭhāne ubho aṃse pārupati, chattaṃ dhāreti, upāhanaṃ dhāreti, nahāyati, uccāraṃ vā passāvaṃ vā karoti. Parinibbute pana cetiyaṃ vandituṃ na gacchati, cetiyassa paññāyanaṭṭhāne satthudassanaṭṭhāne vuttaṃ sabbaṃ karoti, ayaṃ satthari agāravo nāma. Yo pana dhammassavane saṃghuṭṭhe sakkaccaṃ na gacchati, sakkaccaṃ dhammaṃ na suṇāti, samullapanto nisīdati, sakkaccaṃ na gaṇhāti, na vāceti, ayaṃ dhamme agāravo nāma. Yo pana therena bhikkhunā anajjhiṭṭho dhammaṃ deseti, nisīdati, pañhaṃ katheti, vuḍḍhe bhikkhū ghaṭṭento gacchati, tiṭṭhati, nisīdati, dussapallatthikaṃ vā hatthapallatthikaṃ vā karoti, saṅghamajjhe ubho aṃse pārupati, chattupāhanaṃ dhāreti, ayaṃ saṅghe agāravo nāma. Ekabhikkhusmimpi hi agārave kate saṅghe agāravo katova hoti. Tisso sikkhā pana apūrayamānova sikkhāya agāravo nāma. Appamādalakkhaṇaṃ ananubrūhayamāno appamāde agāravo nāma. Duvidhampi paṭisanthāraṃ akaronto paṭisanthāre agāravo nāma. Cha gāravā vuttappaṭipakkhavasena veditabbā.
「喜悦伺察」:指与喜悦相应的伺。「喜悦处」:能引生喜悦之因。「他伺察」:以寻思惟后,再以伺决断。一切处皆同此理。忧的伺察亦应如此理解,舍的伺察亦然。「六和法」前已详说。「见和同者」:此语在《憍赏弥经》中唯指第一道,而此处则总指四道。显示巴利原文
Somanassūpavicārāti somanassasampayuttā vicārā. Somanassaṭṭhāniyanti somanassakāraṇabhūtaṃ. Upavicaratīti vitakkena vitakketvā vicārena paricchindati. Esa nayo sabbattha. Domanassūpavicārāpi evameva veditabbā. Tathā upekkhūpavicārā. Sāraṇīyadhammā heṭṭhā vitthāritā. Diṭṭhisāmaññagatoti iminā pana padena kosambakasutte paṭhamamaggo kathito. Idha cattāropi maggā.
「诤论根六法」的注释显示巴利原文
Vivādamūlachakkavaṇṇanā
325 「诤论根」:即诤论的根本。「有忿者」:指具足忿怒特征,即被忿所支配者。「有恨者」:指具足不弃怨恨的特征,即被恨所支配者。「为了诸天与人的不利与痛苦」:这是说,两位比丘的诤论,怎么会给诸天与人带来不利与痛苦呢?如《犍度·憍赏弥》中所说:当两位比丘发生诤论时,在他们居住的寺院里,他们的弟子们便起争执;依其教导的比丘尼僧团也随之而争;护持他们的在家众亦起争端。此时,护世天神分裂为两派:拥护正法者站在正法一边,拥护非正法者站在非正法一边。继而,护世天神之友——地居天神亦生分裂。如此层层上达,乃至梵天界。除圣弟子外,一切天与人皆分两派。然而,往往执取非正法者较护持正法者为多。于是,世人以为多数人所接受的便是正确,便舍离正法,多数人转而执取非正法。他们以非正法为尊而行,因而投生恶趣。如此,两位比丘的诤论,便给诸天与人带来了不利与痛苦。显示巴利原文
325.Vivādamūlānīti vivādassa mūlāni. Kodhanoti kujjhanalakkhaṇena kodhena samannāgato. Upanāhīti veraappaṭinissaggalakkhaṇena upanāhena samannāgato. Ahitāya dukkhāya devamanussānanti dvinnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vivādo kathaṃ devamanussānaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya saṃvattati. Kosambakakkhandhake viya dvīsu bhikkhūsu vivādaṃ āpannesu tasmiṃ vihāre tesaṃ antevāsikā vivadanti. Tesaṃ ovādaṃ gaṇhanto bhikkhunisaṅgho vivadati. Tato tesaṃ upaṭṭhākā vivadanti. Atha manussānaṃ ārakkhadevatā dve koṭṭhāsā honti. Tattha dhammavādīnaṃ ārakkhadevatā dhammavādiniyo honti adhammavādīnaṃ adhammavādiniyo. Tato ārakkhadevatānaṃ mittā bhummā devatā bhijjanti. Evaṃ paramparā yāva brahmalokā ṭhapetvā ariyasāvake sabbe devamanussā dve koṭṭhāsā honti. Dhammavādīhi pana adhammavādinova bahutarā honti. Tato ‘‘yaṃ bahukehi gahitaṃ, taṃ taccha’’nti dhammaṃ vissajjetvā bahutarāva adhammaṃ gaṇhanti. Te adhammaṃ purakkhatvā vadantā apāyesu nibbattanti. Evaṃ dvinnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ vivādo devamanussānaṃ ahitāya dukkhāya hoti.
「内」:指你们自己内部的徒众。「外」:指其他徒众。显示巴利原文
Ajjhattaṃ vāti tumhākaṃ abbhantaraparisāya. Bahiddhā vāti paresaṃ parisāya.
「贬损者」:具有贬损心态,其特点是抹杀他人优点。「顽固执取者」:具有顽固执取心态,其特点为一味执取两边。「嫉妒者」:心怀嫉妒,其特点是对他人所得恭敬等生起嫉妒。「吝啬者」:怀有对住处等种种吝啬之心。「狡诈者」:指伪善之人。「虚伪者」:隐瞒自己所作恶行之人。「恶欲者」:自身并无真实功德,却希望他人以为自己有功德,即破戒者。「邪见者」:持“无所有”“无因无缘”“无业果作用”等邪见之人。「执取己见者」:只执著自己见解之人。「顽固坚持者」:固执而不肯放舍之人。「难以放弃者」:不能放下所执取事物之人。显示巴利原文
Makkhīti paresaṃ guṇamakkhanalakkhaṇena makkhena samannāgato. Paḷāsīti yugaggāhalakkhaṇena paḷāsena samannāgato. Issukīti parasakkārādīni issāyanalakkhaṇāya issāya samannāgato. Maccharīti āvāsamacchariyādīhi samannāgato. Saṭhoti kerāṭiko. Māyāvīti katapāpapaṭicchādako. Pāpicchoti asantasambhāvanicchako dussīlo. Micchādiṭṭhīti natthikavādī ahetukavādī akiriyavādī. Sandiṭṭhiparāmāsīti sayaṃ diṭṭhimeva parāmasati. Ādhānaggāhīti daḷhaggāhī. Duppaṭinissaggīti na sakkā hoti gahitaṃ vissajjāpetuṃ.
「地界」:起支撑作用的界。「水界」:起粘合作用的界。「火界」:起成熟作用的界。「风界」:起延展作用的界。「空界」:不产生触对的界。「识界」:起了别作用的界。显示巴利原文
Pathavīdhātūti patiṭṭhādhātu. Āpodhātūti ābandhanadhātu. Tejodhātūti paripācanadhātu. Vāyodhātūti vitthambhanadhātu. Ākāsadhātūti asamphuṭṭhadhātu. Viññāṇadhātūti vijānanadhātu.
「出离六法」的注释显示巴利原文
Nissaraṇiyachakkavaṇṇanā
326 「出离界」:即已从烦恼中出离之界。「遍取而住」:即遍取、耗尽之后,便安住于此状态。「莫令他说」:因为他作了不实之言,故应制止他,莫令他说。「此即慈心解脱」:所谓慈心解脱,即是嗔恚的出离,也就是从嗔恚中出离。若有人从慈心三禅或四禅出定后,观照诸行,证得第三道,以第三果见涅槃,了知“再无嗔恚”,其心便已从嗔恚中彻底出离。其余各处所说,亦应如是理解。显示巴利原文
326.Nissaraṇiyā dhātuyoti nissaṭadhātuyova. Pariyādāya tiṭṭhatīti pariyādiyitvā hāpetvā tiṭṭhati. ‘Mā hevantissa vacanīyo’ti yasmā abhūtaṃ byākaraṇaṃ byākaroti, tasmā mā evaṃ bhaṇīti vattabbo. Yadidaṃ mettācetovimuttīti yā ayaṃ mettācetovimutti, idaṃ nissaraṇaṃ byāpādassa, byāpādato nissaṭāti attho. Yo pana mettāya tikacatukkajjhānato vuṭṭhito saṅkhāre sammasitvā tatiyamaggaṃ patvā ‘‘puna byāpādo natthī’’ti tatiyaphalena nibbānaṃ passati, tassa cittaṃ accantaṃ nissaraṇaṃ byāpādassa. Etenupāyena sabbattha attho veditabbo.
「无相心解脱」:即阿拉汉果的等至。由于它没有贪等相、色等相、常等相,故称为‘无相’。「随相而转者」:指随逐前述种种相之人,因此称为随相而转者。显示巴利原文
Animittācetovimuttīti arahattaphalasamāpatti. Sā hi rāganimittādīnañceva rūpanimittādīnañca niccanimittādīnañca abhāvā ‘‘animittā’’ti vuttā. Nimittānusārīti vuttappabhedaṃ nimittaṃ anusaratīti nimittānusārī.
「我是」(asmī):指“我是”慢。「此是我」(ayamahamasmī):在五蕴中认定“这就是我”,仅凭这一点,便成为阿拉汉果的记说。「疑与犹豫之箭」(vicikicchākathaṃkathāsalla):即属于疑的犹豫之箭。「他不要这样说」(Mā hevantissa vacanīyo):如果在你心中生起初道所断的疑,那么阿拉汉果的记说就错了,因此要制止他,不让他说不实的话。「我是慢的断除」(asmimānasamugghāta):即阿拉汉道。因为通过阿拉汉道与阿拉汉果见到涅槃以后,便不再有“我是”慢,所以阿拉汉道被称为“我是慢的断除”。显示巴利原文
Asmīti asmimāno. Ayamahamasmīti pañcasu khandhesu ayaṃ nāma ahaṃ asmīti ettāvatā arahattaṃ byākataṃ hoti. Vicikicchākathaṃkathāsallanti vicikicchābhūtaṃ kathaṃkathāsallaṃ. ‘Mā hevantissa vacanīyo’ti sace te paṭhamamaggavajjhā vicikicchā uppajjati, arahattabyākaraṇaṃ micchā hoti, tasmā mā abhūtaṃ bhaṇīti vāretabbo. Asmimānasamugghātoti arahattamaggo. Arahattamaggaphalavasena hi nibbāne diṭṭhe puna asmimāno natthīti arahattamaggo asmimānasamugghātoti vutto.
无上等六注释显示巴利原文
Anuttariyādichakkavaṇṇanā
327 「无上」(anuttariyāni):就是无上的、最上的。在诸见中最无上的,称为「见无上」。其他各项也都是同理。其中,去观看象宝等,这不叫见无上;对于一个已确立信心的人,由于那份已确立的爱乐,而去拜见具备十力者、比丘僧团,或是去看遍处、不净相等任何一种所缘,这才叫做见无上。去听关于刹帝利等人的功德谈论,这不叫闻无上;对于一个已确立信心的人,由于那份已确立的爱乐,而去听闻三宝的功德,或是听闻三藏佛语,这才叫做闻无上。得到摩尼宝等财物,这不叫得无上;而获得七种圣财,这才叫做得无上。学习象术等技艺,这不叫学无上;而圆满修习三学,这才叫做学无上。服侍刹帝利等人士,这不叫侍无上;而服侍三宝,这才叫做侍无上。随念刹帝利等人的功德,这不叫念无上;而随念三宝的功德,这才叫做念无上。显示巴利原文
327.Anuttariyānīti anuttarāni jeṭṭhakāni. Dassanesu anuttariyaṃ dassanānuttariyaṃ. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Tattha hatthiratanādīnaṃ dassanaṃ na dassanānuttariyaṃ, niviṭṭhasaddhassa pana niviṭṭhapemavasena dasabalassa vā bhikkhusaṅghassa vā kasiṇāsubhanimittādīnaṃ vā aññatarassa dassanaṃ dassanānuttariyaṃ nāma. Khattiyādīnaṃ guṇakathāsavanaṃ na savanānuttariyaṃ, niviṭṭhasaddhassa pana niviṭṭhapemavasena tiṇṇaṃ vā ratanānaṃ guṇakathāsavanaṃ tepiṭakabuddhavacanasavanaṃ vā savanānuttariyaṃ nāma. Maṇiratanādilābho na lābhānuttariyaṃ, sattavidhaariyadhanalābho pana lābhānuttariyaṃ nāma. Hatthisippādisikkhanaṃ na sikkhānuttariyaṃ, sikkhattayapūraṇaṃ pana sikkhānuttariyaṃ nāma. Khattiyādīnaṃ pāricariyā na pāricariyānuttariyaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ pana ratanānaṃ pāricariyā pāricariyānuttariyaṃ nāma. Khattiyādīnaṃ guṇānussaraṇaṃ nānussatānuttariyaṃ, tiṇṇaṃ pana ratanānaṃ guṇānussaraṇaṃ anussatānuttariyaṃ nāma.
随念本身即是随念处。‘佛随念’:指随念佛陀的功德。如此随念者,便生起喜悦。他将此喜悦作意无常、坏灭而安立之后,便能证得阿拉汉果。此种修习名为近行业处,在家人亦可获得,一切情形皆同此理。此处详细解说,当依《清净道论》所说方式了知。显示巴利原文
Anussatiyova anussatiṭṭhānāni nāma. Buddhānussatīti buddhassa guṇānussaraṇaṃ. Evaṃ anussarato hi pīti uppajjati. So taṃ pītiṃ khayato vayato paṭṭhapetvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti. Upacārakammaṭṭhānaṃ nāmetaṃ gihīnampi labbhati, esa nayo sabbattha. Vitthārakathā panettha visuddhimagge vuttanayeneva veditabbā.
常住者六法注释显示巴利原文
Satatavihārachakkavaṇṇanā
328 「常住者」:是诸漏尽者的恒常住处。「以眼见色已」:即当色境于眼门现前时,以眼识见彼色后,于速行刹那,于可意境不贪染,故不欢喜;于不可意境不瞋恚,故不忧戚;于非可意非不可意境不生愚痴,安住于舍,住于中舍,由具足念而称有念,由具足正知而称正知。于耳、鼻等余门亦复如是。如是于六根门皆安住于舍,即说明六支舍。由‘正知’一词,可知有四种与智相应的心;由‘常住者’一词,可知有八种大心;由‘不染着、不瞋恚’等词,可知有十种心。若问:那么喜悦是如何获得的?答:由反复串习而得。显示巴利原文
328.Satatavihārāti khīṇāsavassa niccavihārā. Cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvāti cakkhudvārārammaṇe āpāthagate taṃ rūpaṃ cakkhuviññāṇena disvā javanakkhaṇe iṭṭhe arajjanto neva sumano hoti, aniṭṭhe adussanto na dummano. Asamapekkhane mohaṃ anuppādento upekkhako viharati majjhatto, satiyā yuttattā sato, sampajaññena yuttattā sampajāno. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Iti chasupi dvāresu upekkhako viharatīti iminā chaḷaṅgupekkhā kathitā. Sampajānoti vacanato pana cattāri ñāṇasampayuttacittāni labbhanti. Satatavihārāti vacanato aṭṭhapi mahācittāni labbhanti arajjanto adussantoti vacanato dasapi cittāni labbhanti. Somanassaṃ kathaṃ labbhatīti ce āsevanato labbhati.
种类六法注释显示巴利原文
Abhijātichakkavaṇṇanā
329 「种类」:指各种出生。‘是黑种类的人’:即出生于黑暗、卑贱家族者。‘出生黑法’:他生起、造作黑暗的十不善法。造作之后,便投生地狱。‘白法’:他如此思惟:‘我因过去未曾修福业,故生于卑贱家族;今我当行福业。’便生起称为福的白净法。他由此白法,投生天界。‘非黑非白的涅槃’:若涅槃是黑,则应生黑果;若是白,则应生白果。既不生黑亦不生白,故称‘非黑非白’。此处所说涅槃,即指阿拉汉果。此果于烦恼全灭时生起,故称涅槃。他出生、生起、证得此涅槃。‘是白种类的人’:即出生于白色、高贵家族者。其余皆如前说,可以了知。显示巴利原文
329.Abhijātiyoti jātiyo. Kaṇhābhijātiko samānoti kaṇhe nīcakule jāto hutvā. Kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyatīti kāḷakaṃ dasadussīlyadhammaṃ pasavati karoti. So taṃ abhijāyitvā niraye nibbattati. Sukkaṃ dhammanti ahaṃ pubbepi puññānaṃ akatattā nīcakule nibbatto. Idāni puññaṃ karomīti puññasaṅkhātaṃ paṇḍaraṃ dhammaṃ abhijāyati. So tena sagge nibbattati. Akaṇhaṃ asukkaṃ nibbānanti nibbānañhi sace kaṇhaṃ bhaveyya, kaṇhavipākaṃ dadeyya. Sace sukkaṃ, sukkavipākaṃ dadeyya. Dvinnampi appadānato pana ‘‘akaṇhaṃ asukka’’nti vuttaṃ. Nibbānañca nāma imasmiṃ atthe arahattaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tañhi kilesanibbānante jātattā nibbānaṃ nāma. Taṃ esa abhijāyati pasavati karoti. Sukkābhijātiko samānoti sukke uccakule jāto hutvā. Sesaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
顺抉择分六法注释显示巴利原文
Nibbedhabhāgiyachakkavaṇṇanā
「顺抉择分」:其中「抉择」即指涅槃;亲近、趋向涅槃的法,便称为顺抉择分。无常想等五法前文已说。在灭随观智中,其所具有的想,即名「灭想」。显示巴利原文
Nibbedhabhāgiyāti nibbedho vuccati nibbānaṃ, taṃ bhajanti upagacchantīti nibbedhabhāgiyā. Aniccasaññādayo pañcake vuttā. Nirodhānupassanāñāṇe saññā nirodhasaññā nāma.
「贤友,这些……」等句,应依前述之理而加连接。如是,长老以二十二种六法,宣说三百二十问,展露了和合的滋味。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ime kho, āvuso’’tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti dvāvīsatiyā chakkānaṃ vasena bāttiṃsasatapañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
330 如此,以六法展示和合之味后,今为以七法展示,便再度开始说法。显示巴利原文
330. Iti chakkavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni sattakavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi.
其中,信本身即是财富,以能获得成就故,称为‘信财’。这一道理适用于所有财富。然而此处,‘慧财’最为殊胜。因为依凭智慧,在圆满三种善行、五戒、十戒之后,便能往生天界,并证悟声闻波罗蜜智、辟支菩提智和一切知智。由于它是获得这些成就的因,所以慧被称为财富。这七种财富是兼摄世间与出世间而说的。关于觉支的讨论,如前所述。显示巴利原文
Tattha sampattipaṭilābhaṭṭhena saddhāva dhanaṃ saddhādhanaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha. Paññādhanaṃ panettha sabbaseṭṭhaṃ. Paññāya hi ṭhatvā tīṇi sucaritāni pañcasīlāni dasasīlāni pūretvā saggūpagā honti, sāvakapāramīñāṇaṃ, paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ, sabbaññutaññāṇañca paṭivijjhanti. Imāsaṃ sampattīnaṃ paṭilābhakāraṇato paññā ‘‘dhana’’nti vuttā. Sattapi cetāni lokiyalokuttaramissakāneva kathitāni. Bojjhaṅgakathā kathitāva.
「定资具」:指定之助伴。正见等诸法,其义如前已说。这七种资具也通于世间与出世间。显示巴利原文
Samādhiparikkhārāti samādhiparivārā. Sammādiṭṭhādīni vuttatthāneva. Imepi satta parikkhārā lokiyalokuttarāva kathitā.
「非正法」:不善人法、不善法,亦即低劣之法,称为非正法。反之,即可了知正法。此处余义明显。然而,在正法中,信等一切法皆是就观禅者而说的。其中的慧,也分为世间慧与出世间慧。这是差别所在。显示巴利原文
Asataṃ dhammā asantā vā dhammā lāmakā dhammāti asaddhammā. Vipariyāyena saddhammā veditabbā. Sesamettha uttānatthameva. Saddhammesu pana saddhādayo sabbepi vipassakasseva kathitā. Tesupi paññā lokiyalokuttarā. Ayaṃ viseso.
「善士法」:即善士们的法。其中,了知契经、应颂等法者,称为「法知者」。了知他们所说之义者,称为「义知者」。了知“我具有如是戒、如是定、如是慧”——如此了知自身者,称为「自知者」。于接受与受用中知量者,称为「知量者」。了知“此为教诫之时,此为遍问之时,此为修行取证之时”者,称为「时知者」。其中,五年为教诫之时,十年为遍问之时——但这过于仓促。是故,十年为教诫之时,二十年为遍问之时。此后,便应于修行中精勤用功。了知八种大众者,称为「众知者」。了知应亲近与不应亲近之人者,称为「补特伽罗知者」。显示巴利原文
Sappurisānaṃ dhammāti sappurisadhammā. Tattha suttageyyādikaṃ dhammaṃ jānātīti dhammaññū. Tassa tasseva bhāsitassa atthaṃ jānātīti atthaññū. ‘‘Ettakomhi sīlena samādhinā paññāyā’’ti evaṃ attānaṃ jānātīti attaññū. Paṭiggahaṇaparibhogesu mattaṃ jānātīti mattaññū. Ayaṃ kālo uddesassa, ayaṃ kālo paripucchāya, ayaṃ kālo yogassa adhigamāyāti evaṃ kālaṃ jānātīti kālaññū. Ettha ca pañca vassāni uddesassa kālo. Dasa paripucchāya. Idaṃ atisambādhaṃ. Dasa vassāni pana uddesassa kālo. Vīsati paripucchāya. Tato paraṃ yoge kammaṃ kātabbaṃ. Aṭṭhavidhaṃ parisaṃ jānātīti parisaññū. Sevitabbāsevitabbaṃ puggalaṃ jānātīti puggalaññū.
331 「无十事」:即无十等事。有“无十比丘、无二十、无三十、无四十、无五十比丘”等名称。据说这一问题是在外道时期产生的。外道们称于十岁时死去的尼干陀为“无十”。据说他不再成为十岁之人。不仅十岁,九岁……乃至一岁也不可能。同理,于二十岁等年龄死去者,即被称为“无二十、无三十、无四十、无五十”。具寿阿难在村落游化时听闻了这种说法,回到寺院后便禀告世尊。世尊说:显示巴利原文
331.Niddasavatthūnīti niddasādivatthūni. Niddaso bhikkhu, nibbīso, nittiṃso, niccattālīso, nippaññāso bhikkhūti evaṃ vacanakāraṇāni. Ayaṃ kira pañho titthiyasamaye uppanno. Titthiyā hi dasavassakāle mataṃ nigaṇṭhaṃ niddasoti vadanti. So kira puna dasavasso na hoti. Na kevalañca dasavassova. Navavassopi…pe… ekavassopi na hoti. Eteneva nayena vīsativassādikālepi mataṃ nibbīso, nittiṃso, niccattālīso, nippaññāsoti vadanti. Āyasmā ānando gāme vicaranto taṃ kathaṃ sutvā vihāraṃ gantvā bhagavato ārocesi. Bhagavā āha –
“阿难,这不是外道所用的名称,这是我教法中对漏尽者的称呼。漏尽者若于十岁时般涅槃,便不再成为十岁之人。不仅十岁,九岁……乃至一岁者也不可能。不仅一岁,十个月……乃至一个月者也不可能。哪怕是一日、一时,也不可能。何以故?因为不再有结生了。对于无二十等,也是如此。”如此,世尊说:“在我教法中,这是对漏尽者的称呼。”显示巴利原文
‘‘Na idaṃ, ānanda, titthiyānaṃ adhivacanaṃ mama sāsane khīṇāsavassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Khīṇāsavo hi dasavassakāle parinibbuto puna dasavasso na hoti. Na kevalañca dasavassova, navavassopi…pe… ekavassopi. Na kevalañca ekavassova, dasamāsikopi…pe… ekamāsikopi. Ekadivasikopi. Ekamuhuttopi na hoti eva. Kasmā? Puna paṭisandhiyā abhāvā. Nibbīsādīsupi eseva nayo. Iti bhagavā mama sāsane khīṇāsavassetaṃ adhivacana’’nti –
说完之后,为了指出那些促使漏尽者成为“无十”的原因,他便宣说了七种无十事。长老也摘取了那段教法,说道:“贤友,比丘于此,于学处受持……”其中,“此处”是指在此教法中。“于学处受持有强烈热忱”,是指对于圆满三学有浓厚的热忱。“于未来亦于学处受持有不离之喜爱”,是指对于未来的第二天等,圆满学处也具备不离的喜爱。“于法随听”,是指如理地审听法义,这是观的别名。“于欲调伏”,是指对贪欲的调伏。“于独处”,是指独自一处的状态。“于精进策励”,是指圆满身精进与心精进。“于念与审慎”,是指具念与审慎的状态。“于见通达”,是指得见道。其余一切处所,皆应依照前文所述的方式来理解。显示巴利原文
Vatvā yehi kāraṇehi so niddaso hoti, tāni dassetuṃ satta niddasavatthūni deseti. Theropi tameva desanaṃ uddharitvā satta niddasavatthūni idhāvuso, bhikkhu, sikkhāsamādānetiādimāha. Tattha idhāti imasmiṃ sāsane. Sikkhāsamādāne tibbacchando hotīti sikkhattayapūraṇe bahalacchando hoti. Āyatiñca sikkhāsamādāne avigatapemoti anāgate punadivasādīsupi sikkhāpūraṇe avigatapemena samannāgato hoti. Dhammanisantiyāti dhammanisāmanāya. Vipassanāyetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Icchāvinayeti taṇhāvinayane. Paṭisallāneti ekībhāve. Vīriyārambheti kāyikacetasikassa vīriyassa pūraṇe. Satinepakketi satiyañceva nepakkabhāve ca. Diṭṭhipaṭivedheti maggadassane. Sesaṃ sabbattha vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ.
在诸想之中,依于不净随观智的想,称为“不净想”。依于过患随观智的想,称为“过患想”。其余诸想在前文中已经说过了。七力、七识住、七种补特伽罗,都依照前文所述的方式来理解。由于未被断除而潜藏,故称为“随眠”。已增强盛的欲贪,即是“欲贪随眠”。这一道理适用于一切。七结,其义明显。显示巴利原文
Saññāsu asubhānupassanāñāṇe saññā asubhasaññā. Ādīnavānupassanāñāṇe saññā ādīnavasaññā nāma. Sesā heṭṭhā vuttā eva. Balasattakaviññāṇaṭṭhitisattakapuggalasattakāni vuttanayāneva . Appahīnaṭṭhena anusayantīti anusayā. Thāmagato kāmarāgo kāmarāgānusayo. Esa nayo sabbattha. Saṃyojanasattakaṃ uttānatthameva.
七种诉讼止息的注释显示巴利原文
Adhikaraṇasamathasattakavaṇṇanā
“灭诤”:因为诤事得以止息、平息,所以称为灭诤。“一一生起”,是指每一个已生起的诤事。“诤事”有四种:争论诤事、指控诤事、犯行诤事、义务诤事。为令止息、为令平息,即是为了止息的目的与平息的目的。“应施与现前毗尼……如草覆地”,这七种灭诤法应当被施行。显示巴利原文
Adhikaraṇasamathesu adhikaraṇāni samenti vūpasamentīti adhikaraṇasamathā. Uppannuppannānanti uppannānaṃ uppannānaṃ. Adhikaraṇānanti vivādādhikaraṇaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ āpattādhikaraṇaṃ kiccādhikaraṇanti imesaṃ catunnaṃ. Samathāya vūpasamāyāti samathatthañceva vūpasamanatthañca. Sammukhāvinayo dātabbo…pe… tiṇavatthārakoti ime satta samathā dātabbā.
于此,决断之法如下:首先,比丘们就十八事而争论“此为法”或“此为非法”,此种争论名为“争论诉讼”。以戒坏、行坏、见坏或活命坏而指责他人,如此指责即谴责与举罪,名为“指责诉讼”。依本母所举的五种,加上分别说中的两种,共七种犯戒蕴,名为“犯戒诉讼”。僧团所行的白等四种羯磨,名为“义务诉讼”。显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ vinicchayanayo. Adhikaraṇesu tāva dhammoti vā adhammoti vā aṭṭhārasahi vatthūhi vivadantānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yo vivādo, idaṃ vivādādhikaraṇaṃ nāma. Sīlavipattiyā vā ācāradiṭṭhiājīvavipattiyā vā anuvadantānaṃ anuvādo upavadanā ceva codanā ca, idaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ nāma. Mātikāya āgatā pañca, vibhaṅge dveti sattapi āpattikkhandhā, idaṃ āpattādhikaraṇaṃ nāma. Saṅghassa apalokanādīnaṃ catunnaṃ kammānaṃ karaṇaṃ, idaṃ kiccādhikaraṇaṃ nāma.
其中,“争论诉讼”由两种灭诤法而得平息,即“当面决断法律”与“多数表决”。若唯以“当面决断法律”平息时:若诤事于某寺院生起,比丘们为平息之,或于该寺解决,或往他处,或于途中,或至某处交付僧伽。若僧伽无力平息,则由当地推选的仲裁人作出判决,从而令诤事平息。如此平息时,其中的僧伽现前、法现前、律现前、人现前,即是“当面决断法律”。显示巴利原文
Tattha vivādādhikaraṇaṃ dvīhi samathehi sammati sammukhāvinayena ca yebhuyyasikāya ca. Sammukhāvinayeneva sammamānaṃ yasmiṃ vihāre uppannaṃ tasmiṃyeva vā aññattha vūpasametuṃ gacchantānaṃ antarāmagge vā yattha gantvā saṅghassa niyyātitaṃ tattha saṅghena vā saṅghe vūpasametuṃ asakkonte tattheva ubbāhikāya sammatapuggalehi vā vinicchitaṃ sammati. Evaṃ sammamāne ca panetasmiṃ yā saṅghasammukhatā dhammasammukhatā vinayasammukhatā puggalasammukhatā, ayaṃ sammukhāvinayo nāma.
其中,因作羯磨的僧团和合现前,是为“僧伽现前”。应平息之事的真实性,是为“法现前”。如法平息,是为“律现前”。争论者与被争论者,即对立的双方当事人现前,是为“人现前”。然而,若由仲裁人平息,则此中便不具足“僧伽现前”。以上是仅就“当面决断法律”之平息而述。显示巴利原文
Tattha ca kārakasaṅghassa saṅghasāmaggivasena sammukhībhāvo saṅghasammukhatā. Sametabbassa vatthuno bhūtatā dhammasammukhatā. Yathā taṃ sametabbaṃ, tatheva sammanaṃ vinayasammukhatā. Yo ca vivadati, yena ca vivadati, tesaṃ ubhinnaṃ atthapaccatthikānaṃ sammukhībhāvo puggalasammukhatā. Ubbāhikāya vūpasame panettha saṅghasammukhatā parihāyati. Evaṃ tāva sammukhāvinayeneva sammati.
如果即便如此仍不能平息,被任命为仲裁人的比丘们便会说:“我等无力平息”,并将此事交还僧团。于是僧团任命一位具足五法的比丘为行筹者。他以三种行筹——秘密行筹、显露行筹、耳语行筹——中的一种,令人取筹。在集会的大众中,当持法者占多数时,便依那些持法者所说的方式平息该诉讼。如此平息时,该诉讼即通过“当面决断法律”与“多数表决”而平息。显示巴利原文
Sace panevampi na sammati, atha naṃ ubbāhikāya sammatā bhikkhū ‘‘na mayaṃ sakkoma vūpasametu’’nti saṅghasseva niyyātenti, tato saṅgho pañcaṅgasamannāgataṃ bhikkhuṃ salākaggāhāpakaṃ sammannati. Tena guḷhakavivaṭakasakaṇṇajappakesu tīsu salākaggāhesu aññataravasena salākaṃ gāhāpetvā sannipatitaparisāya dhammavādīnaṃ yebhuyyatāya yathā te dhammavādino vadanti, evaṃ vūpasantaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ sammukhāvinayena ca yebhuyyasikāya ca vūpasantaṃ hoti.
其中,“当面决断法律”的情形如前所述。而以多数表决进行的羯磨,即称为“多数表决”。如此,“争论诉讼”由两种灭诤法平息。“指责诉讼”由四种灭诤法平息:即“当面决断法律”、“忆念法律”、“不痴法律”以及“给予恶作者”。若仅以“当面决断法律”平息,则听取指责者与被指责者之言:若未发现任何犯戒,即令双方互相忏悔;若发现有犯戒,则判定“此处有名为某某的犯戒”,如此判决而平息。其中,“当面决断法律”的情形如前所述。然而,若有漏尽比丘遭毫无根据的“戒坏”诽谤,他请求“忆念法律”,僧团以白四甘马给予“忆念法律”时,彼时该诉讼即通过“当面决断法律”与“忆念法律”而平息。而且,一旦给予“忆念法律”,此后任何人针对该比丘的指责皆不能成立。显示巴利原文
Tattha sammukhāvinayo vuttanayo eva. Yaṃ pana yebhuyyasikākammassa karaṇaṃ, ayaṃ yebhuyyasikā nāma. Evaṃ vivādādhikaraṇaṃ dvīhi samathehi sammati. Anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ catūhi samathehi sammati – sammukhāvinayena ca sativinayena ca amūḷhavinayena ca tassapāpiyasikāya ca. Sammukhāvinayeneva sammamānaṃ yo ca anuvadati, yañca anuvadati, tesaṃ vacanaṃ sutvā sace kāci āpatti natthi, ubho khamāpetvā, sace atthi, ayaṃ nāmettha āpattīti evaṃ vinicchitaṃ vūpasammati. Tattha sammukhāvinayalakkhaṇaṃ vuttanayameva. Yadā pana khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno amūlikāya sīlavipattiyā anuddhaṃsitassa sativinayaṃ yācamānassa saṅgho ñatticatutthena kammena sativinayaṃ deti, tadā sammukhāvinayena ca sativinayena ca vūpasantaṃ hoti. Dinne pana sativinaye puna tasmiṃ puggale kassaci anuvādo na ruhati.
若一位疯癫比丘由于疯癫而在非沙门的行为中犯错,比丘们诘问他:“具寿可记得有如此之犯戒?”虽然他回答:“贤友,那是我疯癫时所为,我不记得了。”但比丘们依旧一再诘问。为免再遭诘问,他请求“不痴法律”,僧团以白四甘马给予“不痴法律”,彼时该诉讼即通过“当面决断法律”与“不痴法律”而平息。并且,一旦给予“不痴法律”,此后任何人以此理由对该比丘的指责皆不成立。显示巴利原文
Yadā ummattako bhikkhu ummādavasena assāmaṇake ajjhācāre ‘‘saratāyasmā evarūpiṃ āpatti’’nti bhikkhūhi codiyamāno ‘‘ummattakena me , āvuso, etaṃ kataṃ, nāhaṃ taṃ sarāmī’’ti bhaṇantopi bhikkhūhi codiyamānova puna acodanatthāya amūḷhavinayaṃ yācati, saṅgho cassa ñatticatutthena kammena amūḷhavinayaṃ deti, tadā sammukhāvinayena ca amūḷhavinayena ca vūpasantaṃ hoti. Dinne pana amūḷhavinaye puna tasmiṃ puggale kassaci tappaccayā anuvādo na ruhati.
然而,当有人因波罗夷或近波罗夷之事被质询,却以他语搪塞推诿,由于恶法增盛,实为恶比丘。僧团心想:若此人尚未根本断坏,如法而行后便能重归僧团;若已根本断坏,此羯磨本身即是他的灭除。如此思惟后,僧团便以白四甘马对他行“呵责恶比丘羯磨”。其时,该诤事即通过“现前毗奈耶”与“呵责恶比丘羯磨”而平息。如此,指责诤事由四种灭诤法平息;犯戒诤事由三种灭诤法平息:即“现前毗奈耶”、“承认所作”以及“如草覆地”。犯戒诤事没有仅通过“现前毗奈耶”便平息的情况。然而,若有比丘在一比丘面前,或在僧团中、或于众中,发露轻微的犯戒,此时的犯戒诤事即通过“现前毗奈耶”与“承认所作”而平息。显示巴利原文
Yadā pana pārājikena vā pārājikasāmantena vā codiyamānassa aññenaññaṃ paṭicarato pāpussannatāya pāpiyassa puggalassa ‘‘sacāyaṃ acchinnamūlo bhavissati, sammā vattitvā osāraṇaṃ labhissati. Sace chinnamūlo ayamevassa nāsanā bhavissatī’’ti maññamāno saṅgho ñatticatutthena kammena tassapāpiyasikaṃ karoti, tadā sammukhāvinayena ca tassapāpiyasikāya ca vūpasantaṃ hotīti. Evaṃ anuvādādhikaraṇaṃ catūhi samathehi sammati. Āpattādhikaraṇaṃ tīhi samathehi sammati sammukhāvinayena ca paṭiññātakaraṇena ca tiṇavatthārakena ca. Tassa sammukhāvinayeneva vūpasamo natthi. Yadā pana ekassa vā bhikkhuno santike saṅghagaṇamajjhesu vā bhikkhu lahukaṃ āpattiṃ deseti, tadā āpattādhikaraṇaṃ sammukhāvinayena ca paṭiññātakaraṇena ca vūpasammati.
在此,“现前毗奈耶”中,首先,发露者与受发露者两者同在,这即是“人现前”。其余特征则如前说。显示巴利原文
Tattha sammukhāvinaye tāva yo ca deseti, yassa ca deseti, tesaṃ sammukhībhāvo puggalasammukhatā. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva.
当向个人或众中发露之时,“僧众现前”便不具足。然而,若有人说:“尊者,我犯了某条罪。”对方问:“你见罪吗?”他承认:“是的,我见。”以此承认而作“今后应当防护”的处理,即名为“承认所作”。对于桑喀地谢沙等重罪,请求别住等即是承认;给予别住等即是“承认所作”。此外,有两派敌对比丘,造作了众多非沙门行。后来他们生起惭愧,心想:“我们若以这些犯戒互相追究,此诤事恐怕会变得严重。”如此见到互相追究犯戒的过患后,当他们举行如草覆地羯磨时,此时的犯戒诤事即通过“现前毗奈耶”与“如草覆地”而平息。显示巴利原文
Puggalassa gaṇassa ca desanākāle saṅghasammukhatā parihāyati. Yā panettha ahaṃ, bhante, itthannāmaṃ āpattiṃ āpannoti ca āma, passāmīti ca paṭiññā, tāya paṭiññāya ‘‘āyatiṃ saṃvareyyāsī’’ti karaṇaṃ, taṃ paṭiññātakaraṇaṃ nāma. Saṅghādisese hi parivāsādiyācanā paṭiññā. Parivāsādīnaṃ dānaṃ paṭiññātakaraṇaṃ nāma. Dve pakkhajātā pana bhaṇḍanakārakā bhikkhū bahuṃ assāmaṇakaṃ ajjhācaritvā puna lajjidhamme uppanne sace mayaṃ imāhi āpattīhi aññamaññaṃ kāressāma, siyāpi taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kakkhaḷattāya saṃvatteyyāti aññamaññaṃ āpattiyā kārāpane dosaṃ disvā yadā tiṇavatthārakakammaṃ karonti, tadā āpattādhikaraṇaṃ sammukhāvinayena ca tiṇavatthārakena ca sammati.
因为在此,凡在界内伸手可及范围内的比丘,若未说“我不许可此事”而公开表示反对,乃至陷入沉睡者,则除了重罪及与在家相关的犯行之外,一切犯行皆得出罪。如此,“犯戒诉讼”由三种灭诤法平息。“义务诉讼”由一种灭诤法平息,即仅以“当面决断法律”平息。这四种诉讼,依各自情形,由此七种灭诤法而得平息。因此说:“为已生起诉讼的止息与平息,应给予当面决断法律……乃至……如草覆地。”这是此处的决断方法。详细内容在《灭诤犍度》中已有说明。其决断亦在《一切善见》中阐明。显示巴利原文
Tattha hi yattakā hatthapāsūpagatā ‘‘na metaṃ khamatī’’ti evaṃ diṭṭhāvikammaṃ akatvā niddampi okkantā honti, sabbesaṃ ṭhapetvā thullavajjañca gihipaṭisaṃyuttañca sabbāpattiyo vuṭṭhahanti, evaṃ āpattādhikaraṇaṃ tīhi samathehi sammati. Kiccādhikaraṇaṃ ekena samathena sammati sammukhāvinayeneva. Imāni cattāri adhikaraṇāni yathānurūpaṃ imehi sattahi samathehi sammanti. Tena vuttaṃ – uppannuppannānaṃ adhikaraṇānaṃ samathāya vūpasamāya sammukhāvinayo dātabbo…pe… tiṇavatthārakoti. Ayamettha vinicchayanayo. Vitthāro pana samathakkhandhake āgatoyeva. Vinicchayopissa samantapāsādikāyaṃ vutto.
“贤友们,这些……”等语,应如前所述方式连接。如是,长老依十四组七聚而开示九十八问,展现了和合之味。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ime kho, āvuso’’tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti cuddasannaṃ sattakānaṃ vasena aṭṭhanavuti pañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
333 333. 如是,以七聚展示了和合之味后,为再以八聚展示而继续宣说。其中,“邪性”(micchattā)即不真实、邪性的本质。“正性”(sammattā)即真实、正性的本质。显示巴利原文
333. Iti sattakavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni aṭṭhakavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha micchattāti ayāthāvā micchāsabhāvā. Sammattāti yāthāvā sammāsabhāvā.
334 334.“懈怠事”(Kusītavatthūni):是指懈怠者、懒惰者的依处与立足点,亦即懈怠的原因,这是它的含义。“有应做之业”(Kammaṃ kattabbaṃ hoti):是指有诸如缝制袈裟等事务需要完成。“不发动精进”(Na vīriyaṃ ārabhati):指不发起两种精进。“于未得者”(Appattassāti):指为了获得那些尚未证得的禅那、观、道、果等法。“于未证者”(Anadhigatassāti):也是为了证得那些尚未证得的。“于未现证者”(Asacchikatassāti):就是为了现证那些尚未现证的。“这是第一种”(Idaṃ paṭhamanti):是指“唉,我现在就躺下吧”,像这样消沉下去,便是第一种懈怠事。其余各处也应依此方法了知其含义。而在“我以为就像腌了一个月的东西一样”(Māsācitaṃ maññe)这一句中,“腌了一个月的东西”(māsācita)是指浸泡了整整一个月的东西。如同浸泡了一个月的东西一般沉重,这里正是取其沉重之义。“病愈而出起者”(Gilān显示巴利原文
334.Kusītavatthūnīti kusītassa alasassa vatthūni patiṭṭhā kosajjakāraṇānīti attho. Kammaṃ kattabbaṃ hotīti cīvaravicāraṇādikammaṃ kātabbaṃ hoti. Na vīriyaṃ ārabhatīti duvidhampi vīriyaṃ nārabhati. Appattassāti jhānavipassanāmaggaphaladhammassa appattassa pattiyā. Anadhigatassāti tasseva anadhigatassa adhigamatthāya. Asacchikatassāti tasseva apaccakkhakatassa sacchikaraṇatthāya. Idaṃ paṭhamanti idaṃ handāhaṃ nipajjāmīti evaṃ osīdanaṃ paṭhamaṃ kusītavatthu. Iminā nayena sabbattha attho veditabbo. ‘‘Māsācitaṃ maññe’’ti ettha pana māsācitaṃ nāma tintamāso. Yathā tintamāso garuko hoti, evaṃ garukoti adhippāyo. Gilānā vuṭṭhito hotīti gilāno hutvā pacchā vuṭṭhito hoti.
335 335.“发勤事”(Ārambhavatthūnīti):指精进的原因。其含义也应依此方法了知。显示巴利原文
335.Ārambhavatthūnīti vīriyakāraṇāni. Tesampi imināva nayena attho veditabbo.
336 336.“布施事”(Dānavatthūnīti):指布施的原因。“逢遇而施”(Āsajja dānaṃ deti):是指遇到便布施。见到有人来,只稍作挽留,恭敬承事之后便给予布施,不会以“我要布施、我要布施”的想法而令人感到疲累。如此,这里的“逢遇”便成为一种布施的原因。在“由于怖畏而施”(Bhayā dānaṃ deti)等句子中,也应当了知怖畏等就是布施的原因。其中,“怖畏”(bhayaṃ)是指像“此人既不布施,也不作为”这样的呵责所带来的怖畏,或是对恶趣的怖畏。“他曾施于我”(Adāsi me ti):指此人过去曾给过我某些东西,因此而布施。“他将施于我”(Dassati me ti):指此人未来将会给过我某些东西,因此而布施。“布施是善的”(Sāhu dānanti):指布施是善的、美好的,受到佛陀等智者所称赞,因此而布施。“为庄严心、资助心而施”(Cittālaṅkāracittaparikkhāratthaṃ dānaṃ deti):就是为了庄严和资助止观之心而布施。因为布施能使心变得柔和。显示巴利原文
336.Dānavatthūnīti dānakāraṇāni. Āsajja dānaṃ detīti patvā dānaṃ deti. Āgataṃ disvāva muhuttaṃyeva nisīdāpetvā sakkāraṃ katvā dānaṃ deti, dassāmi dassāmīti na kilameti. Iti ettha āsādanaṃ dānakāraṇaṃ nāma hoti. Bhayā dānaṃ detītiādīsupi bhayādīni dānakāraṇānīti veditabbāni. Tattha bhayaṃ nāma ayaṃ adāyako akārakoti garahābhayaṃ vā apāyabhayaṃ vā. Adāsi meti mayhaṃ pubbe esa idaṃ nāma adāsīti deti. Dassati meti anāgate idaṃ nāma dassatīti deti. Sāhu dānanti dānaṃ nāma sādhu sundaraṃ, buddhādīhi paṇḍitehi pasatthanti deti. Cittālaṅkāracittaparikkhāratthaṃ dānaṃ detīti samathavipassanācittassa alaṅkāratthañceva parivāratthañca deti. Dānañhi cittaṃ mudukaṃ karoti. Yena laddhaṃ hoti, sopi laddhaṃ meti muducitto hoti, yena dinnaṃ, sopi dinnaṃ mayāti muducitto hoti, iti ubhinnampi cittaṃ mudukaṃ karoti, teneva ‘‘adantadamanaṃ dāna’’nti vuccati. Yathāha –
“能调伏未调伏者的布施,无布施则坏已调伏者;
以布施与爱语,得人敬重与归附。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Adantadamanaṃ dānaṃ, adānaṃ dantadūsakaṃ; Dānena piyavācāya, unnamanti namanti cā’’ti.
在这八种布施中,庄严心的布施最为殊胜。显示巴利原文
Imesu pana aṭṭhasu dānesu cittālaṅkāradānameva uttamaṃ.
337 「布施再生(Dānūpapattiyoti)」:即以布施为缘的再生。「放置(Dahatīti)」:意为安立。「决意(Adhiṭṭhātīti)」:是它的同义词。「修习(Bhāvetīti)」:意为增长。「于低劣中解脱(Hīne vimuttanti)」:指于低劣的五欲功德中解脱。「未修习更上(Uttari abhāvitanti)」:指从此更向上,为证得道果而尚未修习。「导向彼处再生(Tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattatīti)」:即有所愿求而造作善业,便会导向在此处或彼处的再生。显示巴利原文
337.Dānūpapattiyoti dānapaccayā upapattiyo. Dahatīti ṭhapeti. Adhiṭṭhātīti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Bhāvetīti vaḍḍheti. Hīne vimuttanti hīnesu pañcakāmaguṇesu vimuttaṃ. Uttari abhāvitanti tato uttari maggaphalatthāya abhāvitaṃ. Tatrūpapattiyā saṃvattatīti yaṃ patthetvā kusalaṃ kataṃ, tattha tattha nibbattanatthāya saṃvattati.
「离贪者(Vītarāgassāti)」:指由道断除贪的人,或由等至镇伏贪的人。单凭布施并不能往生梵天界。然而,布施能成为定心与观心的庄严、随从。因此,藉由布施令心柔软后,修习梵住,便能生于梵天界。所以经文说“离贪者,非有贪者”。显示巴利原文
Vītarāgassāti maggena vā samucchinnarāgassa samāpattiyā vā vikkhambhitarāgassa. Dānamatteneva hi brahmaloke nibbattituṃ na sakkā. Dānaṃ pana samādhivipassanācittassa alaṅkāro parivāro hoti. Tato dānena muducitto brahmavihāre bhāvetvā brahmaloke nibbattati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘vītarāgassa no sarāgassā’’ti.
「刹帝利众(Khattiyānaṃ parisā khattiyaparisā)」:即刹帝利的集会,意思是群体。这一理趣适用于一切处。显示巴利原文
Khattiyānaṃ parisā khattiyaparisā, samūhoti attho. Esa nayo sabbattha.
“世间法(Lokassa dhammā lokadhammā)”即世间的法。这些法没有人能够逃脱,连诸佛也同样经受。经中亦曾开示:“比丘们,有这八种世间法随转于世间,世间也随转于八种世间法。”(《增支部》8.5)“得与不得(Lābho alābhoti)”,应理解为:得到了利益即是得,未得利益即是失。对于称誉等,道理也是如此。显示巴利原文
Lokassa dhammā lokadhammā. Etehi mutto nāma natthi, buddhānampi hontiyeva. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘aṭṭhime, bhikkhave, lokadhammā lokaṃ anuparivattanti, loko ca aṭṭha lokadhamme anuparivattatī’’ti (a. ni. 8.5). Lābho alābhoti lābhe āgate alābho āgato evāti veditabbo. Yasādīsupi eseva nayo.
338 关于“胜处”与“解脱”的解说,已在前面陈述。显示巴利原文
338. Abhibhāyatanavimokkhakathā heṭṭhā kathitā eva.
“诸贤友,这些……”等句,应当以前面所述的方式加以贯通。如此,这位长老便依十一组八聚的体例,开示了八十八个问题,展现了和合之味。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ime kho, āvuso’’tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti ekādasannaṃ aṭṭhakānaṃ vasena aṭṭhāsīti pañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
340 340. 这样,藉由八聚显示了和合之味后,现在为藉由九聚来显示,又继续宣说。这里的「愤恨事」是指愤恨的原因。「结愤恨」是指系缚愤怒,制造并生起愤怒。显示巴利原文
340. Iti aṭṭhakavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni navakavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha āghātavatthūnīti āghātakāraṇāni. Āghātaṃ bandhatīti kopaṃ bandhati karoti uppādeti.
“于此,如何可得”意为:希望他不要做那种无义之行——然而对于那个人,我怎能获得[他不作无义行]?以什么因由而能获得?“别人会依照自己的心意对他人做无义的事”——这样思惟之后,便调伏了愤恨。或者另一种解释:如果我对他生起报复的愤怒,那么这愤怒生起的因,在这个人身上,我又能从何处获得?以什么理由而应获取?这是其含义。也有读作“Kuto lābhā”的,意思是:如果我对此人生起了愤怒,我这种愤怒的行为,又从何处能有获得?所谓的“获得”到底是什么呢?在这个义理解释里,“ti”只是一个没有实义的小品词。显示巴利原文
Taṃ kutettha labbhāti taṃ anatthacaraṇaṃ mā ahosīti etasmiṃ puggale kuto labbhā, kena kāraṇena sakkā laddhuṃ ? Paro nāma parassa attano cittaruciyā anatthaṃ karotīti evaṃ cintetvā āghātaṃ paṭivinodeti. Atha vā sacāhaṃ paṭikopaṃ kareyyaṃ, taṃ kopakaraṇaṃ ettha puggale kuto labbhā, kena kāraṇena laddhabbanti attho. Kuto lābhātipi pāṭho, sacāhaṃ ettha kopaṃ kareyyaṃ, tasmiṃ me kopakaraṇe kuto lābhā, lābhā nāma ke siyunti attho. Imasmiñca atthe tanti nipātamattameva hoti.
341 341. 「有情居」意为众生的住处,即他们安住之处。其中,净居天也属于有情居,然而因为它并非一切时皆有,故未被纳入。净居天犹如诸佛暂驻的营地,在无数劫中若没有佛陀出世,那里便空无一人。正因它非一切时有,此处便不将其计算在内。此外,此处其余应说之义,前文都已说明。显示巴利原文
341.Sattāvāsāti sattānaṃ āvāsā, vasanaṭṭhānānīti attho. Tattha suddhāvāsāpi sattāvāsova, asabbakālikattā pana na gahitā. Suddhāvāsā hi buddhānaṃ khandhāvārasadisā. Asaṅkhyeyyakappe buddhesu anibbattantesu taṃ ṭhānaṃ suññaṃ hotīti asabbakālikattā na gahitā. Sesamettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā vuttameva.
342 「于无暇处,法亦被宣说」(Akkhaṇesu dhammo ca desiyati)指四圣谛法被宣说。「导至寂止」(Opasamika)指能令烦恼止息。「导至般涅槃」(Parinibbānika)指通过烦恼的般涅槃而带来般涅槃。「导至正觉」(Sambodhagāmī)指能导向四种道智的证悟。「某一种」(Aññatara)即指无想有或无色有。显示巴利原文
342. Akkhaṇesu dhammo ca desiyatīti catusaccadhammo desiyati. Opasamikoti kilesūpasamakaro. Parinibbānikoti kilesaparinibbānena parinibbānāvaho. Sambodhagāmīti catumaggañāṇapaṭivedhagāmī. Aññataranti asaññabhavaṃ vā arūpabhavaṃ vā.
343 「逐次住」(Anupubbavihārā)指应依照顺序次第进入的等至。显示巴利原文
343.Anupubbavihārāti anupaṭipāṭiyā samāpajjitabbavihārā.
344 「逐次灭」(Anupubbanirodhā)指应依照顺序次第证得的灭。显示巴利原文
344.Anupubbanirodhāti anupaṭipāṭiyā nirodhā.
对于“贤友,这些”等语句,应按前文所述的方法来理解。就这样,这位长老以六组九法的方式,解说五十四个问题,彰显了“和合”的法味。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ime, kho āvuso’’tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti channaṃ navakānaṃ vasena catupaṇṇāsa pañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
345 “作依怙者”,是指能为自己建立依怙的法。如经中所说:“诸比丘,你们应有依怙而住,莫无依怙。诸比丘,这十种法即是能作依怙者。”(《增支部·十集》18)显示巴利原文
345. Iti navakavasena sāmaggirasaṃ dassetvā idāni dasakavasena dassetuṃ puna desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha nāthakaraṇāti ‘‘sanāthā, bhikkhave, viharatha mā anāthā, dasa ime, bhikkhave, dhammā nāthakaraṇā’’ti (a. ni. 10.18) evaṃ akkhātā attano patiṭṭhākarā dhammā.
对于“善友”等词的解释:具足戒等功德者是他的朋友,故称“善友”。无论站立、安坐等时,都与他相伴同行,故称“善伴侣”。内心与身体唯倾向于善友,谦下随顺,故称“善倾向”。“易受教”,指他容易交谈,容易接受教导。“堪忍”,指当受到强烈、粗恶、严厉的言语指责时,他能安忍,不生嗔怒。“善于右绕受持教诫”,是指不像有些人被教导时,从左边颠倒而取,或顶撞,或不听教诲便走开;他不那样做,而是说:“尊者,请教导我们,请教诫我们!你们若不教导,还有谁能教导呢?”如此,以正确的方式受持教诫。显示巴利原文
Kalyāṇamittotiādīsu sīlādiguṇasampannā kalyāṇā assa mittāti kalyāṇamitto. Te cassa ṭhānanisajjādīsu saha ayanato sahāyāti kalyāṇasahāyo. Cittena ceva kāyena ca kalyāṇamittesu eva sampavaṅko onatoti kalyāṇasampavaṅko. Suvacohotīti sukhena vattabbo hoti sukhena anusāsitabbo. Khamoti gāḷhena pharusena kakkhaḷena vuccamāno khamati, na kuppati. Padakkhiṇaggāhī anusāsaninti yathā ekacco ovadiyamāno vāmato gaṇhāti, paṭippharati vā asuṇanto vā gacchati, evaṃ akatvā ‘‘ovadatha, bhante , anusāsatha, tumhesu anovadantesu ko añño ovadissatī’’ti padakkhiṇaṃ gaṇhāti.
“种种高下之事”(uccāvacāni)即高事与低事。“应做什么事”(kiṃ karaṇīyāni)是指说完“我做什么?”之后所应做的工作。其中,高事者,如作衣、染色,在塔庙中涂灰泥,在布萨堂、塔庙殿、菩提树屋等处应做之事等;低事者,则是洗脚、涂油等细碎工作。“于其中适宜”(tatrupāyāya)指胜任该工作。“有能力做”(alaṃ kātuṃ)指有能力完成。“有能力安排”(alaṃ saṃvidhātuṃ)指有能力妥善处理。显示巴利原文
Uccāvacānīti uccāni ca avacāni ca. Kiṃ karaṇīyānīti kiṃ karomīti evaṃ vatvā kattabbakammāni. Tattha uccakammāni nāma cīvarassa karaṇaṃ rajanaṃ cetiye sudhākammaṃ uposathāgāracetiyagharabodhiyagharesu kattabbanti evamādi. Avacakammaṃ nāma pādadhovanamakkhanādikhuddakakammaṃ. Tatrupāyāyāti tatrupagamanīyā. Alaṃ kātunti kātuṃ samattho hoti. Alaṃ saṃvidhātunti vicāretuṃ samattho.
于法有欲、有爱著者,称为“法欲者”(dhammakāmo),意思是喜爱三藏佛语。“乐说法者”(piyasamudāhāro),则是指他人说法时恭敬聆听,并自己乐于为他人说法。在“于阿毗达摩、于阿毗毗奈耶”(abhidhamme abhivinaye)这一句中,应知有四组义:此处“法”指经藏,“阿毗达摩”指七部论,“律”指两种分别(比丘分别与比丘尼分别),“阿毗毗奈耶”指犍度与附随。或者另一种理解:经藏与论藏皆可统称为“法”,道与果为“阿毗达摩”,整部律藏为“律”,能令烦恼止息之因为“阿毗毗奈耶”。如是,于这一切──即对法、阿毗达摩、律、阿毗毗奈耶的喜乐中,“广大喜悦”(uḷārapāmojjo)即拥有极多的喜悦。显示巴利原文
Dhamme assa kāmo sinehoti dhammakāmo, tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ piyāyatīti attho. Piyasamudāhāroti parasmiṃ kathente sakkaccaṃ suṇāti, sayañca paresaṃ desetukāmo hotīti attho. ‘‘Abhidhamme abhivinaye’’ti ettha dhammo abhidhammo, vinayo abhivinayoti catukkaṃ veditabbaṃ. Tattha dhammoti suttantapiṭakaṃ. Abhidhammoti satta pakaraṇāni. Vinayoti ubhatovibhaṅgā. Abhivinayoti khandhakaparivārā. Atha vā suttantapiṭakampi abhidhammapiṭakampi dhammo eva. Maggaphalāni abhidhammo. Sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ vinayo. Kilesavūpasamakāraṇaṃ abhivinayo. Iti sabbasmimpi ettha dhamme abhidhamme vinaye abhivinaye ca. Uḷārapāmojjoti bahulapāmojjo hotīti attho.
“于善法”(kusalesu dhammesu):此处依格表原因,意谓以四地所摄的善法为因,为了证得他们善法而精勤不懈,这是此处的含义。显示巴利原文
Kusalesudhammesūti kāraṇatthe bhummaṃ, catubhūmakakusaladhammakāraṇā, tesaṃ adhigamatthāya anikkhittadhuro hotīti attho.
346 在十遍处中,因为具有周遍一切的意义,所以称为「遍处」。以这些遍处为所缘的诸法,由于具有田地的意义或依止的意义,所以称为「处」。「上」是指朝向虚空上方;「下」是指朝向大地下方;「四方」是指如同划定田地的范围一样,向四周划界遍满。因为有的人只向上扩展遍处,有的人只向下扩展,有的人则向所有方向扩展。犹如为了见色而扩展光明一般,修习者随其方式而如此扩展遍处。因此说:“一人了知地遍,向上、向下、四方。”此处所说的「无二」,意在说明地遍不会变成其他遍处的状态。如同人进入水中,周围全都是水,没有别的东西;同样,地遍只是地遍,不会与其他遍处相混杂。这个道理适用于所有遍处。「无量」是就其遍满而无边际来说的,当以心遍满彼遍处时,便遍满其整体,而不起“这是开始、这是中间”等限量之执。「识遍处」……显示巴利原文
346. Kasiṇadasake sakalaṭṭhena kasiṇāni. Tadārammaṇānaṃ dhammānaṃ khettaṭṭhena vā adhiṭṭhānaṭṭhena vā āyatanāni. Uddhanti upari gaganatalābhimukhaṃ. Adhoti heṭṭhā bhūmitalābhimukhaṃ. Tiriyanti khettamaṇḍalamiva samantā paricchinditvā. Ekacco hi uddhameva kasiṇaṃ vaḍḍheti, ekacco adho, ekacco samantato. Tena tena vā kāraṇena evaṃ pasāreti ālokamiva rūpadassanakāmo. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘pathavīkasiṇameko sañjānāti uddhaṃ adho tiriya’’nti. Advayanti idaṃ pana ekassa aññabhāvānupagamanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Yathā hi udakaṃ paviṭṭhassa sabbadisāsu udakameva hoti, na aññaṃ, evameva pathavīkasiṇaṃ pathavīkasiṇameva hoti , natthi tassa añño kasiṇasambhedoti. Esa nayo sabbattha. Appamāṇanti idaṃ tassa tassa pharaṇaappamāṇavasena vuttaṃ. Tañhi cetasā pharanto sakalameva pharati, na ‘‘ayamassa ādi, idaṃ majjha’’nti pamāṇaṃ gaṇhātīti. Viññāṇakasiṇanti cettha kasiṇugghāṭimākāse pavattaviññāṇaṃ. Tattha kasiṇavasena kasiṇugghāṭimākāse kasiṇugghāṭimākāsavasena tattha pavattaviññāṇe uddhaṃ adho tiriyatā veditabbā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Kammaṭṭhānabhāvanānayena panetāni pathavīkasiṇādīni vitthārato visuddhimagge vuttāneva.
「十不善业道」的解释显示巴利原文
Akusalakammapathadasakavaṇṇanā
347 于诸业中,业本身即是通往善趣与恶趣之道,故称「业道」。在这些业道当中,杀生、不与取、妄语等四种已在《梵网经》中详细解说了。关于「欲邪行」,此处「于欲中」是指于淫欲的行为上,或于淫欲的对象上。「邪行」是指一向被诃责的、低劣的行为。从特相来说,怀着违反正法的意图,由身门发起,违越不可行淫之处的思心所,即是欲邪行。显示巴利原文
347. Kammapathesu kammāneva sugatiduggatīnaṃ pathabhūtattā kammapathā nāma. Tesu pāṇātipāto adinnādānaṃ musāvādādayo ca cattāro brahmajāle vitthāritā eva. Kāmesumicchācāroti ettha pana kāmesūti methunasamācāresu methunavatthūsu vā. Micchācāroti ekantanindito lāmakācāro. Lakkhaṇato pana asaddhammādhippāyena kāyadvārappavattā agamanīyaṭṭhānavītikkamacetanā kāmesumicchācāro.
在此,对于男子,「不可行处」是指:母护、父护、父母护、兄弟护、姐妹护、亲族护、宗族护、法护、自护、刑罚护,这十种由母亲等守护的女子。又有:财买妇、欲住妇、财住妇、衣住妇、水触妇、卸担妇、婢妇、佣妇、旗护女、暂嫁女,这十种由财买等而得的妇女,总为二十种。对于女子,除去自护与刑罚护二种,以及财买等十种,此十二种女人之外的其余男子,即是她们的不可行处。此欲邪行,若于无戒德等功德的不可行处而行,罪过较轻;若对象具足戒德等功德,罪过则极其严重。此业道具足四支:是不可行处的对象、生起于彼对象上行淫的心、行淫的加行方便、以道入道并忍受。其中,加行唯由自身直接造作。显示巴利原文
Tattha agamanīyaṭṭhānaṃ nāma purisānaṃ tāva māturakkhitā, piturakkhitā, mātāpiturakkhitā, bhāturakkhitā, bhaginirakkhitā, ñātirakkhitā, gottarakkhitā, dhammarakkhitā, sārakkhā, saparidaṇḍāti māturakkhitādayo dasa. Dhanakkītā, chandavāsinī, bhogavāsinī, paṭavāsinī, odapattakinī, obhatacumbaṭā, dāsī ca bhariyā ca, kammakārī ca bhariyā ca, dhajāhaṭā, muhuttikāti etā dhanakkītādayo dasāti vīsati. Itthīsu pana dvinnaṃ sārakkhasaparidaṇḍānaṃ dasannañca dhanakkītādīnanti dvādasannaṃ itthīnaṃ aññe purisā. Idaṃ agamanīyaṭṭhānaṃ nāma. So panesa micchācāro sīlādiguṇarahite agamanīyaṭṭhāne appasāvajjo. Sīlādiguṇasampanne mahāsāvajjo. Tassa cattāro sambhārā agamanīyavatthu, tasmiṃ sevanacittaṃ, sevanappayogo, maggenamaggappaṭipattiadhivāsananti. Eko payogo sāhatthiko eva.
“起贪”(abhijjhāyatīti)即是“贪欲”(abhijjhā),意思是:面对他人财物时,心倾向并耽著于它。它的特相是像这样:“啊,愿这属于我!”如此缘取他人财物而生起贪求。如同不与取一样,这种贪欲也有罪过轻重之别。它具足两个条件:有他人的财物,以及生起“将它归于我”的念头。因为,即使仅依他人财物而生起贪爱,只要尚未生起“啊,愿这属于我!”这种归属于自己的念头,就还没有构成业道。显示巴利原文
Abhijjhāyatīti abhijjhā, parabhaṇḍābhimukhī hutvā tanninnatāya pavattatīti attho. Sā ‘‘aho vata idaṃ mamassā’’ti evaṃ parabhaṇḍābhijjhāyanalakkhaṇā adinnādānaṃ viya appasāvajjā mahāsāvajjā ca. Tassā dve sambhārā parabhaṇḍaṃ, attano pariṇāmanañca. Parabhaṇḍavatthuke hi lobhe uppannepi na tāva kammapathabhedo hoti, yāva ‘‘aho vatīdaṃ mamassā’’ti attano na pariṇāmeti.
“嗔恨”(byāpādo)这个词,是因为它欲加害他人的利乐。它的特相是内心怀有毁灭他人的恶意,如同粗恶语一样,罪过有轻有重。它具足两个条件:以其他有情为对象,以及内心想着要让对方受到毁坏。因为,即使依其他有情而生起愤怒,只要尚未生起“啊,愿他遭灾灭尽!”这样希望他毁灭的想法,就还没有构成业道。显示巴利原文
Hitasukhaṃ byāpādayatīti byāpādo. So paraṃ vināsāya manopadosalakkhaṇo pharusāvācā viya appasāvajjo mahāsāvajjo ca. Tassa dve sambhārā parasatto ca, tassa vināsacintā ca. Parasattavatthuke hi kodhe uppannepi na tāva kammapathabhedo hoti, yāva ‘‘aho vatāyaṃ ucchijjheyya vinasseyyā’’ti tassa vināsaṃ na cinteti.
因为未能如实执取,所以错误地看待,就称为“邪见”(micchādiṭṭhi)。它的特征是以“无布施”等方式作颠倒的见解。和杂秽语类似,邪见也有罪过轻、罪过重的差别。另外,不决定的邪见罪轻,决定的邪见罪重。它具足两个条件:对所缘事相的自相作颠倒的执取,以及依其执取的方式那般显现。显示巴利原文
Yathābhuccagahaṇābhāvena micchā passatīti micchādiṭṭhi. Sā ‘‘natthi dinna’’ntiādinā nayena viparītadassanalakkhaṇā. Samphappalāpo viya appasāvajjā mahāsāvajjā ca. Apica aniyatā appasāvajjā, niyatā mahāsāvajjā. Tassā dve sambhārā vatthuno ca gahitākāraviparītatā, yathā ca taṃ gaṇhāti, tathābhāvena tassūpaṭṭhānanti.
对于这十不善业道,应通过法、分、所缘、受、根这五种方式作出决择而了知。显示巴利原文
Imesaṃ pana dasannaṃ akusalakammapathānaṃ dhammato koṭṭhāsato ārammaṇato vedanāto mūlatoti pañcahākārehi vinicchayo veditabbo.
其中,就“法”而言:此中依序,前七项唯是思法;贪欲等三项则是与思相应。显示巴利原文
Tattha dhammatoti etesu hi paṭipāṭiyā satta cetanādhammāva honti. Abhijjhādayo tayo cetanāsampayuttā.
就“分”而言:依序,前七项与邪见,此八项唯是业道,而非不善根;贪欲与嗔恚则既是业道,又是不善根。其中,贪欲作为根,即是贪不善根;嗔恚作为根,即是嗔不善根。显示巴利原文
Koṭṭhāsatoti paṭipāṭiyā satta, micchādiṭṭhi cāti ime aṭṭha kammapathā eva honti, no mūlāni. Abhijjhābyāpādā kammapathā ceva mūlāni ca. Abhijjhā hi mūlaṃ patvā lobho akusalamūlaṃ hoti. Byāpādo doso akusalamūlaṃ hoti.
就所缘而言:杀生以命根为所缘,因此属于行所缘。不与取或以有情为所缘,或以行所缘;邪淫依触来说,属于行所缘,也有说“以有情为所缘”的。妄语或以有情为所缘,或以行所缘,离间语同样如此。粗恶语只以有情为所缘。杂秽语依所见、所闻、所觉、所知来说,或以有情为所缘,或以行所缘。贪欲也如此。嗔恚只以有情为所缘。邪见依三地法来说,属于行所缘。显示巴利原文
Ārammaṇatoti pāṇātipāto jīvitindriyārammaṇato saṅkhārārammaṇo hoti. Adinnādānaṃ sattārammaṇaṃ vā saṅkhārārammaṇaṃ vā, micchācāro phoṭṭhabbavasena saṅkhārārammaṇo. ‘‘Sattārammaṇo’’tipi eke. Musāvādo sattārammaṇo vā saṅkhārārammaṇo vā, tathā pisuṇavācā. Pharusavācā sattārammaṇāva. Samphappalāpo diṭṭhasutamutaviññātavasena sattārammaṇo vā saṅkhārārammaṇo vā. Tathā abhijjhā. Byāpādo sattārammaṇova. Micchādiṭṭhi tebhūmakadhammavasena saṅkhārārammaṇā.
就受而言:杀生属于苦受。虽然国王见到盗贼时,可能笑着说“去,把他杀了”,但最终决定的思心所仍然与苦受相应。不与取具有三受。邪淫依乐受和舍受,具有二受;但在决定心中并没有舍受。妄语具有三受,离间语同样如此。粗恶语属于苦受。杂秽语具有三受。贪欲依乐受和舍受,具有二受,邪见也同样如此。嗔恚属于苦受。显示巴利原文
Vedanātoti pāṇātipāto dukkhavedano hoti. Kiñcāpi hi rājāno coraṃ disvā hasamānāpi ‘‘gacchatha naṃ ghātethā’’ti vadanti, sanniṭṭhāpakacetanā pana dukkhasampayuttāva hoti. Adinnādānaṃ tivedanaṃ. Micchācāro sukhamajjhattavasena dvivedano. Sanniṭṭhāpakacitte pana majjhattavedano na hoti. Musāvādo tivedano. Tathā pisuṇavācā. Pharusavācā dukkhavedanā. Samphappalāpo tivedano. Abhijjhā sukhamajjhattavasena dvivedanā tathā micchādiṭṭhi. Byāpādo dukkhavedano.
就根而言:杀生依于嗔与痴,故为二根。不与取或者依于嗔与痴,或者依于贪与痴。邪淫依于贪与痴。妄语或者依于嗔与痴,或者依于贪与痴,离间语和杂秽语也同样如此。粗恶语依于嗔与痴。贪欲唯依于痴,故为单根,嗔恚也同样如此。邪见依于贪与痴,故为二根。显示巴利原文
Mūlatoti pāṇātipāto dosamohavasena dvimūlako hoti. Adinnādānaṃ dosamohavasena vā lobhamohavasena vā. Micchācāro lobhamohavasena. Musāvādo dosamohavasena vā lobhamohavasena vā tathā pisuṇavācā samphappalāpo ca. Pharusavācā dosamohavasena. Abhijjhā mohavasena ekamūlā. Tathā byāpādo. Micchādiṭṭhi lobhamohavasena dvimūlāti.
对十善业道的解释显示巴利原文
Kusalakammapathadasakavaṇṇanā
“离杀生等”当知有受持离、相应离、正断离三种。显示巴利原文
Pāṇātipātā veramaṇiādīni samādānasampattasamucchedavirativasena veditabbāni.
从法的角度来说:在这些善业道中,按顺序,前七项既有思心所,也有离心所;后三项则唯与思相应。显示巴利原文
Dhammato pana etesupi paṭipāṭiyā satta cetanāpi vattanti viratiyopi. Ante tayo cetanāsampayuttāva.
从分类来说:按顺序,前七项只是业道,并非善根;后三项既是业道,也是善根。因为,无贪欲作为根,即是无贪善根;无嗔作为根,即是无嗔善根;正见作为根,即是无痴善根。显示巴利原文
Koṭṭhāsatoti paṭipāṭiyā satta kammapathā eva, no mūlāni. Ante tayo kammapathā ceva mūlāni ca. Anabhijjhā hi mūlaṃ patvā alobho kusalamūlaṃ hoti. Abyāpādo adoso kusalamūlaṃ. Sammādiṭṭhi amoho kusalamūlaṃ.
就所缘而言:杀生等不善业道的所缘,即是这些善业道的所缘。所谓的“离”,正是针对那些应当避免的事物。然而,正如以涅槃为所缘的圣道断除烦恼,应当了知:这些以命根等为所缘的善业道,同样能断除杀生等恶戒。显示巴利原文
Ārammaṇatoti pāṇātipātādīnaṃ ārammaṇāneva etesaṃ ārammaṇāni. Vītikkamitabbatoyeva hi veramaṇī nāma hoti. Yathā pana nibbānārammaṇo ariyamaggo kilese pajahati, evaṃ jīvitindriyādiārammaṇāpete kammapathā pāṇātipātādīni dussīlyāni pajahantīti veditabbā.
就受而言:这一切或是乐受,或是中舍受。因为善法现前时,并不存在所谓的苦受。显示巴利原文
Vedanātoti sabbe sukhavedanā honti majjhattavedanā vā. Kusalaṃ patvā hi dukkhavedanā nāma natthi.
就根而言:按次第,在前七项中,以智相应心而远离者,依无贪、无嗔、无痴而有三根;以智不相应心而远离者,则有二根。无贪,以智相应心而远离者,有二根;以智不相应心而远离者,则有一根。然而,无贪自身并不以自己为根。无嗔的道理也是如此。正见唯依无贪、无嗔而有二根。显示巴利原文
Mūlatoti paṭipāṭiyā satta ñāṇasampayuttacittena viramantassa alobhaadosaamohavasena timūlāni honti, ñāṇavippayuttacittena viramantassa dvimūlāni. Anabhijjhā ñāṇasampayuttacittena viramantassa dvimūlā, ñāṇavippayuttacittena ekamūlā. Alobho pana attanāva attano mūlaṃ na hoti. Abyāpādepi eseva nayo. Sammādiṭṭhi alobhādosavasena dvimūlā evāti.
圣住十法的解释显示巴利原文
Ariyavāsadasakavaṇṇanā
348 「圣者住处」:圣者们已住其中、正住其中、当住其中,故称圣者住处。「五支已断者」:漏尽者以断除五种支分的状态而安住、正安住、将安住;因此,这种「五支已断」的状态,因为是圣者的住处,即说为圣者住处。其余各处皆同此理。显示巴利原文
348.Ariyavāsāti ariyā eva vasiṃsu vasanti vasissanti etesūti ariyavāsā. Pañcaṅgavippahīnoti pañcahi aṅgehi vippayuttova hutvā khīṇāsavo avasi vasati vasissatīti tasmā ayaṃ pañcaṅgavippahīnatā, ariyassa vāsattā ariyavāsoti vutto. Esa nayo sabbattha.
「贤友,以这样的方式,比丘成为六支具足者」:即具足六支舍。什么是「六支舍」?即智等。当提到「智」时,从作用上可得四种与智相应之心。当提到「常恒住」时,可得八种大心。当提到「没有染着、没有忿恼」时,可得十种心。喜悦则由习行而获得。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ kho, āvuso, bhikkhu chaḷaṅgasamannāgato hotīti chaḷaṅgupekkhāya samannāgato hoti. Chaḷaṅgupekkhā nāma keti? Ñāṇādayo. ‘‘Ñāṇa’’nti vutte kiriyato cattāri ñāṇasampayuttacittāni labbhanti. ‘‘Satatavihāro’’ti vutte aṭṭha mahācittāni. ‘‘Rajjanadussanaṃ natthī’’ti vutte dasa cittāni labbhanti. Somanassaṃ āsevanavasena labbhati.
「以有守护的心」:对于漏尽者而言,念在三个根门的一切时间中,皆成就守护的作用。正因如此,他才被称为「无论是行走、站立、睡眠或清醒时,恒常不断有智见现前」。显示巴利原文
Satārakkhena cetasāti khīṇāsavassa hi tīsu dvāresu sabbakālaṃ sati ārakkhakiccaṃ sādheti . Tenevassa ‘‘carato ca tiṭṭhato ca suttassa ca jāgarassa ca satataṃ samitaṃ ñāṇadassanaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hotī’’ti vuccati.
“众多沙门婆罗门”:即众多的沙门与婆罗门。此处,沙门指那些进入出家道的人;婆罗门指那些自称“尊者”之类的人。“众多各别的谛理”:即众多各自不同的真理,意思是:各别地执取“只有这种见解才是真理,只有这种见解才是真理”——如此各自执持的众多真理。“被逐除”:即被驱除。“被彻底逐除”:即被完全驱除。“被舍去”:即被丢弃。“被吐出”:即被呕出。“被解脱”:即断除束缚而解脱。“被断除”:即被舍断。“被完全弃舍”:为令其不再浮现于心,而如此彻底地舍弃。所有这些,都是表示所执取已被抛弃的同义词。显示巴利原文
Puthusamaṇabrāhmaṇānanti bahūnaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ. Ettha ca samaṇāti pabbajjupagatā. Brāhmaṇāti bhovādino. Puthupaccekasaccānīti bahūni pāṭekkasaccāni, idameva dassanaṃ saccaṃ, idameva dassanaṃ saccanti evaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ gahitāni bahūni saccānīti attho. Nunnānīti nihatāni. Paṇunnānīti suṭṭhu nihatāni. Cattānīti vissaṭṭhāni. Vantānīti vamitāni. Muttānīti chinnabandhanāni katāni. Pahīnānīti pajahitāni. Paṭinissaṭṭhānīti yathā na puna cittaṃ āruhanti, evaṃ paṭinissajjitāni. Sabbāneva tāni gahitaggahaṇassa vissaṭṭhabhāvavevacanāni.
“舍断诸寻求而无缺失者”:此处,“无缺”指无有减损,“舍”指弃舍。正确而无缺、弃舍了诸寻求,便称为“舍断诸寻求而无缺失者”,意思是正确地舍弃了一切寻求。而“心离贪而解脱”等语句,则说明了道的作用成就。显示巴利原文
Samavayasaṭṭhesanoti ettha avayāti anūnā. Saṭṭhāti vissaṭṭhā. Sammā avayā saṭṭhā esanā assāti samavayasaṭṭhesano. Sammā vissaṭṭhasabbaesanoti attho. Rāgā cittaṃ vimuttantiādīhi maggassa kiccanipphatti kathitā.
“我已断贪”等语句,是通过省察的方式来说明果。显示巴利原文
Rāgome pahīnotiādīhi paccavekkhaṇāya phalaṃ kathitaṃ.
无学十法的解释显示巴利原文
Asekkhadhammadasakavaṇṇanā
无学的正见等,全部都是与果相应的法。在这里,正见与正智这两处所说的即是慧;而「正解脱」一词则涵盖了其余的法。应当了知,这也包含了证入果等至的诸法。显示巴利原文
Asekkhā sammādiṭṭhītiādayo sabbepi phalasampayuttadhammā eva. Ettha ca sammādiṭṭhi, sammāñāṇanti dvīsu ṭhānesu paññāva kathitā. Sammāvimuttīti iminā padena vuttāvasesā. Phalasamāpattidhammā saṅgahitāti veditabbā.
「这些,贤友」等,应按照前面所说的方式加以连接。如此,以六种十组的方式解说六十个问题时,长老显示了和合之味。显示巴利原文
‘‘Ime kho, āvuso’’tiādi vuttanayeneva yojetabbaṃ. Iti channaṃ dasakānaṃ vasena samasaṭṭhi pañhe kathento thero sāmaggirasaṃ dassesīti.
问题的综合解释显示巴利原文
Pañhasamodhānavaṇṇanā
349 349. 现在,应在此基础上将问题加以综合。因为在这部经中,以单一法的方式开示了两个问题;以二法的方式开示了七十个;以三法的方式开示了一百八十个;以四法的方式开示了两百个;以五法的方式开示了三百个;以六法的方式开示了三百二十个;以七法的方式开示了九十八个;以八法的方式开示了八十八个;以九法的方式开示了五十四个;以十法的方式开示了六十个。如此,总共开示了一千零一十四个问题。显示巴利原文
349. Idha pana ṭhatvā pañhā samodhānetabbā. Imasmiñhi sutte ekakavasena dve pañhā kathitā. Dukavasena sattati. Tikavasena asītisataṃ. Catukkavasena dvesatāni. Pañcakavasena tiṃsasataṃ. Chakkavasena bāttiṃsasataṃ. Sattakavasena aṭṭhanavuti. Aṭṭhakavasena aṭṭhāsīti. Navakavasena catupaṇṇāsa. Dasakavasena samasaṭṭhīti evaṃ sahassaṃ cuddasa pañhā kathitā.
事实上,除本经之外,三藏佛语中再无别经如此广陈众问而作庄严。世尊从头到尾听闻全经后,如是思惟:“法将舍利弗显扬了佛力,作不可逆转的狮子吼。若说是声闻所说,他人生不起净信;若说是胜者所说,方能生信。为此,我当作为胜者所说,令诸天、人众从这部经中生起净信。”于是,世尊从定中起身,说出善哉之语。正因如此,经中才记载:“尔时,世尊从定起身,对尊者舍利弗说:‘善哉善哉,舍利弗!善哉,舍利弗!你为比丘们宣说了集会与和合的法门。’”显示巴利原文
Imañhi suttantaṃ ṭhapetvā tepiṭake buddhavacane añño suttanto evaṃ bahupañhapaṭimaṇḍito natthi. Bhagavā imaṃ suttantaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya sakalaṃ sutvā cintesi – ‘‘dhammasenāpati sāriputto buddhabalaṃ dīpetvā appaṭivattiyaṃ sīhanādaṃ nadati. Sāvakabhāsitoti vutte okappanā na hoti, jinabhāsitoti vutte hoti, tasmā jinabhāsitaṃ katvā devamanussānaṃ okappanaṃ imasmiṃ suttante uppādessāmī’’ti. Tato vuṭṭhāya sādhukāraṃ adāsi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘atha kho bhagavā vuṭṭhahitvā āyasmantaṃ sāriputtaṃ āmantesi, sādhu, sādhu, sāriputta, sādhu kho tvaṃ sāriputta, bhikkhūnaṃ saṅgītipariyāyaṃ abhāsī’’ti.
此处,“集会和合法门”意即和合之因。其含意为——“善哉,舍利弗!你与我的遍知智融合无间,为比丘们宣说了和合之味。”大师对此随喜认可,以此随喜而成为此经的认可者。由此,这部经便获得了‘胜者所说’之名。说法终了时,那些比丘专注于此经的法义,证得了阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Tattha saṅgītipariyāyanti sāmaggiyā kāraṇaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘sādhu, kho tvaṃ, sāriputta, mama sabbaññutaññāṇena saṃsanditvā bhikkhūnaṃ sāmaggirasaṃ abhāsī’’ti. Samanuñño satthā ahosīti anumodanena samanuñño ahosi. Ettakena ayaṃ suttanto jinabhāsito nāma jāto. Desanāpariyosāne imaṃ suttantaṃ manasikarontā te bhikkhū arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsūti.